SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Introduction to Business
Process Management


Alan McSweeney
Objectives

•   To provide an introduction to Business Process
    Management


•   Based on the Association of Business Process Management
    Professionals (ABPMP) Business Process Management
    Common Body of Knowledge (CBOK)




    July 3, 2010                                              2
Topics

1. Introduction and Context of BPM
2. Business Process Management Overview
3. Process Modelling
4. Process Analysis
5. Process Design
6. Process Performance Management
7. Process Transformation
8. Process Management Organisation
9. Enterprise Process Management
10. Business Process Management Technologies
 July 3, 2010                                  3
Course Schedule

•   Day 1                                         •   Day 3
      − Morning                                       − Morning
              • Introductions                            • Enterprise Process Management
              • Introduction and Context of BPM          • Business Process Management
              • Business Process Management                Technologies
                Overview                              − Afternoon
      − Afternoon                                        • Business Process Management and
              • Process Modelling                          Business Analysis
              • Process Analysis                         • Business Process Management
                                                           Technology Review and Software
•   Day 2                                                  Demonstration
      − Morning                                          • Course Review and Feedback
              • Process Design
              • Process Performance Management
      − Afternoon
              • Process Transformation
              • Process Management Organisation


    July 3, 2010                                                                             4
Course Handouts

•   Printout of handouts
•   CD containing
      − BPM articles and whitepapers
      − Sample BPM software




    July 3, 2010                       5
Introduction and Context of BPM




 July 3, 2010                     6
Lessons Learned From Large Systems
Implementation
  80 % More attention on process optimisation
  65 % Align systematically to company goals
  60 % Pay more attention to understanding the subject area spanned
  55 % Implementation of a management information system as part of scope
  50 % Outsource project management of the project to a third party
  45 % Increase investment in training
  35 % Greater employees involvement
  35 % Enforce changes more courageously
  30 % Identify and capture proof of benefits and saving as part of scope
  20 % Avoid big-bang implementations
 July 3, 2010                                                               7
Key Business Drivers for BPM

•   Save money – Do things better with optimised processes
      − Build better new processes faster
      − Know what you are doing (right or wrong) through current
        process understanding
      − Get control of parallel processes by consolidating to core
        processes
      − Get non-value added work through automation of manual
        processes
      − Business process outsourcing
• Implement large software systems better
• Stay ahead of compliance
• Move faster through scenario building for agility and policy
  management
    July 3, 2010                                                     8
Benefits of Business Process Management
                    Reduced process costs                          10 - 15 %


                    Increased quality / reduced number of errors   20 - 30 %


                    Reduced process throughput times               10 - 30 %


                    Reduced training time / expenses               10 - 30 %


                   Reduced number of (internal) support requests   15- 30 %


                    Reduced number of customer complaints          20 - 30 %


                    Increased forecast accuracy                    15 - 30 %



•   Real benefits from BPM
•   Intangible benefits also: better information quality
    July 3, 2010                                                               9
How do Organisations Improve?

•   Major changes must start at the top
•   Ultimately, everyone must be involved
•   Effective change requires a goal and knowledge of the
    current process
•   Change is continuous
•   Change will not be retained without effort and periodic
    reinforcement
•   Improvement is continuous



    July 3, 2010                                              10
Why Business Process Management?

•   Symptoms of Poor Business Process Management and
    Design
    − No standard process/method for addressing how to define
      business requirements and when to improve business processes
    − When automation of processes is commissioned, “Business” says
      that they do not always get what they think they have asked for
    − The processes used to document and communicate business
      processes and requirements are neither easy nor documented
    − Our business programs frequently exist in a culture of reacting to
      cross-functional problems/emergencies
    − IT has responsibility for creating and maintaining business process
      flows, business requirements and business rules


    July 3, 2010                                                            11
Why Business Process Management and Design - Common
Problems

1.          Lack of an integrated process for capturing the business
            domain
2.          Techniques that are used are not consistently applied
3.          We cannot/do not differentiate key stakeholders’ views
            and different business views
4.          We are working without a common language across
            business, IT and our other partners/vendors
5.          Inadequate root cause level business process analysis
            yields inadequate business requirements and rules to
            facilitate process optimisation/automation
     July 3, 2010                                                      12
Why Business Modelling - The Problems

1.      Lack of an integrated process for capturing the business domain

2.        Techniques that are used are not consistently applied

3.      We cannot/do not differentiate key stakeholders’ views and
        different business views

4.      We are working without a common language across business, IT
        and our other partners/vendors

5.      Inadequate root cause level business process analysis yields
        inadequate business requirements and rules to facilitate process
        optimisation/automation



     July 3, 2010                                                          13
Finding the Right Project

•   Key characteristics of right project
      − The process or project is related to a key business issue
      − You have/can get customer input on the issue
      − Management assigns this project a high priority
      − Process owner and key stakeholders are defined
      − The problem is stated as a target or need and NOT a solution
      − The sponsor of this project can commit time and resources to this project
      − The business process(es) will not be changed by another initiative at any time
        in the near future
      − Focus on:
              • Which process is the most critical
              • Which process contributes the most
      − Ensure the benefits of an improvement project do not degrade over time



    July 3, 2010                                                                         14
Critical Success Factors

•   Linked to business strategies and goals
•   Linked to customer value
•   Ability to implement incremental value added change
•   Ability to track results and measure success
•   Ability to be aligned with the business




    July 3, 2010                                          15
Successful Business Process Analysis, Design and
Implementation Projects Have

•   Understood the Business Architecture – Business Process,
    Metrics, Strategy and Goals
•   Engaged stakeholders and defined process ownership
•   Taken an iterative and incremental approach
•   Tackled the right project at the right time
•   Implemented internal and external standards and the right
    level of governance
•   Understood the role of information
•   Incorporated process improvement
•   Achieve business results with a series of small successes
    July 3, 2010                                                16
Do Not Ignore Organisational Change

•   The failure to manage the human side of business changes
    is a major contributor to the reasons programme, projects
    and initiatives fail
•   Organisations may not have the experience necessary to
    manage the speed and complexity of the large-scale
    changes
•   Managers are all too frequently concerned with tactical,
    operational issues and have not had the time to consider
    organisational changes



    July 3, 2010                                                17
Process Analysis within Service Orientation

•   Process Driven Integration
      − Services Based Integration
      − Cut integration costs and reduce development
•   New Business Initiatives
      − Agility, Growth – New Products and Services
      − Increased Delivery Channels
•   Process Improvement
      − Optimising business processes
      − Straight Through Processing
•   IT Regeneration
      − Enterprise IT Architecture – Aligning more with Business
      − Legacy Replacement
•   Extending the Enterprise
      − Partnering, B2B

    July 3, 2010                                                   18
Intelligent Use of BPM

•   Help prioritising intelligent cuts: via a business process
    architecture and a good process measurement system
•   Process Optimisation: BPM teams can quickly examine
    processes and suggest changes to eliminate waste
      − Good BPM teams can almost always identify some quick changes
        that will save 10-30%




    July 3, 2010                                                       19
Intelligent Use of BPM

•   Reorganisations
      − Changes in status also require that new processes and business
        rules be implemented throughout the organisation
•   Additional Regulation
      − New regulations require new practices and new business rules




    July 3, 2010                                                         20
Business Process Management Common Body of
Knowledge (CBOK) Knowledge Areas


                                      Business Process Management (1)


                                                                       Process
                                                                                       Process
                  Process             Process       Process Design   Performance
                                                                                   Transformation
                Modelling (2)        Analysis (3)        (4)         Management
                                                                                         (6)
                                                                          (5)




                                    Process Management Organisation (7)

                                     Enterprise Process Management (8)

                                Business Process Management Technologies (9)

 July 3, 2010                                                                                       21
Business Process Management Common Body of
Knowledge (CBOK) Knowledge Areas
•   Nine knowledge areas
      − Business Process Management (1) - core BPM concepts
      − Process Modelling (2), Process Analysis (3), Process Design (4),
        Process Performance Management (5) and Process
        Transformation (6) - BPM activities and skill sets
      − Process Management Organisation (7) and Enterprise Process
        Management (8) - how the practice of BPM relates to other
        organisational dimensions, such as governance and strategic
        planning
      − Business Process Management Technologies (9) – support and
        enable BPM practices



    July 3, 2010                                                           22
Business Process Management (1) Knowledge Area

• Defines BPM and provides the foundation for exploring the
  remaining Knowledge Areas
• Focuses on the core concepts of BPM
      − Key definitions
      − End-to-end process
      − Customer value
      − Nature of cross-functional work
      − Process types
      − Process components
      − BPM lifecycle
      − Critical skills
      − Success factors

    July 3, 2010                                              23
Process Modelling (2) Knowledge Area

•   Includes the set of skills and processes which enable
    people to understand, communicate, measure and
    manage the primary components of business processes
•   Covers
      − Skills, activities and key definitions
      − An understanding of the purpose and
      − Benefits of process modelling
      − Discussion of the types and uses of process models
      − Tools, techniques and modelling standards




    July 3, 2010                                             24
Process Analysis (3) Knowledge Area

•   Involves an understanding of business processes including
    the efficiency and effectiveness of business processes
•   Covers
      − Purpose and activities for process analysis
      − Decomposition of process components and attributes, analytical
        techniques and process patterns
      − Use of process models and other process documentation to
        validate and understand both current and future state processes
      − Process analysis types, tools and techniques




    July 3, 2010                                                          25
Process Design (4) Knowledge Area

•   Intentional and thoughtful planning for how business processes
    function and are measured, governed and managed
•   Involves creating the specifications for business processes within the
    context of business goals and process performance objectives
•   Covers
      − Plans and guidelines for how work flows
      − How rules are applied
      − How business applications, technology platforms, data resources, financial and
        operational controls interact with other internal and external processes
      − Process design roles
      − Techniques and principles of good design
      − Common process design patterns
      − Compliance, executive leadership and strategic alignment


    July 3, 2010                                                                         26
Process Performance Measurement (5) Knowledge
Area
•   Formal, planned monitoring of process execution and the tracking of
    results to determine the effectiveness and efficiency of the process
•   Used to make decisions for improving or retiring existing processes
    and/or introducing new processes in order to meet the strategic
    objectives of the organisation
•   Covers
      −     Key process performance definitions
      −     Importance and benefits of performance measurement
      −     Monitoring and controlling operations
      −     Alignment of business process and enterprise performance
      −     What to measure
      −     Measurement methods
      −     Modelling and simulation
      −     Decision support for process owners and managers
      −     Considerations for success

    July 3, 2010                                                           27
Process Transformation (6) Knowledge Area

•   Addresses process change in the context of a business
    process lifecycle
•   Covers
      − Process improvement
      − Redesign and reengineering methodologies
      − Tasks associated with implementing process
      − Organisational change management methodologies, techniques
        and best practices




    July 3, 2010                                                     28
Process Organisation (7) Knowledge Area

•   Addresses the roles, responsibilities and reporting
    structure to support process-driven organisations
•   Covers
      − What defines a process driven enterprise
      − Cultural considerations
      − Cross-functional, team-based performance
      − Business process governance
      − Governance structures
      − BPM Centre of Expertise/Excellence (COE)




    July 3, 2010                                          29
Enterprise Process Management (8) Knowledge Area

•   Driven by the need to maximise the results of business processes
    consistent with well-defined business strategies and functional goals
    based on these strategies
•   Process portfolio management ensures that the process portfolio
    supports corporate or business unit strategies and provides a
    method to manage and evaluate initiatives
•   Covers
      − Tools and methods to assess process management maturity levels
      − Required BPM practice areas which can improve their BPM organisation state
      − Business Process Frameworks
      − Process integration - interaction of various processes with each other
      − Models which tie performance, goals, technologies, people and controls (both
        financial and operational) to business strategy and performance objectives
      − Process architecture and enterprise process management best practices
    July 3, 2010                                                                       30
BPM Technology (9) Knowledge Area

•   BPM is a technology enabled and supported management
    discipline
•   Covers
      − Wide range of technologies available to support the planning,
        design, analysis, operation and monitoring of business processes
      − Set of application packages, development tools, infrastructure
        technologies and data and information stores that provide
        support to BPM professionals and workers in BPM related
        activities
      − BPM standards, methodologies and emerging trends



    July 3, 2010                                                           31
Business Process Management Overview




 July 3, 2010                          32
Business Process Management Topic Scope
                                                                             Business Process
                                                                              Management


                                                                                                                                                                  BPM Role
                   Core Concepts of
Business Process                                                                                                                       BPM Critical               Operating
                   Business Process             BPM Lifecycle                Types of Processes       Types of Activities
 Management                                                                                                                           Success Factors          Environment and
                    Management
                                                                                                                                                                  Influences

                                 Management                                                                                                         Alignment of
                                 Discipline and                 Planning and                                                                       Strategy, Value
                                                                                          Primary Processes            Value Added
                                    Enabling                      Strategy                                                                       Chain and Business
                                 Technologies                                                                                                          Process


                                  Process vs.
                                                                  Analysis                Support Processes                 Handoff                       Goals
                                   Function



                                  Ongoing                                                                                                             Executive
                                                                                            Management                Controls and
                                Management of                     Design                                                                            Sponsorship/
                                                                                             Processes              Control Activities
                                   Process                                                                                                           Governance


                                    Process
                               Performance and                   Modelling                                                                       Process Ownership
                                Measurement



                                 Organisational             Measuring and                                                                        Metrics, Measures
                                 Commitment                  Monitoring                                                                           and Monitoring



                                                                                                                                                        Institution
                                                            Transformation
                                                                                                                                                         Practices

    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                            33
Business Process Management - Scope

•   Concepts and strategies required to successfully manage
    business processes from a holistic end-to-end perspective
•   Foundation for exploring the remaining knowledge areas




    July 3, 2010                                                34
Hierarchy of Business, Processes and BPM


                         Business
Implements
 and Uses


                                              That Can Be
                      Business Process         Managed
                                                 Using




                Business Process Management



 July 3, 2010                                               35
Hierarchy of Business, Processes and BPM

•   Business
      − Refers to individuals, interacting together, to perform a set of
        activities to deliver value to customers and a return on
        investment to the stakeholders
•   Business Process
      − Process is a defined set of activities or behaviours performed by
        humans or machines to achieve one or more goal
      − Triggered by specific events and have one or more outcome that
        may result in the termination of the process or a handoff to
        another process
      − Composed of a collection of interrelated tasks or activities which
        solve a particular issue
      − End-to-end work which delivers value to customers - end-to-end
        involves crossing any functional boundaries

    July 3, 2010                                                             36
Hierarchy of Business, Processes and BPM

•   Business Process Management
      − Disciplined approach to identify, design, execute, document,
        measure, monitor and control both automated and non-
        automated business processes to achieve consistent, targeted
        results aligned with an organisation’s strategic goals
      − Involves the deliberate, collaborative and increasingly technology-
        aided definition, improvement, innovation and management of
        end-to-end business processes that drive business results, create
        value and enable an organisation to meet its business objectives
        with more agility
      − Enables an enterprise to align its business processes to its
        business strategy, leading to effective overall company
        performance through improvements of specific work activities
        either within a specific department, across the enterprise or
        between organisations

    July 3, 2010                                                              37
BPM Core Concepts
                                    Management
                                   Discipline And A
                                   Set Of Enabling
                                    Technologies

                 Technology                                 Addresses End-
                  Enabled                                    To-End Work




                 Requires A                               Continuous, Ongoing
                  Significant                           Set Of Processes Focused
                Organisational                                On Managing
                Commitment                               End-To-End Processes
                                   Includes The
                                 Modelling, Analysis,
                                    Design And
                                   Measurement
                                   Of Processes
 July 3, 2010                                                                      38
BPM Core Concepts

•   BPM is a management discipline and a set of enabling technologies
•   BPM addresses end-to-end work and distinguishes between sets of
    subprocesses, tasks, activities and functions
•   BPM is a continuous, ongoing set of processes focused on managing
    an organisations end-to-end business processes
•   BPM includes the modelling, analysis, design and measurement of
    an organisation’s business processes
•   BPM requires a significant organisational commitment, often
    introducing new roles, responsibilities and structures to traditional
    functionally oriented organisations
•   BPM is technology enabled with tools for visual modelling,
    simulation, automation, integration, control and monitoring of
    business processes and the information systems which support
    these processes
    July 3, 2010                                                            39
Management Discipline and Enabling Technologies

•   BPM acronym used loosely and its meaning varies depending upon
    the context
      − Software companies often refer to BPM to describe the capabilities of a
        particular product or technology
      − Practitioners, management consultants and academics typically discuss the
        process and management discipline of BPM
•   Firstly BPM is a management discipline and process for managing an
    organisation’s business processes
      − Enabling technology is meaningless without the management disciplines and
        processes for exploiting the technology
•   BPM involves managing the end-to-end work organisations perform
    to create value for their customers
      − Performance of this work is essentially how organisations fulfill their mission


    July 3, 2010                                                                          40
Management Discipline and Enabling Technologies

•   Vendors have created application suites which help enable organisations to better
    manage their business processes
      − Tools to visually design and model business processes
      − Simulate and test business processes, automate, control and measure business
        processes
      − Provide feedback and reporting on process performance
      − Some vendors have combined these into integrated business process management
        suites
•   Most large organisations have a significant investment into a number of legacy
    systems
      − Designed to support specific functions
      − In order to manage the end-to-end work involved in business processes, a BPMS must
        be able to integrate with legacy systems in order to control work, get information or
        measure performance
      − Common framework for how these technologies are deployed is most often referred to
        as a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)
      − Standardising on a specific set of open technologies commonly referred to as web
        services
      − By leveraging web services in a SOA, organisations can build and manage end-to-end
        business processes across organisational silos and their legacy systems


    July 3, 2010                                                                                41
Addresses End-To-End Work

•   Process vs. function
      − Business functions are typically defined by a group of activities
        related by a particular skill or goal such as sales, finance or
        manufacturing
      − Functions focus on these individual tasks while business processes
        focus on the end-to-end work, i.e., tasks and activities, across
        functional boundaries to deliver customer value
      − Functions are ongoing where business processes have defined
        inputs and outputs
      − Business processes, however, focus on end-to-end transactions
        that deliver value



    July 3, 2010                                                             42
Ongoing Management of Processes


                BPI (Business Process          BPM (Business Process
                     Improvement)                 Management)

         One-time exercise                    Ongoing and continuous
         Fix or design process          Vs.




 July 3, 2010                                                          43
Ongoing Management of Processes

•   BPM involves a permanent ongoing organisational
    commitment to managing the organisations processes
•   Includes
      − Modelling
•   Analysis
•   Process design
•   Performance measurement
      − Process transformation
      − Continuous feedback loop to ensure the organisation’s business
        processes are aligned to its strategy and performing to
        expectations
    July 3, 2010                                                         44
Modelling, Analysis, Design And Measurement Of
Processes
•   Practice of BPM requires the measurement and
    supervision of process performance
      − Setting process performance goals
      − Measuring actual performance
      − Reviewing the effectiveness of business processes
      − Providing information, insight and feedback to other primary
        activities such as process analysis, design and transformation
•   Define and measure business process performance across
    two primary dimensions
      − Extent to which process goals are attained
      − Efficiency and effectiveness of process activities

    July 3, 2010                                                         45
Modelling, Analysis, Design And Measurement Of
Processes
•   Gather information at key points in the process to support
    decisions
      − Cost
      − Time to completion of tasks




    July 3, 2010                                                 46
Organisational Commitment

•   Practice of BPM requires a significant organisational
    commitment
•   Management of end-to-end business process crosses
    organisational boundaries
•   New roles and responsibilities are introduced, such as
    process owners, designers and architects
•   Individuals responsible for end-to-end process design must
    interact with traditional functionally based managers
•   New governance structures need to be introduced which
    may change the way organisations make decisions and
    allocate resources
    July 3, 2010                                                 47
Organisational Commitment

“Horizontal”
    Cross
 Functional
Processes –
 Externally
  Focussed


    Link
Operational
 Processes


   Cross
Organisation
Boundaries

                 “Vertical” Operational Processes – Internally Focussed
  July 3, 2010                                                            48
Organisational Commitment

•   Without organisational commitment, the practice and
    benefits of BPM is unlikely to mature within an
    organisation
•   Without supporting leadership, values, beliefs and culture,
    BPM is unlikely to successfully take hold within an
    organisation




    July 3, 2010                                                  49
BPM Technology

•   BPM is a technology enabled and supported management discipline
•   Wide range of technologies available to support the planning,
    design, analysis, operation and monitoring of business processes
•   Application suites available which help enable organisations to
    better manage their business processes
•   BPMS must be able to integrate with legacy systems in order to
    control work and get information or measure performance
•   Common framework for how these technologies are deployed is
    most often referred to as a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)




    July 3, 2010                                                       50
BPM Lifecycle

BPM Activities Affected                                            BPM Activities
by Leadership, Values,                                         Design and
                                     Process     Analysis of                                  Process
  Culture and Beliefs             Planning and    Business
                                                               Modelling of     Process
                                                                                           Monitoring and
                                                                                                              Process
                                                                Business    Implementation                  Refinement
        Factors                     Strategy     Processes
                                                                Processes
                                                                                            Controlling
                  Culture and
                   Strategy
                 Methodology
                  Information
                  Technology
                    Process
                   Alignment
                    Process
   BPM             Awareness
  Factors           Process
                   Measures
                    Process
                  Sponsorship
                    Process
                 Responsibility
                    Process
                   Definition
                 Organisation

  July 3, 2010                                                                                                           51
BPM Lifecycle
BPM Factors – cross all BPM phases




                                     BPM Phases


  July 3, 2010                                    52
BPM Lifecycle
Culture and Strategy
                                                 Process
                                   Process
Methodology                      Refinement
                                              Planning and
                                                Strategy
Information Technology

Process Alignment
                          Process
Process Awareness        Monitoring
                                                       Analysis of
                                                        Business
                            and
Process Measures                                       Processes
                         Controlling

Process Sponsorship

Process Responsibility
                                Process        Design and
Process Definition          Implementation     Modelling of
                                                Business
Organisation                                    Processes

  July 3, 2010                                                       53
BPM Lifecycle                                      Monitor



•   Iterative,                        Refinement
    phased set of
                    Refinement                                   Monitor
    activities
                                                                              Implementation

                                                 Planning
                         Planning Analysis



                                                             Implementation
                                       Design


                                                                     Design
                                      Analysis




    July 3, 2010                                                                               54
Process Planning and Strategy

•   BPM lifecycle begins with developing a process driven strategy and
    plan for the organisation
•   Sets the strategy and direction for the BPM process
•   Plan starts with an understanding of organisational strategies and
    goals
•   Designed to ensure a compelling value proposition for customers
•   Plan provides structure and direction for continued customer centric
    process management
•   Provides a foundation for a holistic BPM approach to ensure the
    alignment with organisational strategy and the integration of
    strategy, people, processes and systems across functional
    boundaries
•   Identifies appropriate BPM organisational roles and responsibilities,
    executive sponsorship, goals and expected performances measures
    and methodologies

    July 3, 2010                                                            55
Analysis of Business Processes

•   Analysis incorporates methodologies with the goal of
    understanding the current organisational processes in the
    context of the desired goals and objectives
•   Takes information from strategic plans, process models,
    performance measurements, changes in the environment
    and other factors in order to fully understand the business
    processes in the context of the overall organisation




    July 3, 2010                                                  56
Design and Modelling of Business Processes

•   Focus on the intentional, thoughtful design of how end-to-end work
    occurs in order to deliver value
•   Document the sequence of activities, including the design of what
    work is performed, at what time, in what location, by what process
    actors using what methodology
•   Defines what the organisation wants the process to be and answers
    the what, when, where, who and how questions of how end-to-end
    work is executed
•   Ensures that the proper management controls and metrics are in
    place for compliance and performance measurement
•   Understanding the process typically involves process modelling and
    an assessment of the environmental factors which enable and
    constrain the process
      − May be the first time the entire end-to-end business process has been
        documented


    July 3, 2010                                                                57
Process Monitoring and Controlling

•   Continuous measuring and monitoring of business
    processes provides the information necessary to adjust
    resources in order to meet process objectives
•   Measuring and monitoring also provides critical process
    performance information through key measurements
    related to goals and value to the organisation
•   Analysis of process performance information can result in
    improvement, redesign or reengineering activates




    July 3, 2010                                                58
Process Refinement

•   Implements the output of the iterative analysis and design
    cycle
•   Addresses organisational change management challenges
•   Aimed at continuous improvement and process
    optimisation




    July 3, 2010                                                 59
Types of Processes

     Management      Primary (Core) Processes
      Processes




                        Support Processes




 July 3, 2010                                   60
Primary Processes

• Primary processes are end-to-end, cross-functional
  processes which directly deliver value
• Represent the essential activities an organisation performs
  to fulfill its mission
• Make up the value chain where each step adds value to
  the preceding step as measured by its contribution to the
  creation or delivery of a product or service, ultimately
  delivering value
• Primary processes can move across functional
  organisations, across departments or even between
  enterprises and provide a complete end-to-end view of
  value creation

    July 3, 2010                                                61
Support Processes

•   Support primary processes, often by managing resources
    and/or infrastructure required by primary processes
•   Differentiator is that support processes do not directly
    deliver value
      − Does not mean that they are unimportant to an organisation
•   Examples of support processes include information
    technology management, facilities or capacity
    management and human resource management
•   Support processes are generally associated with functional
    areas
      − Can and often do cross functional boundaries
    July 3, 2010                                                     62
Management Processes

•   Used to measure, monitor and control business activities
•   Ensure that a primary or supporting process meets
    operational, financial, regulatory and legal goals
•   Do not directly add value
•   Necessary in order to ensure the organisation operates
    effectively and efficiently




    July 3, 2010                                               63
Process Activities

•   Value Added - contribute to the process output in a
    positive way
•   Handoff - pass control of the process to another
    department or organisation
•   Control - assure that the processes behave within desired
    tolerances or specify a validity checkpoint




    July 3, 2010                                                64
BPM Critical Success Factors

    Business Strategy



                  Define Organisation-Wide
                   Business Process Value
                           Chains


                                     Executive Sponsorship/
                                         Governance and
                                    Institutionalise Practices


                                                          Standardise Business
                                                               Processes



                                                                           Measure Process Chain
                                                                               Performance

 July 3, 2010                                                                                      65
BPM Critical Success Factors

•   Standardise Business Processes
      − Adopt common design/re-engineering methodology
      − Document processes
      − Manage process diversity
•   Executive Sponsorship/Governance and Institutionalise Practices
      −     Provide continuous improvement
      −     Manage process governance
      −     Enable change management
      −     Leverage BPM tools
•   Define Organisation-Wide Business Process Value Chains
      − Map the organisation’s core activities
      − Assign executive responsibility for/sponsorship of process chains
•   Measure Process Chain Performance
      − Manage to process measures and chains of accountability

    July 3, 2010                                                            66
Alignment of Strategy, Value Chain and Business
Process
•   Most successful organisations implementing BPM pay
    attention to the alignment of business strategy, value-
    chain definitions and business processes
•   BPM relies on key business strategies that set the primary
    direction of the enterprise
      − Value propositions for goods and services delivered
•   Business strategy leads to enterprise and business unit
    goals as the basis for action plans and business tactics




    July 3, 2010                                                 67
Goals

•   Business goals are most often an output of an
    organisations strategic planning efforts
      − Typically decomposed to include functional goals which align an
        organisations functional areas to overall strategy
•   Process goals align business processes with overall
    organisation strategy




    July 3, 2010                                                          68
Executive Sponsorship/Governance

•   Assigning executive leadership responsibility to oversee the
    performance of key processes is an indicator of maturity and
    seriousness
•   Performance of a process is measured with accountability falling
    under the executive leadership and reported throughout the
    enterprise
•   Important to have organisational discipline to utilise methodologies
    to document, store, manage and continuously improve the business
    processes, particularly those that make up the value chains
•   Includes governance mechanisms to support BPM and associated
    tools
•   Institutionalised across all functional areas in order to optimise the
    impact on value chain performance
    July 3, 2010                                                             69
Process Ownership

•   Successful BPM implementations recognise that the role of
    a process owner is critical
•   Process owner is responsible for the entire end-to-end
    process across functional departments
•   Success of this role depends on the authority the individual
    has to control the budget and make decisions that effect
    the development, maintenance and improvement of the
    business process




    July 3, 2010                                                   70
Metrics, Measures and Monitoring

•   Management requires measurement
•   Business process measurement and monitoring provides
    critical feedback on process design, performance and
    compliance
•   Necessary to measure process performance in terms of a
    variety of possible metrics related to how well the process
    meets its stated goals




    July 3, 2010                                                  71
Institution Practices

•   Effective attainment of BPM success factors to create
    value for an organisation depends on
      − Organisational practices
      − Mastery of concepts and skills by individuals with accountability
        for managing business processes




    July 3, 2010                                                            72
BPM Role Operating Environment and Influences
                                    BPM Role and Influences



                                      Outside But Linked to
Within Organisation                                                      External BPM Environment
                                          Organisation


                  Business Strategy and                                                    Organsation’s Operating
                                                              Partners
                       Governance                                                               Environment


                BPM Professional Practices
                                                         Outsourced Business                    BPM Practice
                  and Management of
                                                              Processes                          Influencers
                   Business Processes

                                                                                             BPM Professional
                   Business Processes
                                                                                           Development Programs


                      Applications,
                   Data and IT Platform


                Values, Beliefs, Leadership
                       and Culture
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                     73
Process Modelling




 July 3, 2010       74
Process Modelling Topic Scope
                                                                              Process
                                                                             Modelling




                                          Modelling
Business                                               Process                                                                                        Modelling
               Purpose of   Benefits of   Standards                   Modelling           Levels of        Modelling    Capturing      Modelling                    Process
 Process                                              Modelling                                                                                      Techniques
               Modelling    Modelling        and                     Perspectives          Models         Approaches   Information    Participants                Simulation
Modelling                                              Quality                                                                                        and Tools
                                          Notations



         Process                                                Model
        Diagrams,                                             Validation       Enterprise                                        Direct
                                                                                                  Enterprise
        Maps and                                                 and            Domain                                         Observation
         Models                                               Simulation



         Process
                                                                               Business               Business
      Attributes and                                                                                                            Interviews
                                                                               Domain                 Models
      Characteristics




                                                                                                  Operations                     Survey/
                                                                              Operations
                                                                                                  and Work                       Written
                                                                               Domain
                                                                                                    Flow                        Feedback




                                                                                Systems                                         Structured
                                                                                                      System
                                                                                Domain                                          workshops




                                                                                                  Measureme
                                                                              Builder and                                      Web-Based
                                                                                                    nt and
                                                                               Operator                                        Conferences
                                                                                                   Control

     July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                      75
Business Process Modelling

•   Set of activities involved in creating representations of an
    existing (as-is) or proposed (to-be) business process
•   Provides an end-to-end perspective of an organisations
    primary, supporting and management processes
•   Modelling is a means to an end and not an end in itself
      − You model to get results and reach conclusions




    July 3, 2010                                                   76
Process Diagrams, Maps and Models

•   Diagrams
      − Process diagram often depicts simple notation of the basic workflow of a
        process
      − Depicts the major elements of a process flow, but omits the minor details
        which are not necessary for understanding the overall flow of work
•   Maps
      − More precision than a diagram
      − More detail about process and important relationships to other elements such
        as performers (actors), events, results
      − Provide a comprehensive view of all of the major components of the process
•   Models
      − Represents the performance of what is being modelled
      − Needs greater precision, data about the process and about the factors that
        affect its performance
      − Often done using tools that provide simulation and reporting capability to
        analyse and understand the process
    July 3, 2010                                                                       77
Process Attributes and Characteristics

•   Attributes and characteristics that describe the properties, behaviour, purpose
    and other elements of the process
•   Process attributes are captured in a tool in order to organise, analyse and manage
    an organisation’s portfolio of processes

•   Inputs/Outputs                            •   Arrival Patterns/Distributions
•   Events/Results)                           •   Costs (indirect and direct
•   Value Add                                 •   Entry Rules
•   Roles/Organisations                       •   Exit Rules
•   Data/Information                          •   Branching Rules
•   Probabilities                             •   Join Rules
•   Queuing                                   •   Work/Handling Time
•   Transmission Time                         •   Batching
•   Wait Time                                 •   Servers (number of people
                                              •   available to perform tasks)

    July 3, 2010                                                                         78
Purpose of Process Modelling

•   A model is rarely a complete and full representation of the actual
    process
      − Focus on representing those attributes of the process that support continued
        analysis from one or more perspectives
•   Objective is to create a representation of the process that describes
    it accurately and sufficiently for the task at hand
      − Understanding the business process through the creation of the model
      − Creating a visible representation and establishing a commonly shared
        perspective
      − Analysing process performance and defining and validating changes
•   To be model is an expression of the target process state and
    specifies the requirements for the supporting resources that enable
    effective business operations

    July 3, 2010                                                                       79
Purpose of Process Modelling

• Models are simplified representations that facilitate
  understanding of that which is being studied and making
  decisions about it
• Mechanism for understanding, documenting, analysing,
  designing, automating and measuring business activity as
  well as measuring the resources that support the activity
  and the interactions between the business activity and its
  environment
• For process managed business, process models are the
  primary means for
      − Measuring performance against standards
      − Determining opportunities for change
      − Expressing the desired end state preceding a change effort
    July 3, 2010                                                     80
Reasons for Process Modelling

•   To document an existing process clearly
•   To use as a training aide
•   To use as an assessment against standards and compliance
    requirements
•   To understand how a process will perform under varying loads or in
    response to some anticipated change
•   As the basis for analysis in identifying opportunities for improvement
•   To design a new process or new approach for an existing process
•   To provide a basis for communication and discussion
•   To describe requirements for a new business operation


    July 3, 2010                                                             81
Benefits of Modelling

•   Models are relatively fast, easy and inexpensive to
    complete
•   Models are easy to understand (when compared to other
    forms of documentation)
•   Models provide a baseline for measurement
•   Models facilitate process simulation and impact analysis
•   Models leverage various standards and a common set of
    techniques



    July 3, 2010                                               82
Modelling Standards and Notations

•   Range of number of modelling and notational standards and
    techniques
•   Models provide a language for describing and communicating as-is
    and to-be process information
      − Like all new languages must be learned
•   Benefits of using a standards based approach
      − A common symbology, language and technique which facilitate communication
        and understanding
      − Standards-based models provide common and consistently defined processes
        definitions which eases the process of design, analysis and measurement and
        facilitates model reuse
      − An ability to leverage modelling tools based on common standards and
        notations
      − An ability to import and export models created in various tools for reuse in
        other tools
      − Some tool vendors are leveraging standards and notations for developing the
        ability to be exported from a modelling notation to an execution language (for
        example BPMN to BPEL)

    July 3, 2010                                                                         83
Modelling Standards and Notations

•   Commonly used standards (not complete)
      − Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN)
      − Flow Charting
      − Swim Lanes
      − Event Process Chain (EPC)
      − Value Chain
      − Unified Modelling Language (UML)
      − IDEF-0
      − LOVEM-E
      − SIPOC
      − Systems Dynamics
      − Value Stream Mapping
    July 3, 2010                                     84
Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN)

•   Widely used and supported standard for business process
    modelling
•   Provides a graphical notation for specifying business
    processes in a Business Process Diagram (BPD)
•   Uses a flowcharting technique similar to activity diagrams
    from Unified Modelling Language (UML)
•   Can output BPMN to Business Process Execution Language
    (BPEL)
      − Standard executable language for specifying interactions with
        Web Services
•   Emerging standard
    July 3, 2010                                                        85
Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN) –
Simplified Structure
                                                                                BPMN
                                                                               Overview




                                                                  Connecting
                  Flow Objects                                                                       Swimlanes                        Artefacts
                                                                   Objects




Events                 Activities          Gateways   Sequences   Messages     Associations   Pool               Lane   Data Object    Group      Annotation




         Start Event                Task




          End Event             Sub-Process




         Intermediate
                                Transaction
             Event



   July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                          86
BPMN - Events

•   Event denotes something that happens
•   Classifications
      − Catching – triggered by external event
      − Throwing – generating an output
•   Types
      − Start Event - acts as a trigger for the process
      − End Event - represents the result of a process
      − Intermediate Event - represents something that happens
        between the start and end events



    July 3, 2010                                                 87
BPMN - Activities

•   Activity describes the kind of work that must be done
•   Types
      − Task - represents a single unit of work that is not or cannot be
        broken down to a further level of business process detail
      − Sub-Process - used to hide or reveal additional levels of business
        process detail
      − Transaction - a form of sub-process in which all contained
        activities must be treated as a whole




    July 3, 2010                                                             88
BPMN - Gateway

•   A Gateway determines forking and merging of paths
    depending on the conditions expressed




    July 3, 2010                                        89
BPMN - Connecting Objects

•   Flow objects are connected to each other using connecting
    objects
•   Types
      − Sequence Flow - shows in which order the activities will be
        performed
      − Message Flow - shows what messages flow across organisational
        boundaries
      − Association - associate an Artefact to a Flow Object and can
        indicate directionality




    July 3, 2010                                                        90
BPMN - Swim Lanes

•   Visual mechanism of organising and categorising activities,
    based on cross functional flowcharting
•   Types
      − Pool - represents major participants in a process and contains one
        or more lanes
      − Lane - used to organise and categorise activities within a pool
        according to function or role




    July 3, 2010                                                             91
BPMN - Artefacts

•   Used to bring some more information into the
    model/diagram
•   Types
      − Data Objects - show the data is required or produced in an
        activity
      − Group - used to group different activities but does not affect the
        flow in the diagram
      − Annotation - used to provide the model/diagram with
        understandable details




    July 3, 2010                                                             92
Flow Charting

•   Simple type of diagram that represents a process, showing
    the steps as boxes of various kinds and their order by
    connecting these with arrows
•   Widely used




    July 3, 2010                                                93
Swim Lanes

•   Swim lanes are an addition to the boxes and arrows
    process flow view of flow-charting that show how the
    work flows across organisational units or is handed-off
    from one role to another
•   Overall process is divided into lanes, with one lane for
    each person, group or subprocess
•   Processes and decisions are grouped by placing them in
    lanes
•   Arranged horizontally or vertically and are used for
    grouping the sub-processes according to the
    responsibilities of those swim lanes
    July 3, 2010                                               94
Event Process Chain (EPC)

•   An EPC is an ordered graph of events and functions
•   Provides various connectors that allow alternative and parallel execution of processes
•   Tasks (activities) are followed by outcomes (events) of the task, developing a process model
•   EPC method was developed within the framework of ARIS (BPM toolset)
•   EPC elements
      − Event - describe under what circumstances a function or a process works or which state a function
        or a process results in
      − Function - model the tasks or activities
      − Organisation Unit - determine which person or organisation within the structure of an enterprise is
        responsible for a specific function
      − Information, Material or Resource Object - portray objects in the real world
      − Logical Connector - logical relationships between elements in the control flow
      − Logical Relationships - Branch/Merge, Fork/Join and OR
      − Control Flow - connects events with functions, process paths or logical connectors creating
        chronological sequence and logical interdependencies between them
      − Information Flow - show the connection between functions and input or output data
      − Organisation Unit Assignment - show the connection between an organisation unit and the
        function it is responsible for
      − Process Path - show the connection from or to other processes




    July 3, 2010                                                                                              95
Value Chain

•   Value chain notation is used to demonstrate a single
    continuous flow from left to right of the sub-processes
    that directly contribute to producing value for the
    organisation’s customers (clients/constituents)
•   Value chain is a chain of activities for a firm operating in a
    specific industry
•   Chain of activities gives the products more added value
    than the sum of added values of all activities




    July 3, 2010                                                     96
Unified Modelling Language (UML)

•   UML provides a standard set of 14 diagramming
    techniques and notations primarily for describing
    information systems requirements
•   Primarily used for systems analysis and design
•   Can use UML activity diagrams for business process
    modelling
•   UML can be very verbose




    July 3, 2010                                         97
IDEF-0 (Integration Definition for Function
Modelling)
• Function modelling methodology for describing
  manufacturing functions
• Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) that was
  developed by the US Air Force for documenting
  manufacturing processes
• Part of the IDEF family of modelling languages in software
  engineering
      − IDEF0 produces a function model that is structured
        representation of the functions, activities or processes
      − IDEF1 produces an information model that represents structure
        and semantics of information
      − IDEF2 produces a dynamics model that represents time-varying
        behavioural characteristics

    July 3, 2010                                                        98
LOVEM-E (Line of Visibility Engineering Method -
Enhanced)
•   Notation set and a modelling technique that was
    developed as part of IBM’s Business Process Reengineering
    Methodology
•   Based on the process path management concept
•   Introduces concepts of the customer encounter and the
    collaborative nature of work between external and
    internal parties and the supporting information systems
•   Not widely used



    July 3, 2010                                                99
SIPOC (Supplier, Input, Process, Output and
Customer)
•   Style of process documentation used in Six Sigma




    July 3, 2010                                       100
Systems Dynamics

•   Approach to understanding the behaviour of complex
    systems over time
•   Deals with internal feedback loops and time delays that
    affect the behaviour of the entire system
•   Systems Dynamics models are “activity on arrow”
    diagrams rather than “activity on node” diagrams
•   Useful in developing dynamic lifecycle type models that
    focus on the overall business system’s performance and
    the impact of changing the key variables that affect overall
    performance

    July 3, 2010                                                   101
Value Stream Mapping

•   Technique used in Lean Manufacturing
•   Expresses the physical environment and flow of materials
    and products in a manufacturing environment
•   Used to analyse the flow of materials and information
    currently required to bring a product or service




    July 3, 2010                                               102
Process Modelling Quality

•   Most process analysis and design efforts require the use of models
    to describe what is happening during the process
•   Useful to have some standards and measures of quality as it relates
    to process modelling
•   Quality of model defined by its accuracy, amount of detail and
    completeness
•   Can have multiple versions or iterations of models are created over
    time to capture more detail and improve the quality of the model
•   During the modelling of a process, several disconnections,
    restrictions and/or barriers may become apparent
•   Items should also be noted on the model as well as any other
    information discovered that will help create a common
    understanding of the current state

    July 3, 2010                                                          103
Requirements of a Process Model

•   The business environment including the customers, suppliers,
    external events or market pressures that effect or interact with the
    process
•   The organisational structure which includes the hierarchical or
    functional view of the organisation and how the people work
    together (this information helps understand who the key decision
    makers are within the process)
•   The functional or departmental structure of the organisation which
    explains how the functions or departments work together in the
    process
•   The business rules which control the decisions that are made during
    the process and workflow
•   The activities or actions that take place within the process and who
    does those actions

    July 3, 2010                                                           104
Model Validation and Simulation

•   Useful or necessary to validate the model through
    simulation before finalising the analysis
•   Validate the model through simulation is to compare
    simulated outputs to real-world results
•   Significant differences should be understood and
    corrected before the model is used for detailed analysis
•   Assemble a group of people who work in the process and
    simulate the process by having one person in the group
    describe each activity and its product(s)
      − Real-world participants should be able to tell if the model is
        accurate

    July 3, 2010                                                         105
Modelling Perspectives

•   Processes can be modelled from many perspectives
•   In a BPM environment an organisation’s strategy is
    enacted through process performance, which is linked to
    the operations model that must be supported by the
    information technology platform
•   To keep these aligned, there needs to be a line of visibility
    from one perspective to the other in a coherent
    framework, typically maintained in a process repository




    July 3, 2010                                                    106
Modelling Perspectives
                          Systems
                         Operations                Enterprise
                                                                Business
    Technology
                                                                Domain
      Domain


                System Build                               Business




                      System Design                Operations


                                      Operations
                                       Domain
 July 3, 2010                                                              107
Modelling Perspectives

•   Enterprise Perspective
      − See how the enterprise operates overall and that the primary processes are
        arranged in some category that gives a sense of their interaction
      − View supports those who must align overall enterprise strategy with
        aggregated process performance
•   Business Perspective
      − Supports each of the process owners who is accountable for and has the
        authority to address overall process performance
      − Required as the business context that describes each major business process
        and defines the scope and reach of major transformation efforts
•   Operations Perspective
      − More detailed models support the perspectives of those managers who are
        responsible for monitoring performance and look for ways to continuously
        improve operational performance

    July 3, 2010                                                                      108
Modelling Perspectives

•   System Design Perspective
      − Identifies how work gets done and how the systems support that
        work is the systems perspective
      − Describes requirements for systems support and performance in
        support of tasks and procedures
•   System Build Perspective
      − Support the individuals who have to build the system
•   Systems Operations Perspective
      − Support the individuals who have to build all of the support
        systems to enable work and to operate the systems that are
        required to continue to perform that work


    July 3, 2010                                                         109
Levels of Models
                          Enterprise
                            Model


                       Business Model



                      Operational Model



                       Workflow Model



                       Systems Model



                   Measurement and Control

 July 3, 2010                                110
Enterprise Models

•   Typically a highly abstracted business classification model that is
    used to describe the focus of the organisation and to organise the
    business processes in an overall business architecture
•   Each of the high level business processes are then described in more
    detail by their major components (sub-processes)
•   An enterprise model will typically have two or more levels of detail
    and serve as a high level business blueprint or business architecture
      − May or may not include support and management processes
•   Processes may be mapped to Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and
    strategic goals in a process portfolio and used to prioritise resources
    and project efforts
•   Can be mapped to formulate strategies for alternate future
    scenarios or to develop high level estimates and forecasts
    July 3, 2010                                                              111
Business Models

•   Business models depict the major events, activities and
    results that describe each of the major end-to-end
    processes, their sub-processes and their interactions with
    their environment
•   Business models also typically describe the support and
    management processes as well and how they interact with
    or support the primary processes




    July 3, 2010                                                 112
Operations and Work Flow Models

•   Describe how the business model is carried out
•   Detailed models mapped down to activity, task and
    procedural level details
•   Describe the physical implementation details of the
    operating processes




    July 3, 2010                                          113
Systems Models

•   Depict the triggering events, software processes, data
    flows and system outputs required to support business
    operations




    July 3, 2010                                             114
Measurement and Control Models

•   Indicate points in the operation where key performance
    measure and control points are monitored




    July 3, 2010                                             115
Modelling Approaches

•   Approaches to process modelling: top-down, middle-out and
    bottom-up
•   Iterative process approach where several successive passes are used
    to develop the model
•   Approach used varies depending on the purpose and the scope of
    the effort
•   Bottom-up approaches, centered on very detailed activity and task
    oriented work flows, work best for projects aimed at improving
    narrowly focused functions within a single department or operation
•   Top-down methods work well for projects aimed at improving and
    innovating large scale, end-to-end, cross-functional business
    processes and as a means to manage performance of these business
    processes
      − Develop a new business model first and then determine what needs to be
        done to be capable of its implementation
      − Align business processes with business strategies

    July 3, 2010                                                                 116
Capturing Information

•   Techniques for capturing information for process
    modelling
      − Direct Observation
      − Interviews
      − Survey/Written Feedback
      − Structured Workshops
      − Web-Based Conferencing




    July 3, 2010                                       117
Direct Observation

•   Good way to document current procedural detail
•   May uncover activities and tasks that might not be
    otherwise recognised
•   Can be effective in identifying variations and deviations
    that occur in day-to-day work
•   However limited to a relatively small sample size
      − May not capture the range of variations across groups and
        locations
•   Direct observation also entails the risk of the performers
    doing what they think you want to see rather than what
    they normally do (Hawthorne effect)
    July 3, 2010                                                    118
Interviews

•   Can create a sense of ownership and participation in the
    process of modelling and documenting business processes
•   Requires minimal time and disruption of normal duties
    from the participants
•   May take more overall elapsed time to schedule and
    conduct the interviews than other methods
•   May be difficult afterward to build a cohesive process flow
    and to map the different views into a single view
      − Generally requires follow up
•   Sometimes does not uncover all of the activities to
    completely describe the process
    July 3, 2010                                                  119
Survey/Written Feedback

•   Written feedback requires minimal time and disruption of
    duties
•   Liable to the same problems as are encountered with one-
    on-one interviews such as
      − Taking more time
      − Missing some information
      − Time spent reconciling differences of opinion
      − Where the same work has just been described differently by
        different people, it may require follow up




    July 3, 2010                                                     120
Structured Workshops

• Focused, facilitated meetings where enough subject
  matter experts and stakeholders are brought together to
  create the model interactively
• Offers the advantage of shortening the elapsed calendar
  time required to develop the models and gives a stronger
  sense of ownership to the workshop participants than
  other techniques
• Workshops may be more costly than other methods
• Models produced in workshops require less follow up and
  generate a commonly agreed upon description of a
  process faster and with higher quality than other
  techniques

    July 3, 2010                                             121
Web-Based Conferencing

•   Gain similar benefits to face-to-face workshops, but work
    best with smaller groups
•   Workshops done this way can be more difficult to monitor
    and manage individual participation in the group work




    July 3, 2010                                                122
Modelling Participants

•   Number of roles involved in developing process models due to the wide range of
    applicability
•   Models can be created by individuals expressing their personal knowledge
•   Models can be created by groups outlining the scope and depth of the business
    they are addressing
      − Development of process models may involve many people to create a set of models
        that fully represent the process
              •    Business strategists
              •    Business managers
              •    Financial analysts
              •    Auditors
              •    Compliance analysts
              •    Process performance analysts
              •    Requirements analysts
              •    Systems analysts
              •    Business analysts
•   Subject matter experts depend on modelling approach
      − Executives expressing high level business dynamics
      − Mid-level managers defining monitoring and control mechanisms
      − Workers who actually perform the work being modelled

    July 3, 2010                                                                          123
Modelling Techniques and Tools

•   Many modelling tools and techniques available from paper
    to specialised BPM tools
      − White Boarding and Flip Charts
      − Paper and Post-Its
      − Drawing Tools and Reports
      − Electronic Modelling and Projection
•   Process analysis can be done effectively and efficiently
    using any type of tool
      − Focus of the analysis or design should be on the process and not
        on the tool itself



    July 3, 2010                                                           124
White Boarding and Flip Charts

•   Draw the process flows and flip charts to capture other
    information
•   Later transcribe the results into drawing or modelling and
    reporting tools
•   Common method used in workshops, interviews or
    structured/facilitated modelling sessions




    July 3, 2010                                                 125
Paper and Post-Its

•   Cover the walls of a room with taped up paper
•   Have workshop participants put removable sticky-notes on
    the paper until they have arranged the activities into the
    sequence on which they agree
•   Done either the participants directing the facilitator in the
    placement of these activities or the participants place the
    notes depicting activities
•   Resulting model must then be transcribed into a drawing
    or modelling and reporting tool later


    July 3, 2010                                                    126
Drawing Tools and Reports

•   During or after interviews and workshops, participants
    capture the process flows and notes using inexpensive
    drawing tools, such as Visio, PowerPoint or any other
    electronic drawing tool




    July 3, 2010                                             127
Electronic Modelling and Projection

•   Use electronic drawing or modelling tools and projecting
    the images to large screens to capture and view the
    developing models
•   Model is visible and can be modified during the workshop
•   No transfer to another toolset required
•   Repository-based tools allow the reuse of objects or
    patterns that have already been defined in previous efforts




    July 3, 2010                                                  128
Capturing Information and Modelling Techniques
and Tools
                                                Modelling Techniques and Tools

                                                                                  Electronic
                                White Boarding Paper and Post-   Drawing Tools
                                                                                 Modelling and
                                and Flip Charts      Its          and Reports
                                                                                  Projection
                Direct
                Observation

                Interviews
Techniques for
  Capturing    Survey/Written
 Information Feedback
               Structured
               Workshops
               Web-Based
               Conferencing




 July 3, 2010                                                                                    129
Process Simulation

•   Form of models which provide valuable insight to process dynamics
•   Simulations require sufficient data which typically allows the process
    to be mathematically simulated under various scenarios, loads, etc.
•   Simulations can be manual or electronic using process simulation
    tools
•   Identify exceptions and handoffs while providing important insights
    on existing and required communication between tasks, functional
    areas, teams and systems
•   Benefits
      − Validate a model by demonstrating that real transaction sets, when run
        through the model exhibit, produce the same performance characteristics as
        those in the actual process
      − Predict the process design’s performance under differing scenarios (vary the
        number of transactions over time, the number of workers, etc.)
      − Determine which variables have the greatest affect on process performance
      − Compare performance of different process designs under the same sets of
        circumstances
    July 3, 2010                                                                       130
Modelling Summary

•   Process models are simplified representations of some business
    activity
•   A process model serves as a means to communicate several different
    aspects of a business process
•   Process models are used to document, analyse or design a business
    model
•   Process models are useful as documentation, a means for
    communication and alignment, design and requirements or a means
    to analyse aspects of the process, training and explanation
•   Different levels or perspectives of business processes are expressed
    by models showing different scopes and levels of detail for different
    audiences and purposes
•   There are many different styles of process modelling notation and
    ways to develop process models
    July 3, 2010                                                            131
Process Analysis




 July 3, 2010      132
Process Analysis Topic Scope
                                                                              Process Analysis


                                                                              Preparing to                                                                   Analysis Issues
  Overview of         Purpose of       When to Perform     Process Analysis                                            Performing the         Document the
                                                                                Analyse                                                                           and
Process Analysis    Process Analysis   Process Analysis         Roles                                                     Analysis              Analysis
                                                                               Processes                                                                     Considerations

                                                     Continuous                              Choose the     Understanding            Business
                                                     Monitoring                               Process       the Unknown            Environment


                                                   Event-Triggered                      Scope the Depth     Organisational         Performance
                                                      Analysis                             of Analysis     Culture/Context           Metrics


                                                                                       Choose Analytical      Customer
                                                                                                                                    Handoffs#
                                                                                         Frameworks          Interactions


                                                                                                            Business Rules              Capacity



                                                                                                             Bottlenecks                Variation


                                                                                                                                      Human
                                                                                                                Cost
                                                                                                                                   Involvement


                                                                                                           Process Controls        Other Factors


                                                                                                                                   Analysing the
                                                                                                              Gathering
                                                                                                                                     Business
                                                                                                             Information
                                                                                                                                   Environment
                                                                                                              Analysing
                                                                                                                                   Analysing the
                                                                                                             Information
                                                                                                                                     Process
                                                                                                               Systems

                                                                                                           Analysing Human
                                                                                                             Interactions
     July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                      133
Process Analysis

•   Process analysis is the first step in establishing a new process or
    updating an existing process is creating a common understanding of
    the current state of the process and its alignment with the business
    objectives
      − Process is a defined set of sequential or parallel activities or behaviours to
        achieve a goal
      − Process analysis is creating an understanding of the activities of the process
        and measures the success of those activities in meeting the goals
•   Accomplished through various techniques including mapping,
    interviewing, simulations and various other analytical techniques
    and methodologies
•   May include a study of the business environment and factors that
    contribute to or interact with the environment such as government
    or industry regulations, market pressures and competition
    July 3, 2010                                                                         134
Process Analysis

•   Other factors to be considered
      −     The context of the business
      −     Business strategy
      −     Supply chain (the inputs and outputs of the process),
      −     Customer needs
      −     Organisational culture
      −     Business values
      −     How the process will perform to achieve business goals
•   Information gained through the analysis should be agreed upon by
    all those that interact with the process
•   Should represent what is actually happening and not what is thought
    or wished to be happening
•   Unbiased view without placing blame for existing inefficiencies
    July 3, 2010                                                          135
Purpose of Process Analysis

•   Analysis generates the information necessary for the
    organisation to make informed decisions assessing the
    activities of the business
      − Without it, decisions are made based on opinion or intuition
        rather than documented, validated facts
• Due to business change the processes of an organisation
  can quickly become inconsistent to their original design
  and no longer meet the needs of the business
• Process analysis is an essential tool to show how well the
  business is meeting its objectives
• Creates an understanding of how work (the transformation
  of inputs to outputs) happens in the organisation

    July 3, 2010                                                       136
Purpose of Process Analysis

•   Analysis generates an understanding and measurement of process
    effectiveness and its efficiency
      − Effectiveness of a process is a measurement of achieving the purpose or need
        for the process whether the process
              • Meets the needs of the customer
              • Satisfies the objectives of the business
              • Is the right process for the current business environment or context
•   Measuring the efficiency of the process indicates the degree of
    resources utilised in performing the activities of the process
•   Measures whether the process is costly, slow, wasteful or has other
    deficiencies and is a measurement of the performance of the
    process
      − Uncovers important facts about how work flows in the organisation
      − Helps in the design and/or redesign of processes to better meet the goals of
        the business


    July 3, 2010                                                                       137
Purpose of Process Analysis

•   Information generated from analysis includes
      − Strategy, culture and environment of the organisation that uses the process (why the process
        exists)
      − Inputs and outputs of the process
      − Stakeholders, both internal and external, including suppliers, customers and their needs and
        expectations
      − Inefficiencies within the current process
      − Scalability of the process to meet customer demands
      − Business rules that control the process and why they must exist
      − What performance metrics should monitor the process, who is interested in those metrics and
        what they mean
      − What activities make up the process and their dependencies across departments and business
        functions
      − Improved resource utilisation
      − Opportunities to reduce constraints and increase capacity
•   Information becomes a valuable resource to management and leadership to understand
    how the business is functioning
•   Help them to make informed decisions on how to adapt to a changing environment
•   Ensure that the processes running the business are optimal for attaining business objectives




    July 3, 2010                                                                                       138
When to Perform Process Analysis

•   Can be the result of continuous monitoring of processes or
    can be triggered by specific events
      − Continuous Monitoring
      − Event-Triggered Analysis
              •    Strategic Planning
              •    Performance Issues
              •    New Technologies
              •    Startup Venture
              •    Merger/Acquisition
              •    Regulatory Requirements




    July 3, 2010                                                 139
Continuous Monitoring

• Business Process Management is a long-term commitment
  as part of the business strategy rather than a single activity
  that is completed and then forgotten
• Managing the business by process implies that there are
  regular and consistent performance metrics that monitor
  the processes of the organisation
• These metrics are routinely reviewed and steps are taken
  to ensure process performance meets the predetermined
  goals of the organisation
• Eventual goal should be the ability to continuously analyse
  processes as they are performed through the use of
  monitoring tools and techniques

    July 3, 2010                                                   140
Continuous Monitoring

•   Benefits of continuous analysis
      − Alerts management to potential poor performance of the process
      − Help point to the cause of the poor performance such as system
        deviations, competition, environmental factors, etc.
      − If the process is not performing, immediate action can be taken to
        resolve the cause
      − Real-time feedback through continuous analysis provides a
        measurement for the human performance and reward systems
      − Reduces the number of process improvement projects
        performed, thus saving time and cost associated with those
        efforts



    July 3, 2010                                                             141
Event-Triggered Analysis

•   Strategic Planning
      − Regular review and update of strategic plans
      − Survey the market and competitive landscape for new opportunities and
        establish new goals
      − Process analysis may need to occur following an update to the strategic plan to
        re-align the processes to meet the new organisation’s objectives
•   Performance Issues
      − Current performance may be declared inadequate for a variety of reasons
      − Process analysis can assist in determining the reasons for the inadequacies and
        identify changes that may improve performance
•   New Technologies
      − Advancing technologies can improve process performance
      − Analysis will help create an understanding of how they should be adopted
      − Process analysis will help the organisation understand how and where new
        technologies should be applied to gain the maximum benefit to the
        organisation
    July 3, 2010                                                                          142
Event-Triggered Analysis

•   Startup Venture
      − When new ventures or businesses are anticipated need to identify the
        processes that will be required to successfully deliver the new products and
        services
•   Merger/Acquisition
      − Mergers and acquisitions result in the joining of production and service
        processes
      − Process analysis should be performed before the merging of processes to
        ensure that the combined outcome meets the combined business objectives
•   Regulatory Requirements
      − New or changes to existing regulations require the business to modify its
        processes
      − Process analysis as part of meeting these requirements will ensure the
        business is able to meet the requirement change with as little impact to the
        business as possible
    July 3, 2010                                                                       143
Process Analysis Roles

•   Process analysis can be performed by a single individual
•   For larger organisations may require a cross-functional team
      − Provide a variety of experiences and views of the current state of the process
      − Result in a better understanding of both the process and the organisation
•   Important to make sure that enough time has been allocation for the
    analysis resources to function properly in the assignment
•   Communicate to the team their responsibilities according to the role
    that each will play in the process
•   Have a thorough understanding of the expectations of each member
•   Agree to commit the time and effort required to make the project a
    success


    July 3, 2010                                                                         144
Process Analysis Roles

•   Analyst
      −     Decide the depth and scope of the analysis
      −     How it is analysed
      −     Perform the analysis
      −     Provide documentation and final reports to the stakeholders and executive
            leadership
•   Facilitator
      − Lead process analysis teams with an unbiased view
      − Objectivity is important to ensure the analysis truly represents the current
        state
      − Let the group discover the path through the analytical techniques chosen and
        through proper management of group dynamics
•   Subject Matter Experts
      − Individuals closest to the process with knowledge and expertise
      − Familiar with both the business and technical infrastructure that supports the
        process
    July 3, 2010                                                                         145
Preparing to Analyse Processes

•   Steps
      − Choose the process
      − Determine the scope of the depth of analysis
      − Choose analytical frameworks




    July 3, 2010                                       146
Choose the Process

•   May be competing priorities and several processes that
    need to be analysed
•   Agree priority through examining the critical business goals
    of the organisation
      − A critical business goal defines why the organisation exists and
        what controls the success of the organisation
      − An organisation may have one or more critical business goals
•   Identify critical business goals
•   Identify processes supporting those goals
•   Process performance metrics

    July 3, 2010                                                           147
Choose the Process
                                                              Organisation




                     Critical                                    Critical                                    Critical
                  Business Goal                               Business Goal                               Business Goal




Supporting         Supporting     Supporting    Supporting     Supporting     Supporting    Supporting     Supporting     Supporting
 Process            Process        Process       Process        Process        Process       Process        Process        Process




Performance       Performance     Performance   Performance   Performance     Performance   Performance   Performance     Performance
  Metrics           Metrics         Metrics       Metrics       Metrics         Metrics       Metrics       Metrics         Metrics



   July 3, 2010                                                                                                                   148
Choose the Process

•   Process performance can then be analysed and ranked to
    understand where the effort for process analysis should be
    placed
•   Processes that scored high in both importance to the
    organisation and severity of current issues are the
    processes that need the most attention first




    July 3, 2010                                                 149
Choose the Process

                                                                                Process A            Process B
                   Impact on the Organisation
                                                  Process D
            High                                                    Process E
                                                                                    Analyse First
                                                      Process F                             Process C




                                                       Process J                Process G        Process H
            Low



                                                Process K       Process L               Process I



                                                Severity of Issues With Business Process
                                                              Low                             High
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                    150
Determine the Scope of the Depth of Analysis

•   Scoping the depth of the process that is to be analysed is one of the
    first actions of the analyst or analysis team
•   Scoping is critical to
      − Decide how far the project will reach
      − How much of the organisation it will involve
      − The impact any changes will have upstream and downstream of the process
        analysed
•   May be necessary to interview a variety of individuals in various
    business functions before making scoping decision
•   The more business functions and activities included in the analysis
    project, the more complicated the analysis and the longer it is likely
    to take
•   Could break down larger processes and analyse sub-processes in
    order to optimise time but before doing so must consider the impact
    of future process improvement projects

    July 3, 2010                                                                  151
Choose Analytical Frameworks

•   No single right way to perform a business process analysis
•   Topics to be studied, methods for studying them, tools to be used,
    etc. are all dependent on the nature of the process and the
    information available at the time the analysis begins
      − Some projects may start with a completed, verified model that can be used for
        analysis
•   Review and decide which of the methodologies, frameworks or tools
    should be used
•   Decide what techniques and tools to use in addition to or as part of
    the framework
•   Too much analysis can also hinder the process of creating or re-
    designing a new process

    July 3, 2010                                                                        152
Performing the Analysis
•   Understanding the Unknown        •   Analysing the Business Environment
•   Business Environment                  − Value Chain Analysis
                                          − S.W.O.T.
•   Organisational Culture/Context
                                     •   Analysing Information Systems
•   Performance Metrics                   − Information Flow Analysis
•   Customer Interactions                 − Discrete Event Simulation
•   Handoffs                         •   Analysing the Process
                                          −   Creating Models
•   Business Rules                        −   Cost Analysis
•   Capacity                              −   Transaction Cost Analysis
•   Bottlenecks                           −   Cycle-Time Analysis
                                          −   Pattern Analysis
•   Variation                             −   Decision Analysis
•   Cost                                  −   Distribution Analysis
                                          −   Root-cause Analysis
•   Human Involvement                     −   Sensitivity Analysis
•   Process Controls                      −   Risk Analysis
•   Other Factors                    •   Analysing Human Interactions
•   Gathering Information                 −   Direct Observation
      − Interviewing                      −   Apprentice Learning
      − Observing                         −   Participatory Video Analysis
      − Researching                       −   Activity Simulation
                                          −   Workplace Layout Analysis
                                          −   Resource Allocation Analysis
                                          −   Motivation and Reward Analysis




    July 3, 2010                                                               153
Understanding the Unknown

•   Process of analysis is a process of discovery involving
    finding answers to a series of questions about the process
•   Generate data to ensure that any conclusions are based on
    facts extrapolated from the data and not on hearsay or
    generalisations




    July 3, 2010                                                 154
Business Environment

•   Obtain general understanding of the reason for the process to exist
    within the business environment
      −     What is the process trying to accomplish?
      −     Why has it been created?
      −     What triggered the analysis?
      −     What are the systems required to support or enable the process and how
            sustainable are those systems?
      −     Where does it fit into the value chain of the organisation?
      −     Is the process in alignment with the strategic objectives of the organisation?
      −     Does it provide value to the organisation and how critical is it?
      −     How well does it function in the current business environment and how well
            could it adapt if the environment were to change?
      −     What are the risks to the process (external, environmental or internal) and can
            the process adapt to survive those risks?


    July 3, 2010                                                                              155
Organisational Culture/Context

•   Every organisation has a culture that impacts and is
    impacted by the internal and external processes of that
    organisation
      − How work is performed
      − What motivates the members of the organisation to do the work
      − By changing the process by which they work, the culture may also
        change
      − May lead to unintended consequences as new processes are put
        into place
•   Part of the analysis process is to ask questions that will
    help understand the culture of the organisation and those
    unwritten rules that determine how and by who work is
    really accomplished

    July 3, 2010                                                           156
Organisational Culture/Context

•   Leadership
      − Who in the organisation are the influencers and leaders?
      − Are they in positions of authority?
      − If they do not agree with the process improvements, will the improvement be
        successful?
•   Social Networks
      − What kind of social networks exist in the organisation?
      − How will any changes affect those social networks?
      − If individuals will be displaced as a result of a process change, what would be
        the anticipated result of these networks?
•   Personnel Change
      − Will individuals voluntarily leave the company as a result of the process
        change?
      − If so, how will this disrupt the process?

    July 3, 2010                                                                          157
Organisational Culture/Context

•   Motivation
      − What is the motivating factor for production?
      − If the workers are not self-motivated
      − how does work get done?
      − What are the incentives that reward work output?
      − If the success of a process has been measured on quantity as opposed to
        quality, what will happen if the measurement is shifted to quality?
      − Will the organisation stop producing to ensure quality?
•   Change
      −     How will the change affect the leadership training in the organisation?
      −     What is the motivating factor for promotion?
      −     Will the goals for measuring leadership change?
      −     How will the reason for the process change be interpreted by the individuals
      −     effected or responsible for the process?
      −     Is it a sign of weakness in the organisation or strategy?

    July 3, 2010                                                                           158
Performance Metrics

•   Performance issues can be defined as gaps between how a
    process is currently performing in relation to how it should
    be performing
•   A methodical analysis can help to understand the nature of
    the gaps, why they exist and how the situation can be
    rectified
•   Key element of this understanding is the identification of
    actionable and auditable metrics that accurately indicate
    process performance
      − Metrics will provide indicators as to where and how a process
        should be adjusted

    July 3, 2010                                                        159
Performance Metrics

•   Is the process meeting its performance goals?
•   Does the process take too long and if so, why and what is the
    measurement of “too long”?
•   What could happen to make it worse?
•   How would we know if the process has improved, i.e., if time is the
    measurement of the process, can cost be ignored or if cost is the
    measurement of the process, can time be ignored?
•   How is data reported about the process, who views this data and
    what do they do with it?
•   Where should performance points be recorded so the process is
    accurately measured and monitored?
•   Would entering these performance points affect the performance of
    the process?

    July 3, 2010                                                          160
Customer Interactions

•   Understanding the customer interactions with the process
    is critical to understanding whether the process is a
    positive factor in the success of the organisation’s value
    chain
•   The fewer the number of required interactions between
    the customer and a given service, the more satisfied the
    customer




    July 3, 2010                                                 161
Customer Interactions

•   Who is the customer, what is his need, why does he choose to
    participate in the process and could he go elsewhere instead of using
    this process?
•   Do customers complain about the process?
•   How many times does a customer interact with the process? Is it too
    many? Are there redundancies in the interactions?
•   How do we know if they are satisfied?
•   What is the customer's expectation or objective with the process
    and why does he need the process?
•   How does the customer want to interact with the process?
•   If the process supports internal activities, what is the impact or
    indirect effects to the customer?
    July 3, 2010                                                            162
Handoffs

•   Any point in a process where work or information passes from one
    system, person or group to another is a handoff for that process
•   Handoffs are very vulnerable to process disconnections and should
    be analysed closely
•   Typically, the fewer number of handoffs, the more successful the
    process
•   Which of the handoffs are most likely to break down the process?
•   Questions to ask of each handoff:
      − Are there any bottlenecks of information or services as a result of handoffs
        happening too quickly?
      − Can any handoff be eliminated?
      − Where do streams of information come together and is the timing accurate?


    July 3, 2010                                                                       163
Business Rules

•   Business rules create constraints that impact the nature
    and performance of the process
•   Help define the performance expectations
•   Create clear guidelines around these expectations
•   Often business rules are created without an understanding
    of why they exist or are so outdated that they no longer
    apply but because of organisational culture they still are
    being followed



    July 3, 2010                                                 164
Business Rules

• Do the current business rules cause obstacles by requiring
  unnecessary approvals, steps or other constraints that
  should be eliminated?
• Are the business rules in alignment with the objectives of
  the organisation?
• Who created the business rules and upon what were they
  based?
• When were the rules created and does their need exist?
• If the rules were eliminated, what would be the result?
• How flexible is the process to accommodate changes in the
  business rules?

    July 3, 2010                                               165
Capacity

•   Analysing the capacity of the process tests upper and
    lower limits and determines whether the resources
    (machine or human) can appropriately scale to meet the
    demands
      − Is the process scalable and if inputs were increased, at what point
        will the process break down?
      − What would happen if the process slowed down and what is the
        cost of the idle time of the process? If idle, can those resources be
        put to work on other processes?
      − What happens when the process cannot get supplies and
        materials quickly enough to meet demand?
      − If the process speeds up can the consumer of the process handle
        the increase in production?
    July 3, 2010                                                                166
Bottlenecks

•   A bottleneck is a constraint in the process that creates a backlog of
    work to be done
      − What is being constrained: information, product, service?
      − Why does the bottleneck exist, what are the factors contributing to the
        bottleneck and are these factors people, systems or organisational?
      − Is it the bottleneck the result of handoffs or lack of information?
      − Is the bottleneck the result of a resource constraint and what type of resource:
        human, system or machinery?
      − Are there unnecessary check points that create the bottleneck that can be
        eliminated?
      − If multiple streams are processing information in parallel, do the streams come
        together at the same time or is one waiting for the other?
      − Does the process create a backlog upstream or downstream from the process?



    July 3, 2010                                                                           167
Variation

• Variation in the process may not be good
• Variation slows down the process and requires more
  resources to properly scale
• If the nature of the business requires variation as its core
  business strategy then look for places where some of the
  variation can be reduced which could save on the overall
  cycle time of the process
• How much variation is tolerable for the process?
      − Is variation necessary or desirable?
      − Where are the points where variation is most likely to occur? Can
        they be eliminated and if so, what are some recommendations?
      − Can automation help eliminate variation

    July 3, 2010                                                            168
Cost

•   Understanding the cost of the process helps the team
    understand the value of the process in real money to the
    organisation
      − What is the total cost of the process?
      − Can the process be broken up into small cost allocations?
      − Is the cost in line with industry best practices?
      − Is the cost absorbed by the customer directly or is it a cost of
        business?
      − Can the cost be reduced through automation or technology
        improvements? If so, how and by what extent?




    July 3, 2010                                                           169
Human Involvement

•   Processes involve either automated activities or activities
    performed by people
•   Automated activities generally run consistently and when
    they do not it is possible to find and correct the situation
    that is causing the problem
•   Activities performed by people are more complex as they
    involve judgment and skill that cannot be automated
      − People do not always do the same task in the same way




    July 3, 2010                                                   170
Human Involvement

•   How much variability is introduced by the human element? Is the variability
•   tolerable?
•   Can the action be automated? What would be the result to the process? What
    would be the result to the human element and to the culture of the organisation?
•   How complex is the task? What are the skill sets required? How are performers
    trained for the task?
•   How do the performers of the task respond to external events during the task?
•   How does the performer know when the task is done well? What feedback
    systems are in place to guide the performer? What can the performer do with this
    feed back – what can he or she change with this knowledge?
•   Does the performer know where the task lies in the process and what the results
    of the actions are downstream? Does he /she know what happens before the
    task? What does the performer do with variations in the inputs for the task?
•   Can the performer identify variations before the task is completed?
•   What is the motivation for performing the task or performing the task well?
•   How much knowledge is available to the performer to accomplish this task? Is it
    sufficient?

    July 3, 2010                                                                       171
Process Controls

•   Process controls are put in place to ensure adherence to
    legal, regulatory or financial constraints or obligations
•   Process controls are different from control processes
      − Process controls defines the control
      − Control processes defines the steps to achieve that control
•   Questions to assist in understanding what process controls
    are in place
      − What are the environmental impacts of the process and do those
        impacts need to be controlled?
      − Who are the regulatory or governing agencies that will regulate
        the process and do they need to be informed of the process
        change?
    July 3, 2010                                                          172
Other Factors

•   Purpose of the discussion topics is to initiate and
    encourage discussion about the process
•   Other discussion topics not mentioned will naturally arise
    during the process analysis and should be explored
•   Some of the topics noted above might not apply to the
    process being analysed
•   The analysis must encompass a variety of techniques and
    topics to achieve a complete and well rounded
    understanding of the process


    July 3, 2010                                                 173
Gathering Information

•   Next step in the analysis is for the analyst or team to gather as much
    relevant information about the process and business environment as
    possible
•   Types of information gathered depend on the business and process
    being analysed
      − The strategic information about the company such as long term strategy,
        markets, threats, opportunities, etc.
      − A company's performance in comparison to its peers or benchmarked to other
        related industries
      − The rationale for the process analysis and at who's request
      − The fit of the process into the organisation
      − The people who should be involved in the process analysis project
•   Sources of information
      − Interviews with individuals involved in the process
      − Performance records/transaction reviews on the process and walkthroughs of
        the process
      − Audit reports

    July 3, 2010                                                                     174
Interviewing

•   Interviews those who are involved in or are associated
    with the process are an important method of gathering
    information and preparing for the process analysis
      − Process owners, internal or external stakeholders (vendors,
        customers or partners), those who work the process and those
        who pass inputs to or receive outputs from the process
•   Face-to-face setting is more productive as they allow for
    greater dialog and discussion about what is or was actually
    happening
•   Group interview performed by a facilitator can also be
    effective in generating discussion about processes

    July 3, 2010                                                       175
Observing

•   Direct observation of the process is an important method
    of gathering information
      − Directly observing the systems or observing the human
        interactions with the process, observing the process will help
        create an understanding of what the process is actually doing
•   During an analytical observation of a process, further
    questions and interviews need to be conducted to better
    understand a certain point
•   Interviews and fact finding should take place throughout
    the analysis process


    July 3, 2010                                                         176
Researching

•   Research any documentation or notes regarding the
    existing process
      − Written documentation created when the process was created,
        transaction or audit logs, process diagrams, etc.




    July 3, 2010                                                      177
Analysing the Business Environment

•   Before understanding a business process, must also understand how
    the business and the business environment interact
      − Includes understanding the market, the external factors affecting that market,
        the customer's demographics and needs, business strategy, the suppliers and
        how work transforms to meet the needs of the customers
•   As the business environment changes over time, so must the
    organisation's processes
•   The business analysis helps understand those environmental
    changes that took place since the process was first created and can
    help explain the reasons for poor performance of a process
      − Understanding these relationships is important to understand how processes
        might need to change
•   Business environment analysis methods
      − Value Chain Analysis
      − SWOT

    July 3, 2010                                                                         178
Value Chain Analysis

•   Generic value chain model that introduced a sequence of
    five primary and several support activities that are fairly
    common through most organisations
•   Easy to see the relationship of the value chain to standard
    process management principles:
      − Inbound logistics (inputs)
      − Operations (acting on inputs to create value)
      − Output and distribution logistics (outputs)
      − Sales, marketing, etc.
      − Service and support



    July 3, 2010                                                  179
Value Chain Analysis

                       Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages

                                                Output and
           Inbound                                               Marketing and         Service and
                             Operations         Distribution
           Logistics                                                 Sales              Support
                                                 Logistics




                               Management and Support Processes

                         Human         Information
                                                          Financial       Facilities
                        Resource       Technology
                                                         Management      Management
                       Management      Management


                                 Legal,
                               Regulatory,                       Knowledge,
                                                 External
                              Environment,                      Improvement
                                               Relationship
                               Health and                        and Change
                                               Management
                                 Safety                         Management
                              Management

 July 3, 2010                                                                                        180
Value Chain Analysis

•   A value chain analysis enables the process analyst to look
    at the process from a macro view that includes suppliers,
    vendors, customers, etc.
•   Identify weaknesses in the process that might occur
    upstream or downstream from the actual process itself




    July 3, 2010                                                 181
SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and
Threats) Analysis
•   SWOT analysis can assist the analyst in understanding the
    customer or their target market and what tolerances for
    process inefficiencies exist for the customer within their
    market
•   Most markets, however, do not have a high degree of
    tolerance for process inefficiency and, therefore, should be
    considered volatile and highly effected by the process of
    the organisation
•   SWOT analysis headings provide a good framework for
    reviewing strategy, position and direction of a company or
    business proposition or any idea

    July 3, 2010                                                   182
Analysing Information Systems

•   Information systems analysis is possibly the easiest type of
    analysis to perform as it requires fewer individuals and is
    easier to base upon fact and not opinion
      − Information Flow Analysis
      − Discrete Event Simulation




    July 3, 2010                                                   183
Information Flow Analysis

•   Information flow analysis/data flow analysis) seeks to understand
    how data flows through a system and to understand how those
    points interact with that data through the process
•   Data or information followed can be from any number of sources
•   Interactions with that data, be it system or human, are charted from
    the beginning point to the end point
•   Helps uncover bottlenecks, unneeded queues or batches and non-
    value-added interactions to the data
•   Assists in uncovering business rules that should or should not be
    applied based on the data
      − Include how long the data should be in a valid state before it is archived or
        destroyed, who is able to see the data, how secure data should be or the
        reporting processes that need to interact with the data

    July 3, 2010                                                                        184
Discrete Event Simulation

•   Used to record the time of an event or a change in the
    state of an event
•   Event can include the time a customer order was received
    and when the order was actually shipped
•   Data derived from this analysis can assist the analyst in
    discovering bottlenecks and isolating event or activity
    specific breakdowns
•   Discrete event simulation can be used when simulating
    new processes during the design stage of the process
    improvement project

    July 3, 2010                                                185
Analysing the Process

•   Various analytical tools/approaches are often used to extract
    information about a process such as how long the process takes, the
    quantity of product through the process, the cost of the process, etc.
•   Select and use the most appropriate tools/approaches
      −     Creating Models
      −     Cost Analysis
      −     Transaction Cost Analysis
      −     Cycle-Time Analysis
      −     Pattern Analysis
      −     Decision Analysis
      −     Distribution Analysis
      −     Root-Cause Analysis
      −     Sensitivity Analysis
      −     Risk Analysis

    July 3, 2010                                                             186
Analysing the Process

•   Creating Models
      − Process models are often used to show processes and the various interactions with the
        process
•   Cost Analysis
      − Also known as activity based costing
      − Analysis is a list of the cost per activity totaled to comprise the cost of the process
      − Used to gain an understanding and appreciation of the true cost associated with a
        product or service
      − Understand the real cost spent on the process so it can be compared to the value in the
        new process, the goal being decreased costs or if increased efficiency, than the value of
        the increase in production compared against the cost
•   Transaction Cost Analysis
      − Analyse how much time and resources are used for each transaction processed by the
        application
      − Can quickly uncover bottlenecks in the application as well as bottlenecks in business
        processes as they interact with the system
              • As most processes are dependent on some sort of automated system, the interaction and cost
                per transaction of the system is critical to understanding the system


    July 3, 2010                                                                                             187
Analysing the Process

•   Cycle-Time Analysis
      − Looks at the time each activity takes within the process
      − Each activity is measured from the time the input begins the activity until the activity
        creates the desired output including the time any subsequent activity begins
      − Analyse the process in terms of the time the process takes to complete with the goal of
        reducing that time
      − Uncover bottlenecks and potential bottlenecks within the process that prevent the
        process from performing correctly
      − Assists in discovering non value added activities that do not contribute to the process
        output
•   Pattern Analysis
      − Looks for patterns within the process that can be streamlined into a single sub-process
        to obtain efficiencies
      − Systems and activities within organisations tend to mimic themselves within the same
        organisation
      − By recognising these patterns in the organisation it is possible to find duplications
•   Decision Analysis
      − Examine the relationship between a decision and its outcome
      − Discover why a process has taken shape over time and assist in creating a new
      − process

    July 3, 2010                                                                                   188
Analysing the Process

•   Distribution Analysis
      − Comparison of attribute-based data
      − Plotted on a chart to show the comparisons of the data points
      − shape of the distribution curve helps to identify the biggest population of data
        affected by a particular attribute in the data
      − Assist in predicting the probability of an outcome
      − Assist in understanding the degree of variation that exists within the data
•   Root-Cause Analysis
      − After the event analysis used to discover what truly caused a given outcome
      − Finding the root cause for an outcome is not always as easy as it may seem as
        there may be many contributing factors
      − Process of finding the root cause includes data gathering, investigation and
        cause and effect relationship diagramming to eliminate outcomes



    July 3, 2010                                                                           189
Analysing the Process

•   Sensitivity Analysis
      − A “what if” analysis that tries to determine the outcome of changes to the
        parameters or to the activities in a process
      − Helps understand the quality of the process
              • Responsiveness
                 − Measurement of how well the process will handle changes to the various
                   parameters of the process such as an increase or decrease of certain inputs,
                   increasing or decreasing the arrival time of certain inputs
                 − Know how quickly the process will flow
                 − How much work the process can handle
                 − Where the bottlenecks will occur given any set of parameters
              • Variability
                 − Measurement of how the output of the process changes through the varying of
                   parameters in the process
                 − Often, one of the goals in performance improvement is to eliminate variability in
                   the outcome
                 − Knowing how variability in the parameters affects the outcome is an important
                 − step to understanding the process

    July 3, 2010                                                                                       190
Analysing the Process

•   Risk Analysis
      − Examines the effects of the process under external pressures such
        as factors affecting the supply chain, thereby having an adverse
        effect
      − Aims to consider what would happen to the process should any of
        these scenarios happen and ultimately what the outcome would
        be




    July 3, 2010                                                            191
Analysing Human Interactions

•   Many processes require some type of direct human involvement to
    ensure progression of the process
•   These processes that usually require the most analysis to attain an
    understanding of the process
•   Various techniques can be used to assist in creating that
    understanding
      −     Direct Observation
      −     Apprentice Learning
      −     Participatory Video Analysis
      −     Activity Simulation
      −     Workplace Layout Analysis
      −     Resource Allocation Analysis
      −     Motivation and Reward Analysis

    July 3, 2010                                                          192
Analysing Human Interactions

•   Direct Observation
      − Much can be learned by just watching process performers in action
      − They are the experts and generally have found efficient ways to do what they
        have been asked to do within the constraints that have been imposed on them
      − Primary advantage of direct observation is that the analyst can see the current
        process firsthand
      − As a worker may work seamlessly from “transactional based” to “knowledge
        based” work it may be difficult to observe and document all of the actions and
        knowledge required for the human interaction
      − Observation can be a disadvantage causing a slightly altered behaviour by the
        performer
              • Does the performer know how what he does impacts the results of the overall
                process and customer of that process?
              • Does the performer know what happens in the overall process or is he simply
                working in a black box
              • What criteria does he use to know whether at the end of each performance cycle he
                has done a good job? Could he change anything with that knowledge? Would he
                want to?

    July 3, 2010                                                                                    193
Analysing Human Interactions

•   Apprentice Learning
      − The performer teaches the analyst the job which can yield
        additional detail about the process
      − By teaching, the performer has cause to think about aspects of
        the process that might occur subconsciously
      − By performing the process, the analyst has a greater appreciation
        for the physical aspects of the activity and can better assess the
        details of the operation
•   Participatory Video Analysis
      − Record with video the actions of the performer
      − Note that there may be liability and personal intrusion issues with
      − taping the actions of anyone
      − Performer can be asked at a later time to narrate the recording,
        providing additional information about the actions
    July 3, 2010                                                              194
Analysing Human Interactions

•   Activity Simulation
      − Simulation of the activities involved in a process
      − Step through each activity, observing its inputs, outputs and the business rules
        that govern its behaviour
      − Group of process participants each take the role of a process participant and
        talk through the process
      − Handoffs from one performer to the next can be observed to ensure all needed
        inputs are available for the next activity and from what source
•   Workplace Layout Analysis
      − Physical analysis of a work place, assembly line or manufacturing floor space
      − Quickly uncover queuing or batch related bottlenecks, disconnections and
        duplicated efforts as work items are transferred from one physical location to
        another
      − Useful for any process that involves a physical space where activities are
        performed and handed off between individuals, groups, machines, etc.

    July 3, 2010                                                                           195
Analysing Human Interactions

•   Resource Allocation Analysis
      − Study of the resources required to complete each task
      − Takes into perspective the skills of the resources and abilities of tools or other
        automated systems in meeting the needs that a process demands
      − Aims to discover if it is not the process but the resources that are inefficient in working
        through the process
      − Seeks to determine why an activity takes a given amount of time
      − Consider what the resource is capable of accomplishing and asks whether the skills and
        training are sufficient to perform the activity adequately
      − Examines whether the resource is constrained
      − Can uncover bottlenecks that can be improved with little cost or change in
        infrastructure given the organisation's ability to manage human resource issues
•   Motivation and Reward Analysis
      − Examination of the human motivational and reward systems in place for the process
      − Understanding those motivations and rewards as a process is analysed will help uncover
        unseen disconnects and bottlenecks in the process
      − Motivation and reward analysis should also consider what rewards should be in place to
        positively affect any new process or activity that is introduced

    July 3, 2010                                                                                      196
Document the Analysis

•   Final step in an analysis is the generation of the reports and other documentation
•   Should clearly present an understanding of the current state but does not and
    should not need to do more than that
•   Acts as a formal agreement among those that participated as to the accuracy of
    the analysis
•   Forms the basis to present the results of the analysis to management
•   Contents
      − Overview of the business environment wherein the process lives
      − Purpose of the process (why it exists)
      − Process model (what it does) including inputs to the process and outputs
      − Gaps in performance of the process (why it needs to be re-engineered)
      − Reasons and causes for the gaps in the process performance
      − Redundancies in the process that could be eliminated and the expected savings as a
        result
      − Recommended solutions



    July 3, 2010                                                                             197
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Analysis critical success factors, possible practices and some of the
    pitfalls that should be avoided during a process analysis
      −     Executive Leadership
      −     Organisational Process Maturity
      −     Avoid Designing Solutions
      −     Paralysis from Analysis
      −     Analyse with Metrics
      −     Proper Time and Resource Allocation
      −     Customer Interaction
      −     Benchmarking
      −     Understanding Organisation Culture
      −     Avoiding Blame
      −     Potential Threat
      −     Threat of Obsolescence

    July 3, 2010                                                            198
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Executive Leadership
      − Important factor to ensure success during any stage in a process improvement project is
        the support and direct encouragement of the executive leadership team
      − Otherwise getting proper funding and necessary resources for the duration of the
        project will be difficult
      − Ideally should be the primary driver behind the process improvement project
      − Should be made aware of and provide full support to the process engineering or
        improvement project
      − May be necessary to convince the leadership team of the benefits of a process
        improvement project through the completion of a few small projects that show the
        gains in real money to the organisation through effective process reengineering
•   Organisational Process Maturity
      − Important to understand the business process maturity of the organisation
      − Helps define the level of analysis preparation needed
      − An organisation that is relatively new to the idea of process management will need,
        first, to be briefed on the concepts of process management
      − Need to understand the purpose of process management and the benefits it will
        provide the organisation


    July 3, 2010                                                                                  199
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Avoid Designing Solutions
      − During the analysis process possible solutions to process problems will arise
      − Members of the analysis team will want to explore these solutions and
        sometimes begin work immediately on designing that solution
      − Unwise to create a solution design before completing the analysis
      − Do not discourage suggestions for solving process problems that are uncovered
        during the analysis process but park them for later review
•   Paralysis from Analysis
      − Possible to do too much analysis
      − May be a tendency to want to document each minor detail about each activity
        that happens in a process
      − Detail can quickly become tedious and those involved in the process
        improvement team can lose interest
      − If the analysis is prolonged, members assigned to the project may not have the
        time necessary to remain dedicated to the project due to other commitments
      − If it happens it is time for the team to step back and take another look at the
        goals of the project and to simplify the analysis


    July 3, 2010                                                                          200
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Analyse with Metrics
      − Use of metrics throughout the analysis is critical to receiving the validation of
        the analysis from the leadership or sponsors of the analysis
      − Validate the results of the analysis with appropriate metrics, such as cost, time,
        etc, related back to the objective of the process
•   Proper Time and Resource Allocation
      − Resources assigned to improvement projects may also have mission-critical
        responsibilities in the organisation
      − Wise to get the most knowledgeable individuals on the process improvement
        team but it is usually those same individuals who are critical to running the
        business
      − Important that those who are assigning the resources allow those resources
        appropriate time away from daily responsibilities to complete the project



    July 3, 2010                                                                             201
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Customer Interaction
      − Important factors leading to a successful analysis is the consideration of the customer
        within the process
      − If a process appears to work within the context of the organisation it may not
        necessarily work for the customer
      − Without considering the customer in the process, customer satisfaction will be
        sacrificed and the process will not result in the increased performance as expected
•   Benchmarking
•   Good practice to compare the performance of a process to similar processes in the
    same or similar industries or even different industries
      − Investigate direct competitors and analyse how processes compare to competitor
        processes and considers competitive advantages
      − Analyse organisations in the same industry that are not direct competitors – may be
        willing to assist in providing detailed information and in discussing design features of
        their processes
      − Identify processes that are similar to the process being analysed but exist as best
        practices in other industries - escape the “group think” syndrome that often exists when
        organisations only look within their own company or industry
•   Understanding and analysing these benchmarks in relation to the processes being
    analysed will help the analyst team understand the performance potential of the
    process and its weaknesses in achieving that performance
    July 3, 2010                                                                                   202
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Understanding Organisation Culture
      − Understanding the culture of an organisation is important to the
        success of the analysis and ultimately the design and
        implementation of the new process
      − Ensure that the analysis presented not only represents the true
        organisation but is accepted by the organisation as such
•   Avoiding Blame
      − If any change to a new process is to be successful, it is vital that
        the analysis avoids any accusation of problems that exist in
        processes toward any individual or group
      − By simply stating the facts, the analysis will more likely be
        accepted as a correct understanding of the current state and
        avoid any finger pointing that can result
    July 3, 2010                                                               203
Analysis Issues and Considerations

•   Potential Threat
      − Process analysis could be considered as a threat by the owner of that process
      − Process owner can potentially misinterpret the analysis as a criticism about the
        way the process has been managed
      − Important for the leadership team to negotiate the situation and insist that the
        project is not a threat but a necessary part of doing business
•   Threat of Obsolescence
      − Mistrust of terms like process improvement
      − Employees who are interviewed could resent the fact that a process
        improvement project is beginning as they could associate that with a pending
        layoff as their job disappears through outsourcing, technology or any number
        of different reasons
      − Critical for the executive leadership and the analyst to manage this situation
        and any rumors that may result to prevent any explosive situation from
        occurring

    July 3, 2010                                                                           204
Analysis Summary

•   Process analysis serves to create a common understanding of the current state of a process and
    whether it is meeting the goals of the organisation within the current business environment
•   Process analysis can occur at any time the organisation considers it necessary but the
    organisation should have a goal to continuously monitor processes as opposed to waiting for
    single events to trigger a process analysis
•   The various individuals that assist with process analysis include executive leadership and a cross-
    functional team including stakeholders and subject matter experts and process analysis
    professionals
•   The analysis should find an explanation of the interaction of the process within the business and find
    any of the following disconnections:
      −     Performance goals not being reached
      −     Failing customer interactions
      −     Handoffs that create disconnections
      −     Process variations
      −     Bottlenecks
•   Many analysis techniques can be used during the process analysis to obtain the type of information
    necessary for the process being analysed
      − Techniques used should consider human performance systems, technology, modelling tools, business
        environment and strategy assessments
•   Process methodologies and frameworks help guide the process analysis down a commonly
    accepted path to achieve best results
•   Critical success factors for a successful process analysis include: executive leadership, considering
    metrics, benchmarks, customer interactions and cultural considerations as they relate to the process

    July 3, 2010                                                                                             205
Process Design




 July 3, 2010    206
Process Design Topic Scope
                                                                                   Process Design



  Purpose of        Process Design                  Preparing for                                 Process Design                         Process
                                                                                                                       Process Rules                Considerations
Process Design          Roles                      Process Design                                   Principles                         Compliance


                                                               Key Activities/      Design Around             Design Around
                                      Executive                                                                                                                   Executive
                                                                Roadmap for           Customer                Value-Adding
                                     Leadership                                                                                                                  Leadership
                                                                  Design             Interactions               Activities

                                                                                                                 Work is
                                Process Design                 Designing the           Minimise             Performed Where                                       Process
                                    Team                       New Process             Handoffs             it Makes the Most                                    Ownership
                                                                                                                  Sense

                                                             Defining Activities                            Create a Separate
                                Subject Matter                                     Provide a Single                                                             Incentive and
                                                              Within the New                                 Process for Each
                                   Experts                                         Point of Contact                                                                Rewards
                                                                  Process                                        Cluster


                                 Participants/                Comparison to           Ensure a                                                                 Cross-Functional
                                                                                                            Reduce Batch Size
                                 Stakeholders                 Existing Process     Continuous Flow                                                                  Teams


                                                                                         Bring                   Capture
                                                                Creating a          Downstream              Information Once                                     Continuous
                                     Customer
                                                              Physical Design        Information            at the Source and                                   Improvement
                                                                                   Needs Upstream                Share It

                                                              IT Infrastructure
                                                                                   Involve as Few as          Redesign, then                                   Commitment to
                               Project Manager                  Analysis and
                                                                                       Possible                 Automate                                         Investment
                                                                    Design


                                                                Creating an
                                                                                   Ensure Quality at           Standardise                                     Alignment with
                                     Facilitator              Implementation
                                                                                    the Beginning               Processes                                          Strategy
                                                                   Plan

                                                                                   Use Co-located or            Consider
                                                             Model Simulation      Networked Teams             Outsourcing
                               Process Owners
                                                               and Testing           for Complex                Business
                                                                                        Issues                  Processes
     July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                         207
Process Design

•   Creation of specifications for new and modified business
    processes within the context of:
      − Business goals
      − Process performance objectives
      − Workflows
      − Business applications
      − Technology platforms
      − Data resources
      − Financial and operational controls
      − Integration with other internal and external processes
•   Should include both:
      − Logical design - what activities are performed
      − Physical design - how the activities are performed
    July 3, 2010                                                 208
Purpose of Process Design

•   The purpose of business process management is to ensure
    that an organisation’s processes are effective, agile and
    efficient
•   Develop plan for the desired state whether it is for a
    process redesign or the development of a new process
•   Bypassing process design and moving directly into
    implementation with preconceived assumptions will
    inevitably lead to problems with the process and force
    future re-design efforts
•   Building a process must likewise start by creating a design
    blueprint
    July 3, 2010                                                  209
Process Design Roles

•   Roles that play an important part in the definition of process design
      −     Executive Leadership
      −     Process Design Team
      −     Subject Matter Experts
      −     Participants/Stakeholders
      −     Customer
      −     Project Manager
      −     Facilitator
      −     Process Owners
•   Level of involvement of each depends on the scope of the process and the degree
    of the change
•   Transformational process changes that affect the entire enterprise must have a
    top-down approach involving everyone within the company and be led by the
    executive management team
•   Departmental or process specific improvements require more of a bottom-up
    approach to process improvement and involve only those individuals and groups
    necessary to effect the change within the scope of that process

    July 3, 2010                                                                      210
Process Design Roles
   •    Executive Leadership
           − Support and agree to the design changes before they are implemented
           − Ensure that the process designed will correctly meet the needs of the
             organisation
   •    Process Design Team
           − Cross-functional team of individuals that represent the stakeholders,
             participants, subject matter experts and (possibly) customers that interact
             within the process
           − Validate the design with stakeholders, participants and customers
   •    Subject Matter Experts
           − Individuals that are closest to the process and have the expertise necessary to
             ensure the process is a success
           − Individuals from every business function that touches the process should be
             part of the design team
           − Since technology is used most often to manage the processes and interact with
             existing systems, the IT organisation must also be engaged early in the
             initiative to ensure that any processes (or systems to monitor and control
             those processes) can be achieved through the available technology in the
             organisation

 July 3, 2010                                                                              211
Process Design Roles

•   Participants/Stakeholders
      − Anyone who participates in or has activities that affect the process
      − Play a critical role in defining the business process through outlining the activities that
        comprise the new process
      − Play a critical part in the design process and they work closely with the process owner
        to ensure their interests in the performance of the new process are sufficiently met
•   Customer
      − Process improvement revolves around customer expectations
      − Customer should be allowed to test the process and comment on its effectiveness
      − Involving the customer during the design stage increases the chances that the goals of
        the process and the customer's expected outcome are properly addressed
•   Project Manager
      − Assign a project manager to manage the process improvement initiative
      − Responsible for the schedule and steps involved in achieving the stated goals of the
        initiative
      − Manages project plan, communication plan, managing scope and mitigating risk



    July 3, 2010                                                                                      212
Process Design Roles

•   Facilitator
      − Leads the team through the development of the future design of
        the processes
      − Should be a process professional with knowledge in both business
        processes and the needs of the organisation
•   Process Owners
      − Help ensure that the new design meets the required objectives
        while remaining within the assigned budget




    July 3, 2010                                                           213
Preparing for Process Design

•   Before beginning any process design review those deliverables from
    the analysis stage
      − Processes in the organisation are listed, weighted and prioritised
      − Reveals a clear picture of the weaknesses of the current process or processes
      − Helps decide which are to be redesigned and in what order
•   Should include current state documentation, a clear scope
    statement for the design and a list of constraints
•   Select the methodology and modelling tools that best fit the
    organisation and the desired goal in the process design
•   Degree of the change can be assessed to make either incremental or
    large scale systemic changes
•   Making frequent, small changes can have an equally significant
    effect on process performance as large radical changes, provided
    there is a clear and accepted vision of the future state

    July 3, 2010                                                                        214
Preparing for Process Design

•   Key Activities/Roadmap for Design
      − Designing the New Process
      − Defining Activities within the New Process
              • Defining rules that control the activities
              • Defining handoffs of process between functional groups
              • Defining desired metrics in the new process
      −     Comparison to Existing Process
      −     Creating a Physical Design
      −     IT Infrastructure Analysis and Design
      −     Model Simulation and Testing
      −     Creating an Implementation Plan
•   General set of activities
      − Do not necessarily always occur in that order
      − Activities can occur simultaneously

    July 3, 2010                                                         215
Designing the New Process

•   Many ways to design the new process from using simple white
    boards through sophisticated software modelling tools that allow
    the storage and retrieval of processes
•   Many different informational gathering activities that can be used to
    facilitate the creation of the model
•   Process modelling provides a discipline to ensure that the model
    created matches the expected outcome
•   Serves as written documentation of the process and detailed activity
    descriptions, customer interactions, business rules and outputs
•   Important to involve as many people from the different functions
    that interact with the process as possible, thus utilising the breadth
    of experience and knowledge of those closest to the process
•   Ensures that the process truly reflects what the organisation can
    accomplish
•   Simplest designs are most often the best designs

    July 3, 2010                                                             216
Defining Activities within the New Process

•   Activities are a series of steps that are performed to execute a process
      − Order fulfillment process
              •    Entering the order
              •    Packing the order
              •    Shipping the order
              •    Billing for the order
      − Each one must be performed for the order process to be complete and often the steps
        depend on one another and so must be completed in sequence
•   Any method the organisation chooses is valid as long as the activities can be
    placed in order and can represent the final process design when completed
•   Key to a successful outcome is to focus on the activities, not the actors
•   Keep the process as simple as possible
      − More simple a process the more likely it will be completed without error
•   Activities that can be completed in parallel with other activities help move a
    process along faster



    July 3, 2010                                                                              217
Comparison to Existing Process

•   New process should also be compared to the existing state
•   Comparison allows a gap analysis to be performed which will show the level and scope of
    the change
      − Provides information that can demonstrate the savings that can be generated by the new process
        once the process is implemented
      − Helps build the case for the new process which will assist in managing resistance to change
      − Also allows the process design team to revisit the existing state and ensures that the new design
        does, in fact, meet the expected goals and resolve the issues discovered in the analysis stage
•   Existing process analysis event or transaction history provides information about conditions
    that created variation in process execution and performance
•   Evaluation of this history may suggest critical factors, e.g., event frequency, event workload
    or event complexity that, in turn, could offer a set of event-action scenarios that the
    proposed process must accommodate
      − Scenarios must be tested to assess the robustness of the proposed design
•   Through the documentation of the gap between the old and new process, the information
    provides weight to the need for the organisation to manage by process
      − Can also show the degree of the savings that can be achieved via process improvements in other
        areas of the organisation




    July 3, 2010                                                                                            218
Creating a Physical Design

•   Previous steps focussed on generating a logical design containing a
    coherent description of WHAT activities are to be included and their
    order of execution
      −     Expected business value
      −     Relevant performance metrics
      −     Delineation of the appropriate activities and tasks
      −     Linkages to other internal and external business processes
•   Physical design determines HOW each activity or task is to be
    performed, manual or automated, means or a combination of each
•   Degree of detail to be planned, documented and evaluated for a
    physical design is dependent upon the magnitude of the business
    process change
•   Contains
      − Indicative budget that includes more detailed development and operating
        costs is evaluated for financial feasibility
      − Acceptance by organisational stakeholders
      − Timeline for implementation
    July 3, 2010                                                                  219
IT Infrastructure Analysis and Design

•   IT generally plays a key roles throughout the process design stage
      − Most processes involve a degree of automation in information flow
      − Technology can be the vehicle to enhance process performance
•   Involving IT in the design stage ensures that the process can be
    automated and that data can flow seamlessly between systems and
    activities within the process
      −     What software or systems best match the needs of the process?
      −     Are there limitations in the current infrastructure that limit the design?
      −     Can the design be implemented quickly?
      −     What will be the impact to the organisation?
      −     Can a staged approach be employed?
      −     What will the new implementation cost (including training, technology, etc.)?
      −     Are there vendors that can assist in the implementation?


    July 3, 2010                                                                            220
Creating an Implementation Plan

• Create an understanding of implementation concerns at all
  stages of the process improvement initiative, especially
  during the design stage
• Documented and referenced concerns as they are
  discovered
      − Define change management techniques that ensure employee
        support of the new process
      − Identifying which existing systems will be affected including how
        change to these systems should be accomplished (incremental
        shift or immediate change)
      − Whether the new process will be piloted or tested
•   Create implementation plan to appropriately address
    these concerns
    July 3, 2010                                                            221
Model Simulation and Testing

•   New process should be tested to ensure that it will work as intended
    and that the expected results are achieved
•   Number of approaches to test a new process: role-play, practice run
    or run a simulation of the new design
•   Role-playing
      − Assigning relevant process roles to people
      − Walk through process
•   Practice run
      − Real inputs are used and the people who will actually be working in the process
        participate
•   Simulation
•   Use software new to test process flow and key performance metrics
    under various scenarios to find bottlenecks and other problems

    July 3, 2010                                                                          222
Model Simulation and Testing

•   Always a good to try and break the new design during these test
    runs
•   New process can be debugged without any negative consequences
•   Increase the volume that goes through the process or add
    complexity to the inputs thereby challenging the process to identify
    weak spots, bottlenecks, quality and coordination issues
•   Problems can be addressed and solved safely without harming
    customer relationships or creating negative consequences
    associated with actual process operation
•   Can demonstrate the dependability of the new design
•   See the new process working and have questions and concerns
    addressed

    July 3, 2010                                                           223
Model Simulation and Testing

•   Test the design in a pilot - new design is run for real but
    the scope of the process is constrained
•   Involves real products, customers and services so
    problems can have negative consequences
      − Risk is constrained
      − Closely monitored so if a problem does occur, it can be fixed
        immediately
      − People working in the pilot can become trainers as it is introduced
        to the rest of the organisation
      − Provides information as to the effectiveness of the process
      − Creates organisational acceptance and enthusiasm for the change


    July 3, 2010                                                              224
Process Design Principles

•   Process design principles represent the major concepts involved in most process redesign
    projects
      −     Design around Customer Interactions
      −     Design around Value-Adding Activities
      −     Minimise Handoffs
      −     Work is Performed Where it Makes the Most Sense
      −     Provide a Single Point of Contact
      −     Create a Separate Process for Each Cluster
      −     Ensure a Continuous Flow
      −     Reduce Batch Size
      −     Bring Downstream Information Needs Upstream
      −     Capture Information Once at the Source and Share It
      −     Involve as Few as Possible
      −     Redesign, then Automate
      −     Ensure Quality at the Beginning
      −     Standardise Processes
      −     Use Co-located or Networked Teams for Complex Issues
      −     Consider Outsourcing Business Processes
•   Not every design principle applies to every process
•   Use as a checklist when reviewing a process design
•   Always use common sense when applying them

    July 3, 2010                                                                               225
Design around Customer Interactions

•   Customer interactions represent a point of contact into the
    organisation
      − Represent opportunities to show the success or failure in meeting the needs of
        the customer
      − Opportunity to enhance the reputation of the organisation
      − Customer experience is the sum of the quality of each customer contact point
•   When considering customer interactions during the design stage of
    process improvement, consider all the different opportunities where
    the customer could contact the organisation
•   Customer experience is dependent on
      − The primary business processes that directly interact with the customer
      − The internal support processes that indirectly influence customer experience
        quality


    July 3, 2010                                                                         226
Design around Value-Adding Activities

•   Requires a clear understanding of what the customer of the process
    needs
•   Transforming information or material to meet customer
    requirements creates value-adding activities
•   Any step the customer is willing to pay for, such as a service, is also
    value-adding
•   Study the as-is process and determine exactly where the value-
    adding activities are performed
•   Extract the activities from the as-is process and explore a means to
    enable the value-adding activities efficiently and effectively
•   Seeking to eliminate non-value-adding activities can create hostile
    relationships with people involved in the work

    July 3, 2010                                                              227
Minimise Handoffs

•   When ownership of an activity or information is passed
    from one individual to another
•   Handoffs between individuals or functional groups present
    an opportunity for a breakdown in the process
      − Data can be lost or misinterpreted
•   Simplify and limit handoffs when possible
•   Automating handoffs through technology will also assist in
    reducing errors and speed up the activity between
    individuals and groups


    July 3, 2010                                                 228
Work is Performed Where it Makes the Most Sense

•   Task assignment occurs after an effective process flow is
    designed
•   Create the roles necessary to enable the process flow to
    operate with the greatest efficiency and effectiveness
•   Application of this design principle may negate some
    existing work, create new work and/or may move work
    from one location to another




    July 3, 2010                                                229
Provide a Single Point of Contact

•   A common symptom of not having a single point of contact
    is multiple transfers of customers’ contact
•   A single point of contact can be a person such as a project
    manager, process consultant, customer service
    representative or a data repository




    July 3, 2010                                                  230
Create a Separate Process for Each Cluster

•   Frequently a single process attempts to handle every
    variation
•   Process inputs and outputs can often vary by complexity,
    type, size and so on
•   If inputs naturally cluster from significant differences then
    create a sub-process that is most appropriate for this
    cluster
•   Additional resources and costs could be introduced, but
    efficiency of throughput and greater client satisfaction
    should occur
•   Input cluster is then routed to the appropriate process
    July 3, 2010                                                    231
Ensure a Continuous Flow

•   Steps that directly add value to the customer such as
    delivering supplies, building the product and shipping it,
    represent the main sequence or value stream
•   Customer receives/pays for the output of the value stream
•   Nothing should impede or slow down the value stream




    July 3, 2010                                                 232
Reduce Batch Size

•   Batching causes wait time for items at the end of the batch
•   Batching causes work to build as it moves through your
    process
•   Cutting batch sizes creates a smoother flow through the
    process
•   A batch size of one or processing transactions in real-time
    is ideal




    July 3, 2010                                                  233
Bring Downstream Information Needs Upstream

•   Explore, at each step of the process, what may cause
    frustration/problems/issues
•   Two ways of implementing
      − If the process is routine and not complex, the upstream person
        should be trained or given a template or check sheet to capture
        what the downstream person needs
      − For complex processes, the downstream person must be brought
        upstream during a redesign to receive information directly from
        the source




    July 3, 2010                                                          234
Capture Information Once at the Source and Share It

•   Identify and eliminate data redundancy, re-keying and
    reconciliation




    July 3, 2010                                            235
Involve as Few as Possible

•   Handoff of work or information offers the potential for error
•   Eliminating handoffs removes this potential
•   Accomplished by expanding the job scope upstream and
    downstream so that a person “runs” with the work longer
•   Requires cross training and often a change in compensation to
    reward knowledge or pay for new skills
•   Work often does not arrive at an organisation in a steady, even flow
    - spikes and bottlenecks in the workload
      − With more cross-trained workers, bottlenecks can be broken as more workers
        are qualified to manage them
      − Person can see his or her major contribution to the whole – can increases the
        desire to produce a quality product or service


    July 3, 2010                                                                        236
Redesign, then Automate

•   Taking the as-is process design and lay information
    technology on top of it
      − Despite the investment, the problem might not be solved and
        automating it could magnify the issue
      − A faster but much more expensive and still ineffective process
        may result
•   First employ process design principles, benchmarking, best
    practices and lean thinking before automating an as-
    is”process
•   Process improvement envisions a new process after
    benchmarking best practices and using design principles

    July 3, 2010                                                         237
Ensure Quality at the Beginning

•   Quality problems encountered in the first several steps of
    a process will create exponentially negative effects
    downstream
      − Time spent to fix inefficiencies by the downstream people can be
        excessive
•   Effort spent initially to ensure quality pays for itself in
    preventing reviews and rework later




    July 3, 2010                                                           238
Standardise Processes

•   When there is no standardisation there cannot be process
    control
      − Significant variation in process output can be caused by
        performing the process different ways
•   Easier to find the root cause of a problem when people
    standardise their work
•   Less structured processes might be decomposed into more
    and less structured components that could be
    standardised



    July 3, 2010                                                   239
Use Co-located or Networked Teams for Complex
Issues
•   Complex problems require people to review information in
    real time
•   If complex problems occur regularly, consider co-locating
    team members
•   If co-location does not make sense, then network the team
    so information can smoothly flow




    July 3, 2010                                                240
Consider Outsourcing Business Processes

• Best course of action may be to outsource one or more
  processes to companies that specialise in the performance
  of that process
• Outsourcing certain processes can free to focus on other
  more strategic processes that add greater value to the
  organisation
• Compare to the costs of designing the process in-house as
  well as compared to the risks associated with outsourcing
• Many organisations find that outsourcing some business
  processes is a viable strategic model and helps the
  business become more agile and focus on those key
  activities that add the greatest value

    July 3, 2010                                              241
Process Rules

•   Business rules define how or when a particular activity can be
    performed and help control the flow of the activity
      − As activities are defined, the need for certain business rules will become
        apparent
•   When defining business rules, the tendency for most organisations is
    to make them complex in order to eliminate confusion and
    emphasise control
      − Complexity in a set of business rules that govern an activity creates complexity
        in the process
      − The more complex the process is, the more opportunities for the process to fail
•   As a best practice, business rules should be applied when necessary,
    e.g., to enforce organisation policies or external regulations, reduce
    process errors and expedite process execution

    July 3, 2010                                                                           242
Process Compliance

•   Most industries have standards and guidelines relating to
    the execution of their business processes
•   Ensure compliance




    July 3, 2010                                                243
Process Design Considerations

•   Factors to consider when creating a successful process
    design
•   Attention to the details of these success factors should be
    observed throughout the design stage
      − Executive Leadership
      − Process Ownership
      − Incentive and Rewards
      − Cross-Functional Teams
      − Continuous Improvement
      − Commitment to Investment
      − Alignment with Strategy

    July 3, 2010                                                  244
Process Design Considerations

•   Executive Leadership
      − Direct involvement and leadership of the executive team
      − BPM initiative can have far reaching and lasting effects throughout the organisation
      − Vital that the executive leadership not only agree to the change but is visibly seen as
        the promoter, leader and champion of such change
•   Process Ownership
      − All too often organisations assign ownership of the process change initiative to an
        individual such as a project manager who has little or no authority over the actual
        process
      − Process ownership can take the form of a single individual responsible for the process, a
        cross-functional team of department directors or other type of management
•   Incentive and Rewards
      − Successful process management system will have incentive programs built into place
        and encourage the adoption of the new process and changed roles and behaviours
      − Incentives should be based on the goals established in the analysis
      − Most effective when aligned with the customer's expectations and corporate strategy



    July 3, 2010                                                                                    245
Process Design Considerations

•   Cross-Functional Teams
      − Success in BPM lies in the ability to tie together seamlessly all of the functions
        to meet the needs of the customer
      − Success depends on the degree of participation from all the functional groups
        that touch the process
      − During the design stage, key decisions makers must be present and agree on
        the new design
•   Continuous Improvement
      − Continuous improvement implies that small changes that happen frequently
        can have a powerful cumulative effect
      − Necessary to act quickly in the process initiative
      − Benefits of a BPM system is the agility it brings to the organisation and that
        agility should be demonstrated within the BPM change process itself
      − Longer the initiative takes, the more likely those involved could be siphoned
        off to run other projects, lose interest or focus or leave the organisation all
        together
      − By quickly implementing a few small changes, the positive effects of those
        changes can be communicated to the organisation and will serve as a catalyst
        for the larger organisational changes

    July 3, 2010                                                                             246
Process Design Considerations

•   Commitment to Investment
      − Although one of the goals of business process management is to reduce cost,
        there are often initial financial investments that must be made before that
        reduction is realised
      − The organisation's leadership must be committed to make the necessary
        investment to ensure the process improvement is successful before the return
        on the investment is achieved
•   Alignment with Strategy
      − Understanding the business strategy and its relationship to the customer is key
        in the design of the new process
      − A successful business strategy is one that is designed around the needs of the
        customer
      − Careful design considerations should be made to ensure that all activities in
        the process work toward the end goal of meeting that customer need and
        realising the business strategy
      − Any activity that does not meet the needs of the customer should be
        considered extraneous and should be seriously considered before being
        included in the process


    July 3, 2010                                                                          247
Process Design Summary

•   Process design is the creation of a new process that aligns the business around the business
    strategy
•   Process design involves the executive leadership, process owners and stakeholders in the
    creation of the new process
•   The process design team should include subject matter experts, stakeholders, participants
    and customers
•   While designing a new process, consideration should include the following best practices:
      −     Design around value-added activities
      −     Perform work where it makes the most sense
      −     Create a single point of contact for the customer
      −     Combine processes around clusters
      −     Reduce handoffs
      −     Reduce batch sizes
      −     Put access to information where it is needed the most
      −     Capture information once and share it with everyone
      −     Redesign the process before considering automation
      −     Design for desired performance metrics
      −     Standardise processes
      −     Consider co-located networked teams and outsourcing



    July 3, 2010                                                                                   248
Process Design Summary

•   The activities associated with process design include the following:
      −     Design the process with modelling and other tools
      −     Define the activities of the new process
      −     Define the rules of the new process
      −     Define the handoffs between activities
      −     Define the metrics
      −     Perform comparisons and benchmarking
      −     Perform simulation and testing
      −     Create the implementation plan
•   Critical success factors include the involvement of executive leadership, process
    owners and cross-functional teams
•   Process design must be for continuous improvement as opposed to a one time
    event
•   Businesses must commit to invest in process management to benefit from process
    efficiency
•   All processes should be aligned to the business strategy and customer needs

    July 3, 2010                                                                        249
Process Performance Measurement




 July 3, 2010                     250
Process Performance Measurement Topic Scope


                                                                 Process
                                                               Performance
                                                               Measurement




                                                Alignment of                                                Decision
  Importance                      Monitoring
                   Key Process                    Business                                                 Support for
and Benefits of                      and                         What to     Measurement   Modelling and                 Considerations
                   Performance                  Process and                                                  Process
 Performance                      Controlling                    Measure      Methods       Simulation                     for Success
                    Definitions                  Enterprise                                                Owners and
Measurement                       Operations
                                                Performance                                                 Managers




    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                    251
Importance and Benefits of Performance
Measurement
•   Aligning process performance to organisational goals is the primary
    reason for undertaking process management practices
•   If you cannot measure it, you cannot manage it
•   No business should invest time and resources to improve a process if
    they do not know what they had to measure to improve
•   Many process improvement efforts tend to focus on one functional
    area without consideration for the enterprise context
      − Nothing wrong with focusing efforts on functional process improvement and
        management provided that it can be linked to the overall cross functional
        process performance that drives enterprise level performance metrics




    July 3, 2010                                                                    252
Cross Functional Processes Link Operational
Processes
•   Need a clear
    understanding
    of the
    organisation’s
    operational
    processes
•   Need to ensure
    that the
    operational
    processes are
    optimised
•   Cross-functional
    processes
    involve
    collaboration
    between
    operational
    processes

    July 3, 2010                              253
Cross Functional Processes and Strategy

•   Effective cross-functional                                                Measure
    processes deliver on the                                                Achievement
    organisation’s strategy                                                   of Goals
•   Cannot divorce the                       Strategy
    organisation’s strategy from
    operational processes and their
    execution                                       Delivered By
•   Collecting information on the
    performance of cross-functional                     Cross-Functional
    processes will allow the                               Processes
    execution of strategy to be
    effectively measured
•   Linkage between strategy, cross-                                   Consisting Of
    functional processes and
    operational processes means
    individual process                                              Operational Processes
    measurements can be linked to
    overall performance                Set Goals
•   Allows goals to be connected to
    operational processes

    July 3, 2010                                                                            254
Business Process Action Hierarchy

•   Cross-functional                                                                                           Business Process
                                                                                                                  Hierarchy
    processes need to be
    aligned with actions                                                               Cross Functional                           Cross Functional
                                                                                           Process                                    Process
                                                          Consists of one or
•   Performance of                                           more of …
    actions rolls-up to                                                          Process                  Process            Process            Process
    performance of                               Consists of one or
                                                    more of …
    process                                                        Sub-Process              Sub-Process
                                         Consists of one or
                                            more of …

                                                        Activity                 Activity
                   Consists of one or
                      more of …

                                        Task                                      Task
    Consists of one or
       more of …

                           Step                 Step                  Step                     Step


    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                      255
Process Hierarchy Example
      Enterprise Issue
         Desired Results
        Market Share: 80+%        Process Issue
           Current Results     Order Fulfilment Process
          Market Share 58%
                             Drop in Customer Satisfaction

                                   Desired Results
                               Order Cycle Time of 1 Day         Activity Issues
                                   Current Results
                              Order Cycle Time of 9 Days      Order Fulfilment Process

                                                              Inaccurate and Later Order
                                                                        Forms

                                                                    Desired Results
                                                             Zero Incomplete Order Forms
                                                                 100% Accurate Forms

                                                                  Current Results
                                                             Between 1-10% Incomplete
                                                                    Order Forms
                                                                83% Orders Accurate
                                                              Orders Submitted Weekly
 July 3, 2010                                                                              256
Process Hierarchy Example

•   Not everyone has the complete picture of what is happening
      − Marketing - views issue as a market share problem
      − Supply Chain - views issue as an order cycle time problem
      − Sales - views issue with the accuracy and timeliness of the sales order forms
•   No one understands the others’ perspectives
•   Each unit may or may not have a metric that they are accountable
    to, but more importantly, they more than likely do not have an
    understanding of the extent of the cross functional process that links
    them all together from a process performance perspective
•   Process focused means that they will attack the symptoms
    independently and most likely make things worse



    July 3, 2010                                                                        257
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   First review the definitions of
    process performance
      − All processes have a metric or                              Time
        measurement associated with the work
        or output of the process that is
        performed
      − Metrics are based on the following
        fundamental metric dimensions
                                                         Quality              Cost
              • Time - is a measurement of process
                duration
              • Cost - is a measurement of the
                monetary value associated with a
                process
              • Capacity - this is an amount or volume             Capacity
                of a feasible output associated with a
                process
              • Quality - is usually expressed as a
                percentage of actual to optimal or
                maximum in process terms

    July 3, 2010                                                                     258
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   Time - is a measurement of process duration
      − Cycle Time – measures the time it takes from the start of a
        process to the completion of that process in terms of the output




    July 3, 2010                                                           259
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   Cost - is a measurement of the monetary value associated
    with a process
      − Resource Cost - is a measurement of the monetary value
        associated with the resources (human or non-human) required to
        complete a process
      − Opportunity Cost - It is the value that is lost from the process by
        not getting the resultant output of the process




    July 3, 2010                                                              260
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   Capacity - this is an amount or volume of a feasible output
    associated with a process
      − Number of Transactions - transactions performed by process
      − Rate of Transactions - yield of process
      − Capacity – number of transactions the process is capable of




    July 3, 2010                                                      261
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   Quality - is usually expressed as a percentage of actual to
    optimal or maximum in process terms
      − Satisfaction - is a measurement of customer satisfaction, which is
        usually associated with a service level expectation on the part of
        the customer
      − Variation - this is a measurement of the amount, extent, rate or
        degree of change and is generally expressed as the difference
        between the actual and target or expected result
      − Error or Defect Rate - is an example of variation in the
        measurement of errors associated with the output of a process




    July 3, 2010                                                             262
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   Other measures exist such as efficiency and effectiveness
•   Functions of one or more of the four fundamental metrics
•   The overall purpose of understanding process metrics is so
    that a manager can attribute a value to improving or
    changing a process as part of process performance
    management




    July 3, 2010                                                 263
Key Process Performance Definitions

•   Value added versus non-value added
•   Process is value added
      − When it is required to generate the output required by the customer of the
        process
      − When the customer is willing to pay for the process (or activity) that generates
        the output
      − When it is required to maintain quality and consistency of the component
        resources or output
      − When it provides continuity
      − When it enhances customer experience even when it does not contribute
        directly to the specific service
•   Does something that is perceived as having added value to the
    customer
•   Understanding whether a process is value added or non-value added
    is important when it comes time to decide whether to eliminate a
    step or activity of a process when doing improvements

    July 3, 2010                                                                           264
Key Process Performance Definitions - Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs)

Metric           Characteristic
Alignment        Key performance indicators (KPIs) are always aligned with organisation strategies and objectives
Accountability   Every KPI is owned by an individual or group on the business side who is accountable for its outcome

Predictive       KPIs measure drivers of business value and are leading indicators of desired performance
Actionable       KPIs are populated with timely, actionable data so users can intervene to improve performance before it
                 is too late
Few in Number    KPIs should focus users on a few high value activities or on the overall effectiveness of the process

Easy to          KPIs should be straightforward, not based on complex indexes that managers don’t know how to
Understand       influence directly

Balanced and     KPIs should balance and reinforce each other, not compete and confuse. Otherwise, you will degrade
Linked           process performance

Transformative   A KPI should trigger a chain reaction of positive changes in the organisation, especially when it is
                 monitored by the process manager or officer
Standardised     KPIs are generally more effective when based on standard definitions, rules and calculations so they can
                 be integrated across dashboards, throughout the organisation and used for benchmarking within and
                 across industries
Context-Driven   KPIs put performance in context by applying targets and thresholds so users can gauge their progress
                 over time
Reinforced       The impact of KPIs may be enhanced by attaching compensation or incentives to them
Relevant         KPIs gradually lose their impact over time, so they must be reviewed and refreshed periodically
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                               265
Monitoring and Controlling Operations

•   Important to continually measure, monitor and control the process
    in order to achieve the desired results
•   Performance management is more of a journey and not a
    destination
•   Importance of understanding the process cannot be emphasised
    enough
•   Monitoring and controlling performance of the process is what
    makes the difference
•   As circumstances changes, so will the desired performance of the
    process
      − Process itself will have to change in order to achieve the new desired
        performance
      − This cannot be determined unless the process and the performance of the
        process are monitored and controlled to the needs to the customer
        requirements
    July 3, 2010                                                                  266
Alignment of Business Process and Enterprise
Performance
•   Enterprise performance and corresponding metrics are best expressed with
    respect to satisfying the needs of the customer
•   Extrapolations of the Time, Cost, Capacity and Quality foundations
      − Time
              • Delivery Performance, Request Date
              • Order Fulfillment Lead Time
              • Product Development Lead Time
      − Quality
              • Product Launch Variance
              • Forecast Accuracy
      − Cost
              •    Sales Cost
              •    Manufacturing Cost
              •    Logistics Cost
              •    Inventory Days of Supply
      − Capacity
              • Customer Amount per Order (Wallet Share)
              • Customer Growth Rate
              • Market Share

    July 3, 2010                                                               267
Alignment of Business Process and Enterprise
Performance
•   Enterprise level metrics have cross functional processes
    associated with them
•   Examples of cross functional processes that drive
    enterprise level metrics
      − Order to Cash
      − Procure to Pay
      − Campaign to Quote
      − Plan to Fulfill
      − Manufacture to Distribution
      − Issue to Resolution



    July 3, 2010                                               268
Define Measures Linked to Key Processes
                        Number of                  Profitability
                                                                                           Customer
                          New                          Per                                                             Inventory
                                                                                           Turnover
                        Customers                   Customer


                                                             Business Environment
                                    Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics


   Customer                                               Customer’s Process Needs
  Acquisition
     Cost                                                         Core Processes
                    Business                                                                                              Business
                                                       Processes That Create Value for the Customer
                   Controlling                                                                                          Measurement        Number of
                    Process                                                                                               Process
                                          Customer             Product                  Order           Customer                           Customers
                                         Acquisition           Delivery               Fulfilment         Support
                  Processes That                                                                                        Processes That     Complaints
                  Direct and Tune                                                                                        Monitor and
                  Other Processes                                                                                         Report the
 Time to Fulfil                                                                                                         Results of Other
    Order                                                       Enabling Processes                                         Processes
                                                   Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes
                                                                                                                                            Time to
                                       Channel           Supply            Human          Information     Business
                                      Management       Management         Resources       Technology     Acquisition                        Resolve
                                                                                                                                           Complaints

    Forecast
    Accuracy                                                  Supplier’s Processes


                        Number of                      Delivery                                                        Payment
                                                         Time                                Invoice
                         Returns                                                            Accuracy                    Times
                                                       Accuracy
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                      269
Alignment of Business Process and Enterprise
Performance
•   Cross-functional processes will impact more than just one
    enterprise level metric
•   For example Plan to Fulfill will impact Delivery
    Performance, Request Date and Order Fulfillment Lead
    Time
      − Lots of process transformation methods
              • Important to understand whether that methodology will address the cross
                functional process or just a sub process within the cross functional process
                or even an activity within a sub process




    July 3, 2010                                                                               270
Linking the Process to the Enterprise Level Desired
  Performance Metric
                       Modest            Improvement Goals                Significant


Enterprise                                                  Business                    Essential
  Wide                                                       Process       Value
                                                          Reengineering   Stream
                                                              (BPR)

                                                             Process                       Role of
 Scope                                                                                  Information
                      Business                                                          Technology
                      Process                      Unit
                    Improvement
                        (BPI)
                                  Activity

                     Task
   Local                                                                                Incidental


                    Symbolic                                                 Intense
                                             Management Involvement
     July 3, 2010                                                                                   271
What to Measure

•   Best way to understand what to measure in a process is to first
    understand the desired result
•   Information required for measuring the quality dimensions of a
    process can be obtained at
      − The input and output of the process
      − The overall process when it comes to service level satisfaction
•   Four fundamental metric dimensions
      − Quality - Metrics such as error and defect rates are examples of quality based
        metrics based on input and output information garnered from a process
      − Cost - Information required for measuring the cost dimension is usually based
        on the resources needed to perform the process itself, although the
        opportunity cost can also come from the output information
      − Capacity - Capacity information comes from the output information of the
        process
      − Time - Time based dimensional metric information is obtained from the entire
        process, from supplier to customer, but can also be broken down between
        supplier and input and output and customer


    July 3, 2010                                                                         272
Measurement Methods

•   Two methods for measuring a process
      − Manual, that is collecting data by hand and either drawing it on
        paper or entering it into a spreadsheet or modelling tool
      − Automated method enabled by sophisticated software such as
        business process management suites or enterprise software
        modelling tools
•   Several common measurement methodologies used in
    BPM implementations
      − Value Stream Mapping
      − Activity Based Costing
      − Statistical Methods


    July 3, 2010                                                           273
Value Stream Mapping

•   Value Stream Definition
      − By locating the value creating processes next to one another and
        by processing one unit at a time, work flows smoothly from one
        step to another and finally to the customer
      − Chain of value-creating processes is called a value stream
      − Value stream is simply all the things done to create value for the
        customer
•   Value Stream Mapping
      − Planning tool used to visualise the value stream of a process,
        department or organisation
      − Follow a product’s production path from beginning to end and
        draw a visual representation of every process in the material and
        information flows
      − Draw a future state map of how value should flow
    July 3, 2010                                                             274
Value Stream Mapping

•   Value Adding Activity - Those activities that, in the eyes of the end
    customer, make a product more valuable. A value adding activity is
    simple to define; it results in something the customer would pay for
•   Non-Value Adding Activity -Those activities that, in the eyes of the
    end customer, do not make a product more valuable and are not
    necessary, even under present circumstances. These activities are
    clearly waste and should therefore be the target of immediate or
    short-term removal
•   Necessary Non-Value Adding Activity -Those activities that, in the
    eyes of the end customer, do not make a product more valuable, but
    are necessary unless the existing supply process is radically changed.
    This type of waste is more difficult to remove in the short term and
    should be a target for longer term radical change

    July 3, 2010                                                             275
Value Stream Mapping

•   Seven types of waste
    in a process                             Waiting
                                                                        Defects




                           Processing
                                                                                          Motion




                                                                                  Overproduction
                                 Inventory




                                                       Transportation




    July 3, 2010                                                                                   276
Value Stream Mapping

•   Defects - Repair and rework
•   Motion - Any time wasted to gather resources such as documents or
    requirements in multiple systems
•   Overproduction - Producing more than is needed before it is
    needed, working on non-priority items early
•   Transportation - Wasted time to more resources between processes
•   Inventory - Maintaining excess output
•   Processing - Doing more work than is necessary, work not in scope
•   Waiting - Any non-work time waiting for approval, resources,
    information, queueing time


    July 3, 2010                                                        277
Activity Based Costing

•   An accounting methodology that assigns costs to activities rather
    than products or services
•   ABC does not eliminate or change costs
•   It provides data about how costs are actually consumed in a process
      − Activities consume resources
      − This consumption is what drives cost or inefficiency
      − Understanding this is relationship is critical to managing overhead
•   Used to discover opportunities for cost or efficiency improvement
•   Focuses on overhead, traces rather than allocates each expense to a
    particular cost object
•   Makes indirect expenses direct


    July 3, 2010                                                              278
Activity Based Costing


                  Direct Labour and
                      Overhead




                                      Output
     Activities                        Cost




                  Direct Materials


 July 3, 2010                                  279
Activity Based Costing

•   Establishing a cross-functional view of your organisation and
    understanding what drives your costs
•   Pulling apart indirect or hidden costs and attributing them correctly
    to products and services

                                   Resources




                   Cost Drivers    Activities        Performance
                                                      Measures



                                  Products and
                                   Customers
    July 3, 2010                                                            280
Activity Based Costing

•   An ABC approach will account for
      − Activities / processes (comparing before and after the re-
        engineering project)
      − The frequency and cost of the activity/process (comparing before
        and after the re-engineering project)
      − The do-nothing scenario (what would happen if we do not do the
        project)
      − Which processes provide value (i.e. are needed to attract and
        retain customers, result in operational savings)




    July 3, 2010                                                           281
Activity Based Costing

•   Use ABC when
      − Overheads are high
      − Cost of errors is high
      − Inefficiency
      − Competition is stiff




    July 3, 2010                 282
Statistical Methods

•   Science of collecting, analysing, presenting and
    interpreting data
      − All work occurs in a system of interconnected processes
      − Variation exists in all processes
      − Variation may occur in at least two forms:
              • Random—natural variation due to the nature of the process; may be
                reduced, bit not eliminated
              • Systemic—variation due to some consistent cause that can be addressed
                and eliminated
      − Variability is what drives error rates or inefficiency
      − Understanding what reduces the variability will help improve the
        process


    July 3, 2010                                                                        283
Statistical Methods

•   Used to understand and then reduce or eliminate
    variability in processes for improvement
•   Focuses on data (the X’s [inputs] which drive the Y
    [output])
•   Determines which processes are primarily responsible for
    driving the X’s, then focus on those processes for
    improvement
•   Use when:
      − High rate of errors
      − Inconsistency of outputs


    July 3, 2010                                               284
Modelling and Simulation

•   After measurement, modelling and simulation are the next step in
    terms
•   Measuring the current state process performance
•   Developing desired future states of process performance
•   Identifying the gaps in the current process preventing transition to
    the desired future state
•   Simulation is the enactment or representation of the behaviour or
    characteristics of one system through the use of another system
•   For business processes, simulation is enacting the behaviour of a
    process
•   Process is modelled in the software with parameters associated with
    a process entered
    July 3, 2010                                                           285
Modelling and Simulation

•   Cycle time parameters for each activity
      −     In-queue time (before work begins)
      −     Work delay time (from start of resource involvement until start of work)
      −     Work time (from beginning of work to production of output)
      −     Out-queue time (from output production to release of output)
•   Cost parameters
      − Labour (total staffing costs allocated by headcount)
              • The resources associated with each activity
              • The cost of each resource
      − Material
              • Direct costs - material consumed each time an activity is performed
      − Overhead (administrative costs allocated as a percent of labor)
              • Indirect costs - allocated to activities requiring resources that are incurred over an
                interval of time
•   Other parameters
      − How many times the process runs per interval time (N times/hour/day)
      − Decision points in process (for example - 60/40 split between path A and path
        B)
    July 3, 2010                                                                                         286
Modelling and Simulation

•   Simulation output typically show each activity with all of the time metric
    dimensions summarised per activity along with the cost metric dimensions
    summarised by activity
•   Allows for quick identification of process performance problem areas that are
    supported by extensive data from the simulation
•   Once the current state performance is analysed and validated the desired future
    state process can then be modelled
•   Saves time because it is all done using software before it is implemented in the
    organisation
•   Provide an experimental lab to do the process reengineering efforts before actual
    implementation
•   Not a substitute for the actual field work, nor is it a perfect method for
    determining the future state process
•   Calculates the benefits of the process improvement via the Time, Cost, Capacity
    and Quality dimensions to help build a data driven business case for process
    improvement/reengineering

    July 3, 2010                                                                        287
Decision Support for Process Owners and Managers

•   Decision support for process owners and managers is essential for
    continuously monitoring the actual process performance
•   Poor information about business processes can lead to poor
    decisions about where to invest in and how to improve company
    performance
•   Many organisations use a Balanced Scorecard framework
      − Strategic planning and management system used to
              • Align business activities to the vision and strategy of the organisation
              • Improve internal and external communications
              • Monitor organisational performance against strategic goals
      − Dashboard to measure performance of the organisation
•   Dashboards are a form of decision support and have been referred
    to as business intelligence and analytics

    July 3, 2010                                                                           288
Decision Support for Process Owners and Managers

•   Business intelligence generally deals with addressing process
    performance management and control within an enterprise context
•   When business intelligence is instituted at an enterprise level, it
    mines information about specific cross functional processes and the
    performance of those processes in real-time, displaying the
    information in a dashboard format
•   Decision support actually begins with the planning of the when,
    what and how process performance will be measured, managed and
    controlled
•   Process performance management begins with a plan for
      − What processes will be measured
      − How often the processes will be measured
      − How decisions about process performance will be addressed when
        encountered
•   Decision support frameworks, like a balanced scorecard, are useful
    in the planning for monitoring and controlling of business processes

    July 3, 2010                                                           289
Decision Support for Process Owners and Managers

•   Once a process performance plan is in place business
    intelligence and analytics technology will provide the
    insights into the performance of the business processes
      − Business intelligence technology is an enabler and powerful
        mechanism in the hands of a process manager
      − Effective decision support can save the process manager a lot of
        time in detecting process performance issues




    July 3, 2010                                                           290
Considerations for Success

•   Important part of any BPM effort is the skills needed to
    manage the people impacted by the business process
    change
•   Always underestimated and is usually in the top three
    culprits when the effort fails
•   Process designs which change organisational culture and
    human behaviour need to be aligned to the desired
    outcomes and working methods of the future business
    process
•   Not as easy as it sounds

    July 3, 2010                                               291
Considerations for Success

•   Competency Matching - making sure that the people who will be performing the
    actual work in the new process actually have the competencies and skill sets to do
    the work effectively to achieve the desired outcomes
•   Roles and Responsibilities - making sure that these are clear to people, otherwise
    there will be tremendous confusion accompanied by process deterioration
•   Organisational Structure - structure the new organisation to take advantage of
    the new process, but also to manage it effectively
•   Empowerment with Accountability - this goes double for the process managers
    who will own the enterprise level process performance
•   Performance Measures and Objectives -– these should be tied to roles along with
    the corresponding compensation and incentives to drive the desired behaviours
•   Personal Growth Opportunities - people don’t want to feel like they’ve been
    pigeon-holed into one role with the new process but want to see how they can
    grow within the new roles




    July 3, 2010                                                                         292
Considerations for Success

•   Some critical success factors
      − Focus on people as much as the process
      − Education – make sure everyone knows the entire process and
        not just their part of it
      − Everyone has the same understanding of what a process is
      − Everyone understands why process is important – tie it to
        operational performance metrics for the company and align
        compensation to it
      − People who design and approve the activities are the same
        people who do the activities
      − Attempt to over communicate the goals and objectives
        (performance metrics) of the process

    July 3, 2010                                                      293
Considerations for Success

•   Important to assign a Process Manager who
      − Manages process performance
      − Ensures the process is documented and reflects actual practice
      − Defines performance measures and targets
      − Monitors process performance
      − Takes action to address process performance
•   Process Manager is an individual with accountability and
    authority for the end-to-end performance of a process
•   Never-ending responsibility and the Process Manager
    helps create the new process and lives with the results


    July 3, 2010                                                         294
Process Transformation




 July 3, 2010            295
Process Transformation Topic Scope
                                                          Process
                                                      Transformation


    Process         Improvement                                                          Implementation   Sustaining the
                                           Redesign   Reengineering    Implementation
Transformation      Methodologies                                                             Roles       BPM Lifecycle


                                                                                 Implementation
                                Six Sigma
                                                                                      Phase


                                                                                 Implementation
                                    Lean
                                                                                    Activities


                               TQM (Total
                                Quality                                            Evaluation
                              Management)


                               ABC (Activity
                                                                                 Quality Control
                              Based Costing)


                               Performance
                              Improvement
                                  Model

     July 3, 2010                                                                                                          296
Process Transformation

•   Planned evolution of a business process using a clearly defined
    methodology and disciplined approach to ensure that the business
    process continues to meet business objectives
•   Business processes are affected by many factors both in and out of
    the organisation’s control
•   Process transformation is enabled by Business Process Management
    principles and governances adopted by the organisation
•   Depending on the process maturity level of the organisation, it will
    adopt various methods to monitor and respond to these factors in
    the appropriate manner and timeline to meet each individual
    situation
•   May be achieved through a strategy of continuous improvement or
    by initiating projects as needed
    July 3, 2010                                                           297
Process Transformation - Improvement
Methodologies
•   Improvement Methodologies
      − Six Sigma
      − Lean
      − TQM (Total Quality Management)
      − ABC (Activity Based Costing)
      − Performance Improvement Model




    July 3, 2010                         298
Six Sigma

•   Originated in Motorola in the mid-1980’s
•   Popularised by GE in the mid-1990’s when Jack Welch praised the
    cost savings that the company was able to achieve
•   Measure of quality that strives for near perfection
•   Disciplined, data-driven approach and methodology for eliminating
    defects based on statistical data in any process from manufacturing
    to transactional and from product to service
•   To achieve Six Sigma, a process must not produce more than 3.4
    defects per million opportunities - six standard deviations between
    the mean
•   Six Sigma does not represent a means of realigning enterprise
    processes for market differentiation as much as a proven means of
    driving out costs from existing processes

    July 3, 2010                                                          299
Lean

•   Originated by Toyota - Toyota Production System
•   Popularised by Daniel Jones and James Womack
•   Management philosophy focusing on reduction of seven wastes
      −     Over-production
      −     Waiting time
      −     Transportation
      −     Processing
      −     Inventory
      −     Motion
      −     Scrap
•   Set of disciplines which can be very powerful in the realm of operations analysis
•   More an operations process improvement instrument rather than a means of
    reengineering or designing new processes
•   Develop and review checklists to review product designs
•   About getting the right things, to the right place, at the right time, in the right
    quantity while minimising waste and being flexible and open to change
    July 3, 2010                                                                          300
Lean

•   Lean principles
      − Perfect first-time quality - quest for zero defects, revealing & solving problems
        at the source
      − Waste minimisation - eliminating all activities that do not add value and safety
        nets, maximise use of scarce resources (capital, people and land)
      − Continuous improvement - reducing costs, improving quality, increasing
        productivity and information sharing
      − Pull processing - products/services are pulled from the consumer end, not
        pushed from the production end
      − Flexibility - producing different mixes or greater diversity of products quickly,
        without sacrificing efficiency at lower volumes of production
      − Building and maintaining a long term relationship with suppliers through
        collaborative risk sharing, cost sharing and information sharing arrangements




    July 3, 2010                                                                            301
TQM (Total Quality Management)

•   Set of management practices throughout the organisation
    geared to ensure the organisation consistently meets or
    exceeds customer requirements
•   Focus on process measurement and controls as a means of
    continuous improvement
•   Statistical analysis is used to monitor process behaviour
    and identify defects and opportunities for improvement
•   Forerunner of Six Sigma



    July 3, 2010                                                302
ABC (Activity Based Costing)

•   Methodology that measures the cost and performance of
    cost objects, activities and resources
•   Cost objects consume activities and activities consume
    resources
•   Resource costs are assigned to activities based on their use
    of those resources
•   Activity costs are reassigned to cost objects (outputs)
    based on the cost objects proportional use of those
    activities
•   Incorporates causal relationships between cost objects
    and activities and between activities and resources
    July 3, 2010                                                   303
Performance Improvement Model

• Developed by Geary Rummler and Alan Brache in the early
  1990s
• Framework aligns processes at three distinct three levels
  of performance:
      − Organisational level
      − Process level
      − Job or performer level
• Seeks to align the processes behind the strategy of the
  organisation and the customer's requirements
• Can be used to understand the alignment of the human
  resources central to the performance of one or more value
  chains
    July 3, 2010                                              304
Performance Improvement Model

•   Matrix to provide the means of alignment within the enterprise
•   Matrix addresses the nine concerns that anyone trying to change
    processes in an organisation must consider

                    Goals and              Design and              Management
                    Measures               Implementation
Organisational      Organisational goals   Organisational design   Organisational
Level               and measures of        and implementation      management
                    organisational
                    success
Process Level       Process goals and      Process design and      Process management
                    measures of process    implementation
                    success
Activity or         Activity goals and     Activity design and     Activity management
Performance Level   measures of activity   implementation
                    success
    July 3, 2010                                                                         305
Redesign

•   End-to-end rethinking of what the process is currently
    doing
•   Different from process improvement because it takes a
    holistic approach to the process rather than identifying
    and implementing incremental changes
•   Although it may lead to significant changes, these changes
    continue to be based on the fundamental concepts of the
    existing process
•   Different from process reengineering which begins with a
    “blank slate” and is based on radical change to the process

    July 3, 2010                                                  306
Reengineering

•   Mike Hammer’s 1993 book Reengineering the Corporation
•   Premise is one of radical change of process throughout the
    organisation to bring about performance improvements
      − Fundamental rethinking and radical redesign of business
        processes to achieve dramatic improvements in critical,
        contemporary measures of performance, such as cost, quality,
        service and speed




    July 3, 2010                                                       307
Reengineering

•   Seven rules or principles of reengineering
      − Organise around outcomes not tasks - helps eliminate the need for handoffs
        and provides a single point of contact for the customer
      − Have those who use the output of the process perform the process - those
        who are closest to the work should do the work
      − Merge information - processing work into the real work that produces the
        information - People collecting the work should be responsible for processing
        the work instead of handing over to some other individual or system
      − Treat geographically dispersed resources as though they were centralised -
        technology advancements make this a reality through combining dispersed
        systems and teams as though they were a single team
      − Link parallel activities instead of integration their results - helps reduce errors
        at the end of the process
      − Put the decision point where the work is performed and build control into
        the process - empowers the performer of the work to get the resources he
        needs to get the job done most efficiently
      − Capture information once - at the source - eliminates costly mistakes of
        information not being passed effectively from one handoff to another
    July 3, 2010                                                                              308
Implementation

•   Realisation of an approved business process design into
    documented, tested and operational procedures and workflows
•   Includes new and revised business process policies and procedures
•   Assumed that the analysis, modelling and design stages have created
    an approved, comprehensive set of specifications so only minor
    adjustments should occur during implementation
•   Scope of implementation activities
      −     Executable primary and support processes
      −     Oversight management processes
      −     Business rules related to all three types of processes
      −     Relevant and controllable Business Process Management components in the
            organisation’s internal environment, e.g., policies, incentives, governance and
            leadership style

    July 3, 2010                                                                              309
Scale of Change in Implementation

•   Scale of implementation varies from limited procedural changes in
    business processes, business rules and process management to the
    transformation of entire enterprise business processes and its BPM
    governance
    High
                                                         Transformational
                                                             Change

Impact
  of
Change




                    Procedural
                      Change
      Low


                   Low               Scale of Change               High
    July 3, 2010                                                            310
Scale of Change in Implementation

•   Procedural Type Changes
      − BPM scenario: a business manager may not retain the role of the same process
        ownership for more than two years, rather than three years. This is a change to
        how the business process is managed
      − Process scenario: a market research study launch requires authorisation by
        both the Marketing Manager and also now the Sales Manager for that market
        territory. This is a change to the business process
•   Transformational Type Changes
      − BPM scenario: an Enterprise Business Process Council comprised of all process
        owners, the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Financial Officer will be
        created and meet quarterly to evaluate the Business Process Portfolio
        performance and proposed major business process improvement projects
      − Process scenario: the current evaluation of life insurance applications by a
        fixed sequence of professional staff groups will be replaced by an application
        coordinator who will select which professional staff groups need to be involved
        with a particular application
    July 3, 2010                                                                          311
Scale of Change in Implementation

•   Procedural changes may need less formal (project)
    management controls
•   Need the approval of small number of personnel
    depending upon the nature and scope of the change
•   Transformational changes might require senior
    management or Process Council approval and a formal
    program or project management team
•   Criteria for determining what type of approval and
    oversight are necessary are part of the BPM governance
    policy

    July 3, 2010                                             312
Implementation

• Difference between implementing a business process and
  implementing BPM
• Implementation of BPM involves
      − Setting up the infrastructure for an organisation to manage their
        business processes
      − Defining how they will be managed
      − Governance
      − Tools to develop, maintain and monitor business processes
      − Methodology to determine when new processes are required and
        when
      − changes to existing processes are needed
      − Identifying when a process should be retired
      − Detailing the steps involved in achieving each scenario

    July 3, 2010                                                            313
Business Process Implementation

•   Focus primarily on Business Process implementation rather
    than Business Process Management implementation




    July 3, 2010                                                314
Business Process Implementation Topic Scope

                                      Implementation




Implementation                             Implementation
                                                                      Evaluation          Quality Control
     Phase                                    Activities




Implementation   Risk and Issue   Implementation                                                     Orchestrating
                                                       Installation                Training
   Planning      Management         Construction                                                        Change



  July 3, 2010                                                                                                       315
Implementation Phase

•   Business Process Implementation is transforming an
    approved business process design into operational
    enterprise (or lesser scope) processes and revised BPM
    policies and procedures that are accepted by the
    appropriately trained stakeholders
•   Success of the implementation effort is dependent
    significantly on the buy-in and continued visible support by
    senior management sponsors, process owners, process
    champions and process performers (who are responsible
    for the most critical tasks)


    July 3, 2010                                                   316
Implementation Phase

•   Deliverables
      − Manual and automated new or revised executable business processes
        decomposed into detailed workflow scripts including associated business rules
        and management controls
      − BPM metrics and tools to evaluate the performance of the new or revised
        business processes
      − A new or revised Process Management organisation and set of processes for
        monitoring, controlling, tracking and assessing process performance and a
        means to align process performance to strategic goals
              • Complete and accurate business process and business rules documentation
                integrated into a business process rules repository
      − As appropriate, installed and tested BPM software and manual activities with
        related business applications, data sources and hardware
      − Trained workflow performers and process management support staff
      − Users’ acceptance of new or revised business tasks through successful change
        management
      − A plan for the evaluation of the implemented new or modified business
        processes and continued assessment for improvement
    July 3, 2010                                                                          317
Implementation Phase

•   As the scale and complexity of new or revised workflows,
    tasks, procedures, business rules and policies increases,
    more formal project management and change
    management oversight will be required
•   Metrics needed for business process performers,
    managers and support staff to evaluate the development
    progress and the post-implementation benefits related to
    these deliverables
•   No universal set of metrics



    July 3, 2010                                                318
Suggested Metrics
     Description                                          Metrics
1    Compare activities to be constructed or modified     Number of matched activities
     from the Design Phase with the most recent           Number of activities specified
     requirements specification. Are all the requested
     features addressed? Assessed before Implementation
     activities are planned.
2    Obtain a measure of the magnitude of the scope of    Number of (sub)processes to alter
     process changes. Review previous phase metric or     Number of (sub)processes in relevant domain
     develop
3    Assessment of readiness to begin near-term           Number of resources committed
     implementation activities                            Number of resources needed
4    RFP/Q progress by RFP/Q domain, if applicable        Number of RFP/Q returned
                                                          Number of RFP/Q issued
5    Testing Progress (manual and automated               Number of tests passed
     components)                                          Number of tests executed and
                                                          Number of remediations done
                                                          Number of tests failed
6    Completion progress by stage or cumulative: items    Number of components finished
                                                          Number of components to be built
    July 3, 2010                                                                                        319
Suggested Metrics
     Description                                          Metrics
7    Completion progress by stage or cumulative: budget   Amount expended
                                                          Amount budgeted
8    Completion progress by stage or cumulative: time     # of hours incurred
                                                         # of hours budgeted
9    Completion progress by stage or cumulative: on time # of activities done on time
                                                          # of activities
10 Training performance                                   Average, median and range of training test
                                                          scores compared to benchmark
11 Business process effectiveness improvement             Actual outcome improvement
   (by sub process)                                       Expected improvement
12 Business process efficiency improvement (by sub        Actual cycle time reduction
   process)                                               Expected cycle time reduction




    July 3, 2010                                                                                       320
Implementation Phase

•   Business Process Implementation is the link between planned process
    performance, process execution and business benefit realisation
•   Activities may vary from a simple, straightforward process-rules change to a
    major, complex process transformation
•   Technological, behavioural, policy and workflow implementation tasks must be
    managed carefully
•   Human and software process components must execute within acceptable
    tolerances to achieve performance targets
•   A well-designed process that is poorly implemented will be a failure with both
    short-term and longer-term consequences
•   Process redesign or improvement effort, regardless of scale, that is well executed
    will generate expected benefits and sustain the trust of decision makers related to
    future business process improvement proposals
•   Implementation effort includes risk management and consensus-building tasks
    that could impact the Business Process implementation success or failure


    July 3, 2010                                                                          321
Implementation Activities

•   Business Process Implementation tasks in the approximate sequence
    of execution
•   Review project objectives, deliverables, metrics and timeline
•   BPM and Senior Business Management decide whether or not to
    outsource this business process
•   If outsourcing is selected, a set of RFP’s are prepared and issued,
    responses evaluated and a vendor selected (assuming at least one
    qualifying response)
      − The contract is negotiated and a transfer of assets occurs
      − A Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) Relationship Manager reviews
        installation; test results and evaluates security at the business process site
        (including communications channels)
•   A decision to purchase or build BPM software is made by the Process
    Owner, BPM Project Manager and Application Development
    Manager
•   An implementation project plan and leadership group
    July 3, 2010                                                                         322
Implementation Plan and Leadership Group
•   Tasks in sequence with milestones
•   Assessing and managing project risk
•   Staff resource time and cost requirements estimated
•   Obtaining necessary staff resources—perhaps modifying schedule
•   Revisiting project costs, if revision from Master Budget is required
•   Specify all the relevant BPM components impacted
•   Prepare all the Change Requests for work to be performed and obtain approval
•   Develop, send and evaluate all RFP’s and RFQ’s for appropriate items in identified in the prior step
•   Develop the test plans listed in the prior section
•   Develop the preliminary Business Process documentation and training material
•   Continue Change Management activities to maintain Business Process owners and performers’ buy-in
•   Install any scheduled software and hardware; complete any data conversion. Maintain versioning logs
•   Perform tests of the Business Process and any related new software and hardware as noted the prior section.
    Resolve exceptions quickly
•   If outsourcing is selected, perform Acceptance Tests for outsourced business processes; remediate problems
•   Provide training to Business Process owners, performers and support staff
•   Launch the new or revised Business Processes as executable processes
•   Evaluate performance metrics expected v. actual results (assuming performer learning curve has been
    satisfied)



    July 3, 2010                                                                                                  323
Implementation Planning

•   Prior to performing any of the Implementation tasks of
    larger-scale efforts, the Business Process project manager
    should re-confirm the commitments from the project
    sponsors and process owners
•   Review with the BPM Implementation team leaders the
    previous progress, updated plans and prepare or review
    the Implementation Schedule and required resources




    July 3, 2010                                                 324
Implementation Planning – Project Review

•   Review project requirements and history
      − Business Process project objectives, scope, benefits and related
        performance metrics
      − BPM project timeline, rationale for major changes and deviations
        and expectations for this Implementation phase
      − Business process outsourcing considerations
      − BPM project budget history and financial targets for the
        Implementation phase
      − BPM project risks: past, current and anticipated; how these were
        or could be addressed
      − BPM project change management progress including past
        successes, failures and next challenges
      − BPM introduction/modification rollout scenarios by (1) project
        objectives’ priority and (2) early, visible benefits

    July 3, 2010                                                           325
Implementation Planning – Activity Specification

•   After review, a complete set of BPM Implementation activities can
    be specified
•   Activities may have been done during initial business process project
    planning, but should be reviewed and potentially modified due to
    actual changes during prior project phases
•   Each implementation activity specification should include:
      − Objectives, performance metrics and list of deliverables—all related to
        delivering improved customer value
      − Risks for completion and how to be minimised
      − Accountability for completion
      − Financial, personnel, any IT support and other resources required
      − Length of time for completion
      − Any implementation task cross-functional interdependencies


    July 3, 2010                                                                  326
Implementation Planning - Staffing

•   Specification, review and possible revision of personnel
    needs (e.g., BPM, IT, business process performers and any
    outside consultants) to complete the defined tasks may
    require revision of the implementation schedule
•   Internal staff availability and commitments need to be
    negotiated within the business process group and other
    relevant company groups
•   Gaps in availability and expertise may require contracting
    with external parties



    July 3, 2010                                                 327
Implementation Planning – Budgeting

•   Review the most recent version of the BPM
    Implementation budget for consistency with revised
    planned activities and their related costs
•   Requests for additional funds may require the
    development and presentation of a well documented
    justification
•   Depending upon the amount of funding received, the BPM
    Implementation plan may require modification




    July 3, 2010                                             328
Implementation Planning – Risk Analysis and
Management
•   Throughout the Business Process Project, risk analysis and
    management are performed to improve the chance for a successful
    outcome
•   Concerns focus on project cost, schedule and performance
•   Risks
      − Requirements scope creep can occur if Project Change Requests are not
        scrutinised carefully (some may be deferred to post-implementation)
      − Completion of scheduled activities can be delayed without interim reviews of
        activity progress and actions to reduce further delay—possibly accelerate
        appropriate remaining activities
      − Intended project outcomes may not fulfill process owner’s and performers’
        expectations if the developed BPM components deviate from the design
        requirements—incrementally compare requirements to developed manual and
        automated procedures
      − Test procedures may not be consistent with test requirements creating an
        opportunity for unrecognised defects in manual and automated process
        activities
    July 3, 2010                                                                       329
Implementation Planning – Risk Analysis and
Management
•   Risks
      − Modifications to Business Process procedures are not updated in the business
        process and rules repositories
      − Cross-functional business process performer harmony may not be stressed
        during training
      − Training programs may not be reinforced with appropriate changes in
        incentives, culture and leadership style
      − RFP/Q may not have balanced team composition from the performer and
        supporter/technical groups that could result in purchasing quality BPM
        technology that does not align with the business objectives
      − Contingency plans and walkthroughs for business or IT interruption have not
        been documented and tested completely
      − Incomplete stress testing of manual and automated business processes may
        result in an inability to meet increasing business process workflow intensity
      − Inadequately prepared Business Process and IT Help Centre staff can result in
        process outcome defects and loss of customer satisfaction, loyalty and revenue


    July 3, 2010                                                                         330
Implementation Planning – Risk Analysis and
Management
•   For any identified risks that have quantifiable threat probabilities
    and consequences (financial and operational), perform quantitative
    risk analysis with accompanying sensitivity analysis
•   For identified risks that have insufficient quantifiable threat
    probabilities and consequences, qualitative scenario analyses can be
    performed to produce some useful insights and risk-reduction
    planning
•   Risk analysis is equally important for efforts that address primary
    and support (operational) processes as well as management
    processes
•   Generation of value to the organisation is dependent upon all three
    of these business process classes to be performing appropriately


    July 3, 2010                                                           331
Risk and Issue Management

Risk Factor                     Problem                               Business Process Implementation
                                                                      Relevance
Unwilling user                  No commitment to change               Obtain successful Business Process
                                                                      performer and owner buy-in
Multiple users                  Creating a common appeal to           Need strong leadership to
                                create buy-in                         overcome individual differences,
                                                                      especially cross-functional
Unclear objective(s)            Over promising expected results to    Create a clear statement of
                                users                                 Business Process project objectives
                                                                      and benefits
Unclear link between task change Less commitment to adopt change      Communicate an explicit link
and benefits                                                          between Business Process change,
                                                                      benefits and rewards
Loss of budget support          Adoption fails; benefits unrealised   Deliver early benefits to sustain
                                                                      BPM project support
Unfamiliarity with proposed     Unrealised expected benefits; loss    Obtain consultative help to assure
changes                         of support                            Business Process success




   July 3, 2010                                                                                             332
Risk and Issue Management

•   Factors for successful implementation of larger-scale
    efforts
      − Develop a clear stakeholder cross-functional consensus re: BPM
        effort objectives and success metrics
      − Obtain senior business management visible support initially and
        continuously throughout the program or project
      − Obtain and maintain BPM cross-functional stakeholder support to
        improve successful adoption and performance enhancement
      − Identify and manage BPM project risks
      − Protect against project scope creep
      − Manage Business Process owners’, managers’ and performer’
        expectations carefully to assure that delivered Business Process
        modifications align with promised deliverables
    July 3, 2010                                                           333
Risk and Issue Management

•   Factors for successful implementation of larger-scale
    efforts
      − Assure that BPM changes are consistent with organisation
        culture, rewards’ expectations and leadership values
              • If not, seek appropriate resources to modify these elements to maintain
                BPM-enterprise management alignment
      − Conform to project budget and schedule. Alterations require
        stakeholder buy-in
      − Deliver demonstrated staged BPM benefits quickly to sustain BPM
        stakeholder buy-in
      − Provide adequate process performer training and assistance
        during initial experience with BPM modifications
      − Completion of the BPM effort is not the end - just continuing the
        journey for continuous BPM improvement

    July 3, 2010                                                                          334
Implementation Construction

•   After preparing the scheduled activities and securing required resources, the
    construction phase may include both external-oriented and internal activities
    construction phase may include both external-oriented and internal activities
•   External-oriented activities address procurement of third party resources using
    Requests for Proposals (RFP’s) and Requests for Quotes (RFQ’s)
•   IT support resources, e.g., application and system software, hardware, operations
    personnel may need procurement, upgrading or reconfiguring depending upon
    the type and extent of the business process changes
•   Typically, those components of business processes that are well defined,
    structured and repetitive can be performed more efficiently by automated means
•   Internal activities include the operational documentation of business processes,
    business rules, BPM governance and policies and, as appropriate, interfaces with
    IT applications, data resources and networks




    July 3, 2010                                                                        335
Implementation Construction

•   Business Process creation or modification includes
      −     Specification of activities’ procedures
      −     Activity task sequence
      −     Decisions with criteria
      −     Input content and sources,
      −     Output content and destinations
      −     Activity performer (human or IT application)
      −     Time for completion
      −     Frequency
      −     Triggering event for initiation
              • Manual document
              • Entry in the business process repository
              • Input to a BPM suite tool component
•   Decision to automate any of the business processes or any
    components is based upon task complexity, degree of structure and
    repetitiveness
    July 3, 2010                                                        336
Implementation Construction

•   Business Rule creation or modification includes
      − Specification of the related business process activity
      − Triggering event
      − Rule content
      − Decision criteria
      − Outcome alternatives,
      − Source of the rule
      − Reference to any enterprise legal or regulatory requirements




    July 3, 2010                                                       337
Installation

•   Conversion and installation of the new or revised business process
    tasks, BPM activities (including performance sensors) and changes to
    the business process repository and related business rules may be
    completed all at once or in stages
•   Greater resistance to change, project scope and project complexity
    all suggest a phased approach
•   If manual BPM tasks have been automated, both manual and
    automated components may be executed in parallel for a specified
    time to check for consistent results
•   Applications, middleware and database software plus any relevant
    hardware are placed into production
•   If the business process is outsourced, all the appropriate digital and
    physical assets should be transferred to the business process
    outsourcer per the contract

    July 3, 2010                                                             338
Training

•   Business process training program content, schedule and
    facilities must be planned
•   Trainers should observe the usability tests for guidance in
    training material preparation
•   Process performers should experience the relevant task
    walkthroughs with training to a defined performance
    criterion
•   Process owners also should complete much of the training
    to understand the tasks being performed and measured
    within each process

    July 3, 2010                                                  339
Orchestrating Change

• Typically the most challenging aspect to a Business Process
  Implementation is reinforcing and finalising business
  process performer and process owner buy-in or
  acceptance of the changes
• Major challenge within a BPM project is motivating
  relevant BPM participants to adopt new behaviours
• Intensity of a Change Management activity is dependent
  upon the complexity and extent of the new or revised
  business processes
• Change Management of BPM participants’ behaviour is
  one of the most critical and difficult challenges for
  achieving BPM project success

    July 3, 2010                                                340
Orchestrating Change

•   Business drivers for change management
•   Dominance of Improve Service Quality is consistent with the major
    objective of BPM to facilitate an organisation’s quest to provide
    superior products and services to customers
                    Improve Service
                                                          67%
                        Quality

                     Cost Reduction                 40%


                   Process Efficiency         34%


                     Risk Reduction       32%

                         It-Business
                                         30%
                          Alignment

                         Regulatory
                                        28%
                         Compliance
    July 3, 2010                                                        341
Orchestrating Change

•   Effective change management activities begin with the project
    launch and are sustained throughout a project
•   To be successful, change management needs to address a group of
    interrelated organisational factors
      − Strategy - assure business processes contribute to customer value
      − Structure - enables cross-functionality
      − Systems - formal processes and procedures including: planning, budgeting,
        resource allocation, controls and rewards, information and distribution
        systems
      − Leadership style - promotes a collaborative culture
      − Staffing - team oriented, open to change
      − Personnel skills - cross-activity trained
      − Shared values - promoted through culture and performance incentives


    July 3, 2010                                                                    342
Orchestrating Change

•   Change management for BPM should directly address the
    these aligned with organisation strategy, structure and
    environment
•   To improve organisation performance, trained BPM
    performers and managers must adopt modified tasks in
    new or revised business processes within shared values
    nurtured by the leadership
•   Approach should produce intended, functional
    consequences and minimise unintended, dysfunctional
    consequences


    July 3, 2010                                              343
Framework for Change Management

•   Three-stage approach
      − Activate the process owners and performers for change
      − Provide clear training for new behaviour
      − Support the new behaviour until it becomes learned or habitual
Stage Name             Content

1          Unfreezing Creating motivation and readiness to change (or unlearning current task behaviour) by:
                           1.    Communication and acceptance of disconfirming information - admission that something
                                 is not working properly—a “burning bridge”
                           2.    Connecting disconfirming information with a committed personal goal to reduce anxiety
                                 or guilt
                           3.    Create a feeling of “psychological safety” to minimise loss of face or self-esteem
2          Change      Through cognitive restructuring and training, perceive things, judge things, feel things
                            and do things differently based upon a new perspective by:
                           1.    identification with a role model, boss, mentor, trainer or consultant to see things from
                                 another’s perspective
                           2.    Scanning one’s personal environment for information that validates the proposed
                                 change(s)
3          Refreezing Helping to integrate the new point of view and behaviours by:
                           1.    New perspective and behaviour fits with an individual’s self-concept and incentives
                           2.    Consistency with relevant others’ new behaviour and potentially new organisation
    July 3, 2010                 culture                                                                                    344
Orchestrating Change

•   Specific tactics and guidelines for consideration
      − Instill a sense of urgency for change
      − Select a good change management team
      − Leadership communicates an enterprise vision of change outcome
      − Leadership communicates frequently to as many relevant people
        as possible to sustain change momentum
      − Remove obstacles to change
      − Plan for early benefits
      − Sustain a benefit stream to maintain commitment to change
      − Institutionalise changes within the organisation culture and
        rewards


    July 3, 2010                                                         345
Orchestrating Change

•   Change management is not episodic
•   Agile organisation reacts quickly to changes originating
    from customer demands, competitor strategies and
    regulatory agencies
•   Some changes are transformational
•   Some changes are of lesser magnitude, but nonetheless
    provide additional value to customers
•   Change management should be viewed as a portfolio of
    tools to be used flexibly for efforts of varying degree


    July 3, 2010                                               346
Change Management

•   During the Implementation Phase, change requests for business
    process and business process management activity specifications
    (e.g.; personnel, IT and financial resources; as well as BPM and Rules
    repositories) may arise
•   These should be prepared, reviewed and approved/denied
    consistent with the organisation’s standard Project Change
    Management policy and procedures
•   Sufficient justification for the change request must be included
•   Even smaller-scale efforts should submit a short-form request for
    review to gain some level of oversight for undertaking any changes
    to business processes



    July 3, 2010                                                             347
Evaluation

•   Business process post-installation realised benefits
    (contrasted to expected benefits) are evaluated from
      − Assessing the financial and operational performance statistics
        collected by the BPM performance systems data collection
        (manual or automated)
      − Business Process performer interviews
•   Analysis should include a time series of statistics that has
    allowed Business Process performers to have mastered the
    task learning curve
•   Evaluate the financial and operational performance of the
    Business Process Implementation phase and the entire
    Business Process development or improvement project
    July 3, 2010                                                         348
Quality Control

•   Quality Control or test plans for new and revised business process
    components are executed to evaluate the completeness,
    correctness, consistency, robustness and usability of both manual
    and automated tasks
•   First set of tests addresses workflow function – each manual and
    automated related new or revised task is independently evaluated
      − Do the outputs satisfy the requirements?
      − Is expected cycle-time achieved?
•   Next integration tests evaluate interoperability between related
    BPM, especially cross-functional processes’ components
      − Internal automated and manual business process modules
      − External components



    July 3, 2010                                                         349
Quality Control

•   Stress Tests are run to assess either persons’ or the software’s and
    hardware’s ability to complete “transactions” under high volume
    demands with a typical mix of concurrently executing tasks
•   Usability tests are completed by a sample of representative Business
    Process performers to identify improvements prioritised for the
    current release and a next release
•   Acceptance test evaluates the operation of all the manual and
    automated components with typical Business Process user
    participation
•   If this business process is outsourced, some representative from the
    Business Process Implementation team should observe these tests
    run at the outsourcer’s site


    July 3, 2010                                                           350
Implementation Roles

•   Business Process (possibly IT) Test Specialists to design, execute and
    assess various testing protocols, e.g., process walkthroughs,
    simulations and controls, software verification as appropriate and
    acceptance testing
•   BPM Trainers who develop and provide training to business process
    owners, managers, performers and support staff for both manual
    and automated components
•   For business processes that include automated components,
    Application Maintenance, Database, Data Centre and Networking
    management to assure end-to-end Business Process interoperability
•   Organisation Development (internal) consultants to continue and
    accelerate Change Management tasks
•   Business Process Repository Manager to implement required
    business process and business rules modifications
•   Technical writers to create or modify user, Business Process and IT
    manuals
    July 3, 2010                                                             351
Sustaining the BPM Lifecycle
Culture and Strategy
                                                 Process
                                   Process
Methodology                      Refinement
                                              Planning and
                                                Strategy
Information Technology

Process Alignment
                          Process
Process Awareness        Monitoring
                                                       Analysis of
                                                        Business
                            and
Process Measures                                       Processes
                         Controlling

Process Sponsorship

Process Responsibility
                                Process        Design and
Process Definition          Implementation     Modelling of
                                                Business
Organisation                                    Processes

  July 3, 2010                                                       352
Sustaining the BPM Lifecycle

•   BPM Lifecycle is applicable to projects of varying scale
    from limited procedural changes to large-scale process
    transformation
      − Some Life Cycle phases will have more detail and some less -
        depending upon project complexity and scale
•   Ongoing monitoring of new or revised Business Processes
    continues to identify
      − problems to be resolved
      − further process improvement opportunities to be evaluated
•   BPM help desk personnel also may uncover or learn about
    additional Business Process problems and opportunities

    July 3, 2010                                                       353
Process Maintenance Activities

•   Business Process enhancements provide new functionality to deliver
    additional value to business process owners and enterprise
    customers
•   Business Process project implementation may have requested
    changes that had to be postponed until post-implementation
    stability was achieved
•   Current performers and process owners also may suggest changes
    for consideration
•   Potential changes may include:
      − Modification Business Process functionality
      − Adding or modifying business process and rule elements or meta-data
      − Modifying the composition of the BPM Governance Council


    July 3, 2010                                                              354
Process Maintenance Activities

•   Experience with Business Process execution may suggest
    efficiency or productivity opportunities to reduce manual
    and automated process cycle time as well as operating
    costs
•   In turn, this should increase customer satisfaction, loyalty
    and revenue
•   In contrast to discretionary changes, regulations and
    legislation may mandate Business Process changes
•   Other changes in the external environment may also drive
    business process modifications

    July 3, 2010                                                   355
Summary

•   Business Process implementation must be considered as a critical set of activities
    even though all the analysis and design has been completed
      − Execution is the key to successful strategy
•   Perform risk analysis and management to reduce unpleasant surprises and
    provide business executives and process owners some degree of comfort
•   Continue vigorous change management activities—people, in cross-functional
    relations, are the weakest link in People, Process and Technology
      − Use multiple channels to communicate frequently with senior management, process
        owners and process performers
      − Reinforce process/management changes with appropriate modifications to incentives
        and organisational culture
•   Business process outsourcing is a challenging process to manage
      − Appoint trained relationship managers to improve the chance for success
•   Business Process design changes must be minimised during implementation
      − Business environmental factors merit continued scanning for changes that could impact
        the current Business Process implementation actions


    July 3, 2010                                                                                356
Summary

•   Senior management and business process owners and business
    process management must remain active and visible to lead
    successful change
•   Business Process conversion is meticulous, but an easy trap for
    implementation failure
•   The scope and rate of Business Process change should not exceed
    the capacity of business process owners and performers to absorb
    change
•   Evaluate realised vs. expected benefits
      − Share the wins
      − Learn from the losses
•   Inadequate training will lead to business process/management loss
    of productivity and probable project failure
•   Choose Business Process implementation techniques to match the
    scope and complexity of the project requirements

    July 3, 2010                                                        357
Process Management Organisation




 July 3, 2010                     358
Process Management Organisation Topic Scope
                                        Process Management
                                            Organisation

Process Management
                     Process Management Roles           Organisational Structures      Team Based Performance
    Organisation


                                           Process Owner                     Process Governance



                                          Project Manager                      Process Council


                                                                         BPM Office/BPM Centre of
                                          Process Analyst
                                                                                Excellence

                                                                            Functional Centres of
                                          Process Designer
                                                                                 Excellence


                                         Process Architects



                                          Other Key Roles

  July 3, 2010                                                                                                  359
Process Management Organisation

• Organisational changes to consider as businesses
  introduce and mature in the discipline of managing their
  business processes
• Changes may be challenging
      − Include changes in work performance processes, organisational
        structure, roles and responsibilities, performance measures,
        values and culture
• As institutions reach new levels of process maturity, new
  skills, management structures and ways to align, motivate
  and reward employees may be introduced
• Anticipate, plan, prepare and guide the business through
  the transition to a process enterprise

    July 3, 2010                                                        360
The Process Enterprise

•   A process centric organisation is structured, organised, managed and
    measured around its primary business processes
•   Companies discover that to be effective in managing their primary
    business processes, they must assign clearly defined accountability
    for the design, documentation, maintenance, upkeep and long term
    health of these processes
•   New roles, responsibilities, relationships and organisational
    structures may be contemplated
•   Often results in a significant change in management focus and the
    way work is performed, evolving from
      − A more traditional structure, focused on a particular resource or business
        function
      − To the cross-functional performance of the end-to-end process which delivers
        value to customers


    July 3, 2010                                                                       361
The Process Enterprise

•   Traditional management structures involve hierarchical delegation
    of responsibility, from one level of management to the next, with
    ultimate accountability to the organisation’s shareholders
•   Delegation is expressed as downward managerial focus on command
    and control of individual workers with responsibility for a specific set
    of tasks
•   Process organisations include horizontal accountability to the
    customer for delivery of value across all functions
•   Process focus involves process design, documentation,
    measurement and improvement
•   Process centric enterprise does not mean that process is the only
    dimension of management, performance measurement or
    organisational structure
      − Financial, market and other performance measures remain important, as do
        functional and product skills


    July 3, 2010                                                                   362
Process Culture

•   A process culture is a concept in which the business’ processes are
    known, agreed on, communicated and visible to all employees
•   Characteristics of a process culture include
      −     General agreement on what are the business processes
      −     Understanding how business processes interact and affect each other
      −     Clear definition of what value each process produces
      −     Documentation of how each process produces its results
      −     Understanding of what skills are required for each process
      −     Understanding of how well each process performs
      −     Ongoing measurement of process performance
      −     Management decisions based on process performance knowledge
      −     Owners of each process having responsibility and accountability for process
            performance


    July 3, 2010                                                                          363
The Process Enterprise
                                               Cross-Functional Processes
•   The organisation chart by its
    nature emphasises vertical
    functions, seniority, vertical
    reporting lines
•   Creates local domains of
    influence and vested
    interests
•   An organisation chart view
    inhibits cross-functional
    process view
•   Everyone is partially
    responsible so no-one has        Organisation
    overall responsibility           Operational
                                      Functions
    July 3, 2010                                                            364
Cross Functional Processes – Crossing “Vertical”
Operational Organisational Units




 July 3, 2010                                      365
Process Management Roles

•   Managerial structure in a
    functionally oriented
    company is typically based
    on a departmental
    hierarchy, where
    managers are responsible
    for workers performing
    tasks related to a
    particular resource or
    function
•   Personnel are combined
    into divisions or
    departments, each adding
    additional layers of
    management and control

    July 3, 2010                 366
The Process Enterprise

•   Management of a company’s core business processes is
    likely to involve a new, horizontal dimension to the
    organisation structure

            Order
          Fulfilment
       Customer
        Service
       Product/
     Development




    July 3, 2010                                           367
Key Roles for The Process Enterprise

•   Process Owner
•   Process Project Manager
•   Process Analyst
•   Process Designer
•   Process Architects
•   Business Analyst
•   Subject Matter Experts
•   Executive Management and Leadership
•   IT Organisation
    July 3, 2010                          368
Process Owner

•   An individual or group of individuals with an ongoing responsibility
    and accountability for the successful design, development, execution
    and performance of a complete end-to-end business process
•   Titles such as process leader, process coordinator, process manager
    and process steward are often used
•   Scope of responsibility may vary
      − May have direct or indirect authority over strategy, budgets and resources
      − May be business process owners, i.e., those concerned with end-to-end
        business processes which directly deliver value to the customers of the
        organisation
      − May be support process owners who may be concerned with those processes
        which support the organisation’s business processes such as human resources,
        financial or information technology processes


    July 3, 2010                                                                       369
Process Owner

•   May involve other duties such as
      − Chairing transformation efforts
      − Integrating process results with those of other process owners
      − Advocating for process priorities
      − Benchmarking process performance
      − Coaching process performers




    July 3, 2010                                                         370
Process Owner

•   Responsibility for process design
      − Accountable for the overall integrity and integration of the process design
      − May share decision rights relating to the process design with other managers or
        participants
•   Accountability for process performance
      − May manage the process, i.e., how work gets done, but not necessarily the people who
        perform the work
      − Managing process performance involves developing a strategy for the process, setting
        performance goals and objectives
      − Includes insuring that resources and skills are in place, measuring and communicating
        actual performance against targets and using this feedback to continuously reset goals
        and objectives
      − Initiate process transformation efforts and define incentives which insure that the
        process continues to deliver value to its customers
•   Advocacy and support
      − Need to manage communications and advocate for the processes under their care with
        executive management, customers, suppliers, participants and other internal and
        external stakeholders
      − Process managers continuously monitor results so they must also investigate and
        resolve problems


    July 3, 2010                                                                                 371
Process Project Manager

•   Often, the first version of a process owner is a project manager
    responsible for a process improvement effort
•   Typically have responsibility for a project outcome, i.e.,
    improvement to a business process, but lack direct control over
    resources, policies, budgets, etc.
•   Project manager is responsible for
      −     Conjoining many disparate groups within the organisation
      −     Adhering to the definition of project delivery methodology
      −     Designing and implementing the processes
      −     Managing change in order to achieve an overall process improvement
•   Throughout the project delivery process, project managers may
    monitor and control process operations in order to ensure that the
    scope of the project confirms to the project objectives

    July 3, 2010                                                                 372
Process Analyst

•   Manage process transformation projects, lead process
    discovery and design workshops, coach process owners
    and measure and report on process performance
•   Typically have a great deal of skill in documenting and
    understanding process design and performance patterns
•   Provide analysis and assessment of current processes,
    evaluate alternate process design options and make
    recommendations for change based on various
    frameworks



    July 3, 2010                                              373
Process Designer

•   Significant process knowledge who design new business
    processes, transform existing business processes and
    implement plans
•   Possess analytical and creative skills
•   Use visual and mathematical models to describe each step
    in a process and the organisation of work
•   Ensures that the process design is in alignment and
    compliance with the overall business’ goals and policies



    July 3, 2010                                               374
Process Architects

•   May function in a business or technology role
•   May be focused on managing business performance or on mapping
    technology to business operations
•   Responsible for developing and maintaining a repository of
    reference models and standards with regard to a company’s
    products and services, business processes, performance measures
    and organisation
•   Engaged in business process analysis and transformation initiatives
•   Involvement may be from a standards and compliance perspective
    or as they may serve as subject matter experts to advise the team on
    the company’s process methodology
•   Through the analysis of business process architecture, companies
    identify opportunities for market advantage, business integration
    and various internal process initiatives
    July 3, 2010                                                           375
Business Analyst

•   Responsible for analysing the information and technology
    needs of their business clients to help propose information
    and technology solutions
•   Facilitate meetings to assist the project team in analysing
    current technology mapping
•   Involved with business operations and designing new
    information and technology functions
•   Performs a liaison function between the business side of
    an enterprise and the information technology department
    or external service providers

    July 3, 2010                                                  376
Subject Matter Experts

•   Deep understanding of the certain business functions or
    operations, often possessing years of experience as a
    participant in business operations
•   Provide input on the current process and assist in
    designing new processes
•   May have institutional knowledge about the rules
    governing the organisation’s processes, customer
    requirements or the organisation’s culture
•   Validate models and assumptions and are members of
    implementation teams providing change leadership as
    trusted stakeholders
    July 3, 2010                                              377
Executive Management and Leadership

•   Role of executive leadership is critical to business process management
•   Set the vision, tone and pace of business process improvement
•   Determine the direction and strategy of business process management, focusing
    the enterprise on its larger objectives
•   Allocate resources and reward success
•   Unify the various missions and groups throughout the enterprise and appoint and
    empower process owners or other individuals playing key roles in the
    management of business processes
•   Act as champions inspiring the enterprise to change, sometimes by creating a
    sense of urgency to overcome skepticism and resistance
•   Communicate the case for process management and remove obstacles which may
    impede progress toward the goal
•   Responsible for creating the environment for success, sometimes through
    influence and persuasion, other times by resolving conflict and removing
    roadblocks


    July 3, 2010                                                                      378
IT Organisation

•   roles within Information Technology groups who may play an
    important part in business process management including
      −     Solution architects
      −     System analysts
      −     BPMS configuration specialists
      −     Developers
      −     Database administrators
•   Experts help define supporting technology solutions and may assist
    in defining new capabilities for business processes based on enabling
    technology
•   Assist in process transformation initiatives through the
    implementation of new technology while ensuring that the
    company’s technical standards are enforced

    July 3, 2010                                                            379
Organisational Structures

•   Organisations have identified the need for new mechanisms for
    planning, budgeting and allocating resources in order to ensure that
    their processes are properly resourced, integrated and aligned with
    their strategic objectives
•   Important that organisations have a clear governance structure to
    provide leadership and clarify decision rights to enable cross-
    functional and departmental process improvement or management
    programs to succeed
•   Changes in the organisational governance structure that can be the
    root of resistance to business process management initiatives,
    sometimes causing them to fail
•   Individuals who may have had a great deal of power and control
    over resources based upon organisational functions, product lines or
    geographic boundaries may find that their performance measures,
    authority and span of control must change in order to successfully
    implement business process management

    July 3, 2010                                                           380
Organisational Structures

•   Business process management provides an end-to-end
    perspective of how work is done
•   End-to-end perspective crosses traditional organisational
    boundaries and requires that the mechanisms by which
    decisions are made and resources are allocated must also
    be aligned with the end-to-end business process
•   Sound governance provides a structure of authority and a
    framework for collaboration
•   Structure and framework enable proper allocation of
    resources and efficient coordination of activity control
    throughout the organisation
    July 3, 2010                                                381
Organisational Structures

•   Process Governance
•   Process Council
•   BPM Office/BPM Centre of Excellence
•   Functional Centres of Excellence




    July 3, 2010                          382
Process Governance

•   No single standard governance structure which is widely in
    use
•   Issues such as organisational strategy, culture and process
    maturity, business process outsourcing and even the
    nature of individual leaders can cause a significant
    deviation from any given governance framework




    July 3, 2010                                                  383
Process Governance Options
                                            Change
                            Project Based               Continuous


                                                 Chief Information Officer
                     Chief Information Officer
                High                                        Lead
                                Lead
         Degree           Project Manager
                                                      Process Owner
           of
         Process
         Enabled
          by IT       Chief Operations Officer   Chief Information Officer
                Low            Lead                         Lead

                          Project Manager             Process Owner



 July 3, 2010                                                                384
Process Council

•   Organisations undertaking the process journey may want to consider
    instituting a process council to address these issues
•   Process council may be made up of a combination of executive
    leaders, functional or departmental heads and the process owners
    of the core cross-functional enterprise processes
•   Mission may include
      − The identification and resolution of any cross-process integration issues,
        conflicts between process and functional (or departmental) ownership
      − Resource allocation
      − The development and alignment of the organisation’s business objectives,
        goals and strategy




    July 3, 2010                                                                     385
Process Council
                                               Executive Leadership


                                                  Process Council

                        Executive Leaders, Process Owners, Functional Leaders, Support Areas


                Sales     Marketing               Manufacturing               Procurement      Finance



Process Owner                                 Order Fulfilment


Process Owner                              Product Development

Process Owner                                 Customer Service

Process Owner                             Capacity Management

Process Owner                             Supporting Processes
                                    Human Resources Management,
                                 Information Technology Management,
                                         Facility Management

 July 3, 2010                                                                                            386
BPM Office/BPM Centre of Excellence

•   Business Process Management Office (BPMO) / BPM Centre of Excellence
    (BPMCOE)
•   BPMO acts in a manner similar to that of a project management office, identifying,
    consolidating and reporting status on various process improvement projects
    across the enterprise
•   BPMCOE charters include setting standards, providing common tool and methods,
    training and education on business process management principles and practices,
    providing governance on overall process design and integrating business
    processes at the enterprise level
•   Play an integral role in prioritising and allocating scarce resources to business
    process improvement efforts, as well as tracking and reporting process
    performance metrics to the respective process owners and executive
    management
•   Responsible for maintaining the repository of process models, identifying
    opportunities for improvement and working with various stakeholders in the
    development of business cases for process improvement and transformation
    efforts

    July 3, 2010                                                                         387
Functional Centres of Excellence

•   Rather than command and control the performance of individual tasks, process
    owners find that they need to be supported by cross-functional teams who are
    also focused on the performance of the overall process
•   Instead of command and control oversight, these teams may work relatively
    independently with guidance and support from management
•   Encounter a need for change in the required skills and culture of their organisation
    as they gain experience in process management
•   Need to maintain and integrate new skills and professional expertise across all
    business processes
•   Specialised skills may have previously resided in a functional group of the
    enterprise
•   Best practices groups, sometimes called centres of excellence, provide knowledge,
    standards, best practices, training and education
•   Responsible for ensuring the proper resources with proper skills are placed and
    allocated properly throughout the company’s business processes


    July 3, 2010                                                                           388
Functional Centres of Excellence
                                                             Executive Leadership


                                                                Process Council

                                      Executive Leaders, Process Owners, Functional Leaders, Support Areas

Centres of                                                        Production               Human Capital     Information
                  Order Acquisition    Engineering
Excellence                                                        Technology               Development       Technology


      Process Owner                                         Order Fulfilment


      Process Owner                                      Product Development

      Process Owner                                         Customer Service

      Process Owner                                     Capacity Management

      Process Owner                                     Supporting Processes
                                                   Human Resources Management,
                                                Information Technology Management,
                                                        Facility Management

   July 3, 2010                                                                                                            389
Functional Centres of Excellence

•   Centres of excellence may be virtual organisations (known
    as a Community of Interest or COIN)
•   Many centres of excellence are organised around a
    particular skill or profession: sales, marketing, finance,
    information technology, etc.
•   Coaches may be assigned to business processes from the
    centres of excellence with a responsibility for supporting
    and developing members in order to ensure that the
    caliber of localised skills are maintained and enhanced
•   Centres offer training and education programs as well as
    professional networking for sharing experiences
    July 3, 2010                                                 390
Team Based Performance

•   Organisations that manage by business processes recognise that
    changes must be made in the way performance is measured and
    how employee performance is recognised and rewarded
•   Consideration may be given to connecting employee compensation
    to the performance of the process, to the results of the workgroup
    and to their individual performance within that group
•   Measures may be associated more closely to customer satisfaction
    and the process results such as cycle time, service levels, quality and
    value delivered
•   Changes may also result in a change in culture, with increased
    individual accountability to the outcome of a process and ultimately
    the customer


    July 3, 2010                                                              391
Process Management Organisation

•   Every enterprise is unique, with its own unique culture, values,
    incentive systems, business processes and structure
•   Today many companies are still structured around a functional
    hierarchy, with little or no accountability for the end-to-end business
    processes which deliver customer value across functional silos
•   As the power and benefit of managing business process becomes
    more prevalent, organisational focus and structure is likely to evolve
    to include a process dimension
•   Evolution may lead to significant change in how work is performed
    and managed
•   Process ownership is critical to the successful management of their
    core business processes

    July 3, 2010                                                              392
Summary

•   An enterprise fosters a process culture when the business’ processes are known,
    agreed upon, communicated and visible to all employees
•   As an enterprise matures in managing their business processes, their
    organisational structure will naturally tend toward change which comprehends a
    process dimension
      − Management of work from a downward managerial command and control approach
        adapts to include a horizontal dimension reflective of end-to-end processes, driving
        accountability to the customer for delivery of value across functions
•   An individual or group is assigned the role of process owner for a complete end-
    to-end business process
      − Process owner has an ongoing responsibility and accountability for the successful
        design, development, execution and performance of this process
•   Successful process management within an enterprise will involve numerous roles
    in addition to process owner
      − Some individuals will have responsibility for more than one role
      − More common roles include process manager, process analyst, process designer and
        process architect, along with business analyst, subject matter expert and executive
        management and leadership
      − Several supporting roles which play an important


    July 3, 2010                                                                               393
Summary

•   It is critical that organisations have a clear governance structure to provide
    leadership and clarify decision rights to enable cross-functional and departmental
    process improvement or management programs to succeed
•   While there are many governance structures being proposed and implemented,
    there is currently no single standard for comprehending an organisational focus on
    process within an organisational structure
•   A process council, made up of executive leaders, functional or department heads
    and process owners, is one common approach to governance
      − Ensures alignment of business processes with enterprise strategies, goals and objectives
        and may have responsibility to identify and resolve cross-process integration issues,
        conflicts between process and functional ownership
      − May have responsibility for the allocation of business process management resources
•   Other organisational approaches to process management include the
    establishment of a Business Process Management Office (BPMO), a BPM Centre of
    Excellence (BPMCOE) or a functional centre of excellence (often known as a
    Community of Interest or COIN)
•   The Business Process Management professional must understand the myriad of
    potential organisational changes which may be brought about through increasing
    process maturity, so that they can guide the enterprise through the transition


    July 3, 2010                                                                                   394
Enterprise Process Management




 July 3, 2010                   395
Enterprise Process Management Topic Scope
                                                            Enterprise Process
                                                              Management




                                                                  Process          Process
                   Requirements of             Process                                        EPM Best    From Planning to
Benefits of EPM                                                  Repository      Management
                        EPM                  Frameworks                                       Practices       Action
                                                                Management        Maturity



                                                       MIT Process
                              Customer Centric
                                                        Handbook
                               Measurement
                                                     Business Activity
                                Framework
                                                          Model


                                                        American
                              Process Portfolio      Productivity and
                                Management            Quality Council
                                                         (APQC)


                              Enterprise Process        Value Chain
                              Improvement and          Group - Value
                                Management            Chain Reference
                                  Planning             Model (VRM)



                                                      SCOR (Supply
                                                     Chain Operations
                                                        Reference)
    July 3, 2010                                                                                                       396
Enterprise Process Management

•   Process management involves the transition from expressing
    strategy in general terms or in financial terms to expressing strategy
    in terms of observable cross-functional activity
•   Requires both careful thought, a shift in mindset and a new set of
    leadership behaviours
•   Shift in mindset involves a deep appreciation that the financial goals
    are simply the cumulative outcomes of the activities that the
    organisation executes
      − A shared understanding of the definition of each enterprise level business
        process, including details on where the process starts, where it ends, the key
        steps and the departments involved
      − Clarity and agreement on the critical few measures of performance for each
        process
      − Acceptance of the estimates of current performance for each process
      − Agreement on the size of the performance gap that needs to be bridged
      − Agreement on the top priorities for improvement, allocation of resources and
        deep dedication to taking action
      − A shared understanding of accountability assignments
    July 3, 2010                                                                         397
Enterprise Process Management

•   Plans cannot be translated into action without a clear, shared
    understanding of the accountability for improving and managing the
    firm’s major enterprise level business processes
•   In most organisations, no one person has authority or control over
    the entire set of activities in an end-to-end business process
      − Process management does not dominate or replace a business unit focus or
        the need for a functional focus
      − Instead, it represents an additional and valuable management practice that
        emphasises the way in which a company creates value for customers
•   Establishment of process governance is important to drive customer
    centricity and collaboration at all management levels
•   Final component in this planning stage is a solid communication plan
    that clearly communicates the enterprise process view, key
    accountability assignments and the high level goals and so engages
    people in the organisation
    July 3, 2010                                                                     398
Enterprise Process Management

•   Assures alignment of the portfolio of end-to-end business
    processes and process architecture with the organisation’s
    business strategy and resource allocation
•   Provides a governance model for the management and
    evaluation of initiatives
•   Involves the deliberate, collaborative and increasingly
    technology-aided definition, improvement, innovation and
    management of end-to-end business processes that drives
    business agility



    July 3, 2010                                                 399
Benefits of Enterprise Process Management

•   An organisation creates value for its customers via the performance
    of its large cross-functional business processes
•   These processes determine the way in which a firm designs, makes,
    sells, delivers, services its products and performs its services
•   Enterprise Process Management is the means for the firm’s leaders
    to consciously and collaboratively improve and manage the flow of
    work in performing for customers
•   EPM is an essential management practice for the leaders of those
    firms who wish to satisfy customers and improve performance
•   Provides the means for a firm to better engage its people, shift the
    organisation culture towards more of a performance based model,
    enables leadership and facilitates growth

    July 3, 2010                                                           400
Enterprise Process Management and Operational
Processes
• You have to have them, manage them, monitor them,
  update them
• You cannot ignore them or do without them
• They define day-to-day specific activities and associated
  controls
• But you need to ensure that operational processes exist
  with a larger enterprise ecosystem
• Process management does not dominate or replace a
  business unit focus or the need for a functional focus
      − It represents an additional and valuable management practice
        that emphasises the way in which a company creates value for
        customers

    July 3, 2010                                                       401
Benefits of Enterprise Process Management

•   EPM involves a high level, strategic assessment of the
    organisational process view and a high level process
    analysis and performance evaluation
•   Should not be confused with more detailed process
    analysis and modelling
•   Essence of EPM is customer centricity and accountability
    for the performance of the organisations critical cross-
    functional processes
•   EPM offers benefits in terms of managing the
    organisation’s value chain
      − Other benefits in terms of engagement, leadership and growth
    July 3, 2010                                                       402
Benefits of Enterprise Process Management

•   Process thinking can provide the needed context to engage
    the entire organisation in executing on strategy
•   By articulating strategic objectives in terms of the specific
    improvement needed for these cross-functional activities,
    organisations can better engage and even inspire
    employees to action




    July 3, 2010                                                    403
Enterprise Process Management and Leadership
Behaviours
•   Knowing the business involves understanding in detail the
    work and the roles of key departments and key people
    across the whole workflow as it crosses traditional
    organisational boundaries
      − Only then can executives have sufficient knowledge to deliver
        best value to customers and shareholders
      − Many executives do not appreciate the workflow at a sufficient
        level of detail
      − Lack of understanding can detract from how value is created for
        customers
• Insist on realism
• Set clear and realistic goals and priorities
• Reward the doers
    July 3, 2010                                                          404
Benefits of Enterprise Process Management

•   Process thinking is also essential to growth
•   Firms often lack the tools and management disciplines to tackle
    growth in a structured, systematic way
•   Rapid, sustainable growth requires not just a systematic approach
    but also a systemic view and broad cross-functional collaboration
•   A process focus on items such as flawless delivery and “first time
    right” responsiveness are essential in providing existing products or
    services to either existing or new markets
•   In order to achieve flawless delivery and service, organisations must
    measure and manage the performance of the large cross-functional
    processes that deliver value to customers
      − Involves the definition, improvement and management of the product or
        service fulfillment process

    July 3, 2010                                                                405
Requirements of Enterprise Process Management

•   EPM requires that the entire value chain involved in
    providing customers with products and services be
    defined, improved and managed in an integrated way
•   Requires a shift in the traditional functional mindset which
    dominates management thinking in many organisations
    and the so-called “silo effect” in which each functional unit
    is only concerned with its processes and coordination is
    lacking




    July 3, 2010                                                    406
Requirements of Enterprise Process Management

• Role of measurement is indispensable to maintaining a
  customer centric focus and assuring accountability for the
  performance of the organisation’s large cross functional
  business processes
• In EPM the focus is on measuring what counts to
  customers - from the customers’ point of view
• For most organisations this will include metrics of quality,
  timeliness, completeness, accuracy and responsiveness for
  the product and services provided
      − For example, the Supply Chain Council has defined the concept of
        ‘perfect orders’ as performance
              • “in delivering: the correct product, to the correct place, at the correct time,
                in the correct condition and packaging, in the correct quantity, with the
                correct documentation, to the correct customer.”
    July 3, 2010                                                                                  407
Functional and Process Product/ Service Design
Functional Product/
  Service Design

   Marketing                Finance        Sales       Engineering      Manufacturing        Distribution




                  Design                                      Market                     Deliver
                                      Build Product/
                 Product/                                    Product/                   Product/
                                          Service
                  Service                                     Service                    Service

 Process Product/
  Service Design
  July 3, 2010                                                                                              408
Objectives of Enterprise Process Management

•   Fundamental objectives of developing an enterprise view of process
    management
      − Define the large cross-functional business processes which deliver customer
        value
      − Articulate the organisation’s strategy in terms of its cross-functional business
        processes
      − Assign accountability for the improvement and management of the
        organisation’s cross-functional processes
      − Define the performance measures which matter to customers
      − Define the organisation’s level of performance in terms of these customer
        centric measures
•   In order to implement the above there are three essential
    deliverables
      − A customer centric measurement framework
      − An enterprise level process schematic
      − An enterprise level process improvement and management plan

    July 3, 2010                                                                           409
Customer Centric Measurement Framework

Process               Output                  Metrics                     Indicators

Develop New Product   Product or service      Time to market
or Service            introduction            Variance to promise
                                              date
Deliver Product or    Product or service to   The correct
Service               customer                product/service, to the
                                              correct place, at the
                                              correct time, in the
                                              correct condition and       Indicators that contain
                                              packaging, in the correct   measures of specified
                                              quantity, with the          metrics
                                              correct documentation,
                                              to the correct customer
Respond to Customer   Response with correct   First time right
Inquiry               solution                Responsiveness
                                              Variance to promise
                                              date



  July 3, 2010                                                                                      410
Process Portfolio Management

•   Important component of governance
•   Recognises that the establishment of improvement
    priorities needs to be viewed on a portfolio basis
•   Ties the enterprise together from a funding priority and
    integration perspective
•   Provides a method to evaluate and manage all enterprise
    processes in a consolidated view
•   Provides the framework for process governance with
    respect to the management and evaluation of initiatives


    July 3, 2010                                               411
Enterprise Process Improvement and Management
Planning

                   Strategy        Execution




•   Which is more important: strategy or execution?
•   You cannot execute flawlessly in the absence of clear
    strategy
•   Also need a process view of the business on an end-to-end
    basis
•   The creation of process governance at the enterprise level
    view of business processes is therefore vital
    July 3, 2010                                                 412
Enterprise Process Improvement and Management
Planning
•   Define and executing strategy in a process context
•   It is the set of enterprise business processes which defines how work
    is done and creates value for customers and shareholders
•   Combination of
      − A customer centric enterprise level measurement framework
      − An enterprise level process schematic
•   Permits the leadership of organisations to define the size of the gap
    between current performance and desired performance for its large
    cross functional processes
•   Then it is possible to answer the question “Which of our core
    processes need to be improved by how much in order to achieve
    strategic goals?”
•   It is the answer to this question that pays significant dividends in
    terms of linking strategy to execution
    July 3, 2010                                                            413
Enterprise Process Improvement and Management
Planning
•   Aligning processes with business strategies implies that
    adequate definitions of the organisation’s strategies have
    been developed
      − Not always the case
• For an organisation to take action on the improvement
  and management of its enterprise level processes it is
  essential to assign accountability for the performance of
  these processes
• common methods of establishing process governance via
  the assignment of accountability for process ownership
      − Assigning accountability for the ownership of the process as an
        additional responsibility to a senior functional manager
      − Creating a staff position as a process owner or process steward
    July 3, 2010                                                          414
Enterprise Process Improvement and Management
Planning
• Role of the process owner is to monitor the performance
  of the enterprise level process and lead efforts in
  improving and managing the process to deliver value to
  customers
• Key cross-functional processes may be so large that no one
  executive can have control over all the resources involved
  in delivering value to customers
• Establishment of a process governance structure, often
  involving a panel or council of executive process owners,
  tasked with the measurement, improvement and
  management of the organisation’s processes is an effective
  approach

    July 3, 2010                                               415
Assessment of a Process

Step               Activity Description
1                  Define the critical few measures of performance from a customer’s point of view
2                  Define the triggering events, inputs, key steps, results and critical metrics for the
                   process
3                  Assess the firm’s current performance for the process which directly creates value for
                   customers
4                  Determine the level of desired performance for the process by expressing strategic
                   and operating goals in process terms
5                  Assess the size of the performance gap between the firm’s current and desired
                   performance for this large cross-functional business process
6                  Develop an improvement and management plan which clearly indicates the desired
                   scope of process improvement, the relative priority and accountability for action
7                  Communicate the plan, engage and inspire people to take action and conduct training
                   on a common approach



    July 3, 2010                                                                                            416
Enterprise Process Improvement and Management
Planning
•   Process owners or stewards require some leverage in
    order to carry out their assignments
•   Some organisations have assigned the IT budget for the
    introduction of new technology to the process owner as
    one means of providing this leverage
•   In other instances, the discretionary component of
    executives’ and managers’ bonuses has been modified in
    order to allocate 20-30% of that bonus to measurable
    success in improving the company’s business processes



    July 3, 2010                                             417
Enterprise Process Improvement and Management
Planning
•   One of the impacts of globalisation has been an increase in
    the incidence of outsourcing
•   In some instances, organisations may decide to outsource
    or offshore an entire business process
•   In other cases, a set of activities or a group of people might
    be outsourced or taken offshore




    July 3, 2010                                                     418
Sample Enterprise Business Process Models

•   The following sample organisational models illustrate
    implementations of aligned cross-functional business
    processes and have the following core characteristics:
      − Enterprise-level process definition
      − Focus on end-to-end cross-functional business processes that
        deliver value to customers
      − Designed for simplified communication
      − Common understanding of processes among process owners and
        users
      − Simple structures and frameworks
      − Appropriate use of external reference models and standards


    July 3, 2010                                                       419
Sample Enterprise Business Process Models - 1
                                           Business Environment
                  Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics


                                        Customer’s Process Needs


  Business
                                                Core Processes                                         Business
                                     Processes That Create Value for the Customer
 Controlling                                                                                         Measurement
  Process                                                                                              Process
                        Customer             Product                  Order           Customer
Processes That         Acquisition           Delivery               Fulfilment         Support       Processes That
Direct and Tune                                                                                       Monitor and
Other Processes                                                                                        Report the
                                                                                                     Results of Other
                                              Enabling Processes                                        Processes
                                 Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes

                     Channel           Supply            Human          Information     Business
                    Management       Management         Resources       Technology     Acquisition




                                            Supplier’s Processes
   July 3, 2010                                                                                                  420
Sample Enterprise Business Process Models - 2
                  Align



                                                    Supply Chain
                Innovate                               Plan


                                     Source           Make            Fulfil        Customers
                  Sell

                                                      Build




        People             Finance    Information       Environment    Governance

 July 3, 2010                                                                                   421
Sample Enterprise Business Process Models –
Common Structure
•   Sample business process models have a common structure
•   Generic structure that forms a template for specific
    actualisations

                                 Operational Processes With
                                  Cross Functional Linkages
                     Vision,
                    Strategy,
                   Leadership,
                    Business
                   Management
                                 Management and Support
                                       Processes


    July 3, 2010                                              422
Sample Enterprise Business Process Models –
Common Structure
       Vision,            Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages
      Strategy,
      Business            Develop and
                                            Market and          Deliver         Manage
                            Manage
     Management           Products and
                                           Sell Products     Products and      Customer
                                           and Services        Services         Service
                            Services

            Vision and
             Strategy

                                    Management and Support Processes
             Business
             Planning,      Human          Information
                                                              Financial       Facilities
              Merger,      Resource        Technology
                                                             Management      Management
            Acquisition   Management       Management


                                     Legal,
           Governance              Regulatory,                        Knowledge,
                                                      External
              and                 Environment,                       Improvement
                                                    Relationship
           Compliance              Health and                         and Change
                                                    Management
                                     Safety                          Management
                                  Management

 July 3, 2010                                                                              423
Define Measures Linked to Key Processes
                        Number of                  Profitability
                                                                                           Customer
                          New                          Per                                                             Inventory
                                                                                           Turnover
                        Customers                   Customer


                                                             Business Environment
                                    Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics


   Customer                                               Customer’s Process Needs
  Acquisition
     Cost                                                         Core Processes
                    Business                                                                                              Business
                                                       Processes That Create Value for the Customer
                   Controlling                                                                                          Measurement        Number of
                    Process                                                                                               Process
                                          Customer             Product                  Order           Customer                           Customers
                                         Acquisition           Delivery               Fulfilment         Support
                  Processes That                                                                                        Processes That     Complaints
                  Direct and Tune                                                                                        Monitor and
                  Other Processes                                                                                         Report the
 Time to Fulfil                                                                                                         Results of Other
    Order                                                       Enabling Processes                                         Processes
                                                   Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes
                                                                                                                                            Time to
                                       Channel           Supply            Human          Information     Business
                                      Management       Management         Resources       Technology     Acquisition                        Resolve
                                                                                                                                           Complaints

    Forecast
    Accuracy                                                  Supplier’s Processes


                        Number of                      Delivery                                                        Payment
                                                         Time                                Invoice
                         Returns                                                            Accuracy                    Times
                                                       Accuracy
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                      424
Actions to Achieve Enterprise Business Process
Approach
•   Identify and understand the cross-functional, enterprise-
    level business process that create and add value
•   Understand and define the metrics that measure cross-
    functional, enterprise-level business process performance
•   Define a plan for managing and improving cross-functional,
    enterprise-level business processes identifying priorities
    and resources
•   Ensure there is sponsorship, ownership, accountability for
    results and recognition of achievements
•   Communicate the vision to the organisation

    July 3, 2010                                                 425
Enterprise Business Process Models vs. Organisation
Chart
•   How do the two compare?
•     Organisation Chart                          •     Enterprise Business Process Models
        − Top-down structure focussing on                  − Functional areas that traverse
          operational areas                                  operational boundaries
        − Focussed on internal organisation and            − Focussed on end-to-end
          structure                                          accomplishments
        − Compartmentalised                                − Joined-up
                                                    Vision,         Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages
                                                   Strategy,
                                                   Business         Develop and
                                                                                      Market and          Deliver         Manage
                                                                      Manage
                                                  Management        Products and
                                                                                     Sell Products     Products and      Customer
                                                                                     and Services        Services         Service
                                                                      Services

                                                      Vision and
                                                       Strategy

                                                                              Management and Support Processes
                                                       Business
                                                       Planning,      Human          Information
                                                                                                        Financial       Facilities
                                                        Merger,      Resource        Technology
                                                                                                       Management      Management
                                                      Acquisition   Management       Management


                                                                               Legal,
                                                      Governance             Regulatory,                        Knowledge,
                                                                                                External
                                                         and                Environment,                       Improvement
                                                                                              Relationship
                                                      Compliance             Health and                         and Change
                                                                                              Management
                                                                               Safety                          Management
                                                                            Management


    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                    426
Baldrige Criteria Framework

•   The Baldrige criteria framework focuses on continuous improvement
    that is concentrated on the customer, led by management, based on
    facts and data and directed toward results
                   Organisational Profile: Environment, Relationship, Challenges
                                                                       Workforce and
                            Strategic
                                                                         Human
                            Planning
                                                                        Resources



                                                                                        Business
Leadership
                                                                                         Results



                         Customers and                                    Process
                            Markets                                     Management



                          Information, Measurement, Analysis and Knowledge Management

    July 3, 2010                                                                                   427
Baldrige Criteria Framework

•   Baldrige criteria framework is a superset of the cross-
    functional business process management view of an
    organisation in order to deliver improved customer
    satisfaction
•   Included here for the sake of completeness
•   We are concerned specifically with cross-functional
    business processes relating to customer service and
    customer relationship management
•   Baldrige criteria framework can provide a proven
    framework for this

    July 3, 2010                                              428
Mapping Sample Business Process Model - 1
  Vision,          Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages
 Strategy,
 Business          Develop and
                                     Market and          Deliver         Manage
                     Manage
Management         Products and
                                    Sell Products     Products and      Customer
                                    and Services        Services         Service
                     Services

  Vision and
   Strategy

                             Management and Support Processes
   Business
   Planning,         Human          Information
                                                       Financial       Facilities
    Merger,         Resource        Technology
                                                      Management      Management
  Acquisition      Management       Management


                              Legal,
 Governance                 Regulatory,                        Knowledge,
                                               External
    and                    Environment,                       Improvement
 Compliance                 Health and
                                             Relationship
                                             Management
                                                               and Change                                                      Business Environment
                              Safety                          Management
                           Management                                                                 Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics


                                                                                                                            Customer’s Process Needs


                                                                                      Business
                                                                                                                                    Core Processes                                         Business
                                                                                                                         Processes That Create Value for the Customer
                                                                                     Controlling                                                                                         Measurement
                                                                                      Process                                                                                              Process
                                                                                                            Customer             Product                  Order           Customer
                                                                                    Processes That         Acquisition           Delivery               Fulfilment         Support       Processes That
                                                                                    Direct and Tune                                                                                       Monitor and
                                                                                    Other Processes                                                                                        Report the
                                                                                                                                                                                         Results of Other
                                                                                                                                  Enabling Processes                                        Processes
                                                                                                                     Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes

                                                                                                         Channel           Supply            Human          Information     Business
                                                                                                        Management       Management         Resources       Technology     Acquisition




                                                                                                                                Supplier’s Processes
    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                                                   429
Mapping Sample Business Process Model - 2
  Vision,          Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages
 Strategy,
 Business          Develop and
                                     Market and          Deliver         Manage
                     Manage
Management         Products and
                                    Sell Products     Products and      Customer
                                    and Services        Services         Service
                     Services

  Vision and
   Strategy

                             Management and Support Processes
   Business
   Planning,         Human          Information
                                                       Financial       Facilities
    Merger,         Resource        Technology
                                                      Management      Management
  Acquisition      Management       Management


                              Legal,
 Governance                 Regulatory,                        Knowledge,
                                               External
    and                    Environment,                       Improvement
                                             Relationship
 Compliance                 Health and                         and Change
                                             Management
                              Safety                          Management
                           Management
                                                                                             Align



                                                                                                                              Supply Chain
                                                                                        Innovate                                 Plan


                                                                                                               Source           Make            Fulfil        Customers
                                                                                             Sell

                                                                                                                                Build




                                                                                    People           Finance    Information       Environment    Governance
    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                      430
Process Management Model
                Business Strategy, Business Models, Business Plans, Change Management         Process
                                                                                            Leadership


                                   Design and Implement Processes
                                                                                             Process
                                                                                           Performance


                               Measure Actual vs. Target Performance
                                                                                             Process
                                                                                             Design


Cause Analysis                             Create and Implement Solutions



                               Process       Knowledge        Execution       Continuous     Process
                              Redesign      Management      Improvement      Improvement   Improvement


  Gap           Success                          Share Best Practices


 July 3, 2010                                                                                      431
Process Frameworks

•   Standards based frameworks used to facilitate process analysis
•   Generally used to provide a “best practice how-to” view
•   Frameworks can be adapted by a number of vertical industries
      − MIT Process Handbook
      − American Productivity and Quality Council’s (APQC) process classification framework
        (PCF)
      − Value Chain Group’s Value Chain Reference Model (VRM)
      − Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR)
•   Others
      −     ACORD - Insurance
      −     eTOM (Enhanced Telecom Operations Map) – Telecommunications
      −     HL7 – Clinical data
      −     Microsoft Customer Care Framework
      −     Baldrige Criteria Framework
•   Models are an good source of information to stimulate thought, most
    organisations will find it necessary to customise such models to their own
    organisation for optimum use and relevance
    July 3, 2010                                                                              432
MIT Process Handbook Business Activity Model
(BAM)
•   Generic business model included in the Process Handbook
•   Attempts to represent a high-level model of everything that goes on
    in a business
•   Top level of the model includes five basic activities that occur - in
    some form - in most businesses: Buy, Make, Sell, Design and Manage

                                    Design


                   Supplier   Buy    Make        Sell       Customer



                                    Manage



    July 3, 2010                                                            433
MIT Process Handbook Business Activity Model
(BAM)
•   Further breaks down each of these top-level activities, as
    subparts
      − Buy
              •    Identify own needs
              •    Identify potential sources
              •    Select supplier
              •    Place order
              •    Receive
              •    Pay
              •    Manage suppliers




    July 3, 2010                                                 434
American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC)

•   APQC Process Classification Framework (PCF)
•   High-level, industry-neutral enterprise model that allows
    organisations to see their activities from a cross-industry process
    viewpoint
•   PCF is meant to represent a series of interrelated processes that are
    considered to be business critical
•   Used to enable organisations to understand their inner workings
    from a horizontal process viewpoint, rather than a vertical functional
    viewpoint
•   APQC is an international benchmarking clearinghouse who has
    collaborated with 80 organisations in developing framework for
    process evaluation
•   The purpose of the model is to provide a framework for identifying
    “high-level, generic enterprise model that encourages businesses
    and other organisations to see their activities from a cross-industry
    process viewpoint instead of from a narrow functional viewpoint”
    July 3, 2010                                                             435
American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC)
                                           Operating Processes

                          2 Develop and       3 Market and Sell        4 Deliver
      1 Develop Vision                                                                 5 Manage
                         Manage Products        Products and         Products and
        and Strategy                                                                Customer Service
                           and Services           Services             Services




                               Management and Support Processes
                                   6 Develop and Manage Human Capital

                                     7 Manage Information Technology

                                      8 Manage Financial Resources

                                 9 Acquire, Construct and Manage Property

                                10 Manage Environmental Health and Safety

                                     11 Manage External Relationships

                              12 Manage Knowledge, Improvement and Change

 July 3, 2010                                                                                          436
American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC)
PCF
•   The Process Classification Framework provides four phases: Prepare, Plan,
    Implement and Transition
•   Prepare
      − Comprehensive assessment that focuses on the core processes
      − During this phase, a business case is identified with opportunities and determines the
        expected business results
•   Plan
      − A time-phased approach to implement the changes identified during the assessment is
        developed
      − The process analyst and the analysis team refines, redesigns or reengineers core
        business processes
•   Implement
      − Changes are implemented
•   Transition
      − Both tactical and strategic
      − Tactically, employee teams develop process operating procedures and oversee the
        transition to the new process
      − Strategically, the organisation will repeat the model with other processes based on their
        business needs and priorities

    July 3, 2010                                                                                    437
American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC)
PCF
•   1.0 Develop Vision and Strategy (10002)
      − 1.2 Develop business strategy (10015)
          • 1.2.1 Develop overall mission statement (10037)                             Category
                − 1.2.1.1 Define current business (10044)
                − 1.2.1.2 Formulate mission (10045)
                − 1.2.1.3 Communicate mission (10046)
          • 1.2.2 Evaluate strategic options to achieve the objectives (10038)
                − 1.2.2.1 Define strategic options (10047)
                − 1.2.2.2 Assess and analyse impact of each option (10048)
          • 1.2.3 Select long-term business strategy (10039)                                     Process
          • 1.2.4 Coordinate and align functional and process strategies (10040)                  Group
          • 1.2.5 Create organisational design (structure, governance, reporting, etc.)
              (10041)
                − 1.2.5.1 Evaluate breadth and depth of organisational structure
                   (10049)
                − 1.2.5.2 Perform job specific roles mapping and value add analyses
                   (10050)
                − 1.2.5.3 Develop role activity diagrams to assess handoff activity
                   (10051)                                                                                 Process
                − 1.2.5.4 Perform organisation redesign workshops (10052)
                − 1.2.5.5 Design the relationships between organisational units (10053)
                − 1.2.5.6 Develop role analysis and activity diagrams for key processes
                   (10054)
                − 1.2.5.7 Assess organisational implication of feasible alternatives
                   (10055)
                − 1.2.5.8 Migrate to new organisation (10056)
          • 1.2.6 Develop and set organisational goals (10042)                                                       Activity
          • 1.2.7 Formulate business unit strategies (10043)


    July 3, 2010                                                                                                            438
Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model
(VRM)
• VRM attempts to integrate the three domains of a Value
  Chain; product, operations and customer Value Chain
  Group describes VRM: as a model that provides “a
  common terminology and standard process descriptions to
  order and understand the activities that make up the value
  chain.”
• VRM model supports the key issues and the meshing of
  processes within and between the units of chains
  (networks) for the benefit of Planning, Governing and
  Execution (information, financial, physical flows)
• Objective to increase the performance of the total chain
  and support the continuous evolution

    July 3, 2010                                               439
Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model
(VRM)
                                         Value Chain Group – Value Chain
                                             Reference Model (VRM)

                Plan                                 Govern                                 Execute


                           Plan Value Chain                         Govern Value Chain                Market


                       Plan Product Development                Govern Product Development             Research


                           Plan Supply Chain                       Govern Supply Chain                Develop


                        Plan Customer Relations                 Govern Customer Relations             Acquire


                                                                                                       Build


                                                                                                       Fulfill


                                                                                                       Brand


                                                                                                        Sell


                                                                                                      Support

 July 3, 2010                                                                                                    440
Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model
(VRM)
                                                                             Value Chain Group –
                                                                            Value Chain Reference
                                                                                Model (VRM)


                                                        Plan                       Govern                     Execute



                                    Plan Product                                                    Plan Customer
Plan Value Chain                                                   Plan Supply Chain
                                    Development                                                        Relations


                                                   Gather Product                                                   Gather Customer
                Gather Value Chain                                              Gather Supply Chain
                                                    Development                                                        Relations
                  Requirements                                                     Requirements
                                                   Requirements                                                      Requirements

                                                   Assess Product                Assess Supply Chain                Assess Customer
                Assess Value Chain
                                                   Development                       Resources                         Relations
                    Resources
                                                     Resources                                                         Resources

                                                   Align Product                                                    Align Customer
                Align Value Chain                                                Align Supply Chain
                                                   Development                                                         Relations
                    Resources                                                        Resources
                                                    Resources                                                          Resources

                                                                                                                    Create Customer
                Create Value Chain              Create Product                   Create Supply Chain
                                                                                                                       Relations
                       Plan                    Development Plan                          Plan
                                                                                                                          Plan
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                                         441
Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model
(VRM)
•   VRM framework organises processes through five levels
    representing the various layers of the organisation
•   As the processes work the way from the bottom (actions) through
    the top to the strategic processes they become more complex and
    are closer to the realisation of the strategic goals
      − Strategic Processes
              • Strategic processes are the top level processes in the value chain
              • Specifically designed around the customer needs and the business strategy
      − Tactical Processes
              • Decomposed from strategic processes, tactical processes outline how the goals of
                the strategic processes will be met
      − Operational Processes
              • Tactical processes are made up from operational processes which are where the
                work gets done
      − Activities
              • Activities are groups of actions that make up the operational processes
      − Actions
              • Actions are the last group of processes and represent individual items of work that
                cannot be broken down further

    July 3, 2010                                                                                      442
Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR)

•   SCOR Model represents a framework which offers a means of
    facilitating the identification of process models for nearly any and all
    types of enterprises
      − End-to-end process inclusive of the supply chain ecosystem
      − Valuable for enhancing enterprise and stakeholder (internal and external)
        communication for building and sustaining process-centricity into the
        enterprise
•   Process reference model containing over 200 process elements, 550
    metrics and 500 best practices including risk and environmental
    management
      − Five levels of decomposition
•   Organised around the five primary management processes of Plan,
    Source, Make, Deliver and Return
•   Developed by the industry for use as an industry open standard

    July 3, 2010                                                                    443
Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR)

        Level 1
                     Differentiates Business
         Scope       Defines Scope, Enterprise Strategy


                     Level 2
                                    Differentiates Capabilities
                  Configuration     Differentiates Supply-chain Strategies


                                    Level 3
                                                   Names Tasks
                                   Activity        Links Metrics, Tasks and Practices


                                                   Level 4
                                                                   Sequences Steps
                                                  Workflow         Job Details


                                                                   Level 5        Links Transactions
                                                                Transactions      Details of Automation

 July 3, 2010                                                                                        444
Process Repository Management

•   Central location for storing information about how an enterprise
    operates
•   Information may be contained in various media including paper, film
    or electronic form with a storage mechanism appropriate to the
    medium
•   Electronic repositories range from passive containers which store
    process artifacts (also referred to as process objects) to
    sophisticated tools that serve as active participants in monitoring,
    executing, managing and reporting on business processes
      − In the form of Document Management Systems, Process Modelling Tools and
        Business Process Management Systems
•   Process Repository administration activities includes storing,
    managing and changing process knowledge (objects, relationships,
    enablers, attributes, business rules, performance measures and
    models) for an enterprise
    July 3, 2010                                                                  445
Process Repository Management and Enterprise
Process Management
•   Common repository of business processes provides a central
    reference location to ensure consistent communication of
      −     What the process is
      −     How it should be applied
      −     Who is responsible for its successful execution
      −     A clear understanding of the inputs or triggers and expected results upon
            process completion
•   Maintains information needed to adequately define measure,
    analyse, improve and control business processes
•   Helps to promote and support the understanding and acceptance of
    the cross-functional nature of many of the enterprise’s business
    processes
•   Facilitates collaboration across functional business units by enabling
    and enforcing a methodology that focuses on the end-to-end
    process
    July 3, 2010                                                                        446
Process Repository Management and Enterprise
Process Management
•   Central process repository contributes to the success of the
    enterprise’s business process strategy by providing a blueprint to
    manage and control how process change is introduced and
    implemented into the enterprise
•   Becomes the system of record for information on process
    ownership, technological enablers, business rules and controls, both
    financial and operational
•   May serve primarily as documentation about the enterprise’s
    business processes or may be used to simulate various scenarios to
      − Evaluate process improvements
      − Detect and analyse problems
•   Used to identify and validate the appropriate solution
•   Sophisticated repositories can be interfaced with the enterprise’s
    applications to enforce defined business rules

    July 3, 2010                                                           447
Process Management Maturity Levels

•   Process Maturity Models define levels of awareness for
    business process best practices and automation with some
    assessing the management of operational processes
•   In addition to optimising operational processes, BPM
    needs to be aligned with the management and
    stewardship of the process
      − Results in distinct but integrated process maturity and process
        management maturity
      − Where management maturity must precede process operational
        maturity at each level in order to be successful and sustainable



    July 3, 2010                                                           448
Process Management Maturity
                             Process Management Maturity                                                       Process Maturity
                                                                                                                            6
                                                                                                      Co-operative     Integrated
                                              Needs                  6                                  Process          Process
                                           Enterprise            Steward/
                                          Collaboration            Lead
                                                                                           Continuously            5
                                                                                            Improving          Optimised
                             Needs Quality                5                                                     Process
                                                                                             Process
                             Management                Manage/
                                                        Plan
                              Programme                                                                 4
                                                                                   Predictable       Managed
                                              4                                      Process         Process
                     Needs
                                        Participate/
                  Management
                                          Control
                   Regulation                                                                 3
                                                                      Disciplined
                                                                                           Defined
                                3                                     Procedures           Process
                             Support/
                              Direct
                                                                                  2
                                                             Consistent       Repeatable
                    2                                         Process          Process
                Recognise/
                 Organise
                                                                         1
                                                                   Initial State
   1
Ignored
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                                       449
Process Management Maturity Models

•   Hammer’s Process and Enterprise Maturity Model
•   Object Management Group Business Process Maturity Model (BPMM)
•   The Deming Prize of the Union of Japanese Scientists and Engineers
•   The Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award from the U.S. National Institute of Standards and
    Technology
•   The European Foundation for Quality Management Excellence Model
•   The International Organisation for Standardisation 9000 family of standards
•   The Process Based Management Assessment Framework of the Consortium for Advanced Management
    - International (CAM-I)
•   The 8 Omega Framework of the BPM Group
•   The Business Process Management Maturity and Adoption Model of the Gartner Group
•   The Capability Maturity Model Integration from the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute
•   The Business Process Management Maturity Model of John Alden and Bill Curtis
•   Gartner Group BPM maturity model
•   ARIS/IDS Scheer/Software AG
•   SAP
•   …




    July 3, 2010                                                                                        450
BPM Maturity Model (BPMMM) – Some Key Issues

•   What is the value of increasing BPM maturity?
•   BPM is a capability and not a program or project or an end state
•   How many maturity measurement dimensions should be used: single dimension,
    multiple dimensions such as BPM implementation/reach, BPM process maturity,
    BPM goal achievement?
•   Provides a capability model with maturity levels for any organisation to achieve
    desired level of organisational maturity and its associated value
•   Increasing maturity involves broadening reach of BPM and improving constituent
    business processes
•   What are realistic examples of key BPM practices (and possibly case studies) at
    each level of maturity?
•   What actions are required to increase maturity?
•   How much can BPM technology be separated from BPM implementation: from
    content management tools such as SharePoint to BPM suites such as ARIS from
    IDS Scheer?


    July 3, 2010                                                                       451
BPMMM – High Level Capabilities

•   Link BPMMM High Level Capabilities to BPM
    implementation and operation framework:
      − Strategy, Management and Governance
      − Design and Implementation
      − Operation and Measurement
      − Optimisation
      − Technology Infrastructure




    July 3, 2010                                452
BPM Management, Governance, Implementation and
Operational Framework and BPMMM – High Level
Capabilities                  Process KPI
                                                               Definition
       Process Strategy
         Design and
        Development                                                                        Operational
                                          Process Library                                 Process Usage
                                                                                              Data

                                                                        IC CMF Critical
                                                                           Process 1


                 Process
                Templates    Process
                            Publication                                 IC CMF Critical
       Business Process                                                    Process 2
         Design and
        Development


                                                                        IC CMF Critical
                                                                           Process 3




                                                                                            Process
                                                     Business Process                        Usage
                                                      Modification                          Analysis
 July 3, 2010                                                                                             453
BPM Management, Governance, Implementation
and Operational Framework
                                                                    Process KPI
                Process Strategy                                     Definition
                  Design and
                 Development                                                                         Operational
                                                  Process Library                                   Process Usage
                                                                                                        Data

                                                                                  IC CMF Critical
                                                                                     Process 1


                         Process
                        Templates    Process
                                    Publication                                   IC CMF Critical
                Business Process                                                     Process 2
                  Design and
                 Development


                                                                                  IC CMF Critical
                                                                                     Process 3




                                                                                                      Process
                                                             Business Process                          Usage
                                                              Modification                            Analysis
 July 3, 2010                                                                                                       454
BPM Management, Governance, Implementation
and Operational Framework
                             Optimisation

                 Strategy,
                Management
                    and
                Governance           Operation and
                                     Measurement




             Design and
           Implementation




                                    Technology
                                   Infrastructure
 July 3, 2010                                        455
BPMMM Maturity Dimensions

                                          Reach                                       Process
                                Extended enterprise
                    Beyond                                      Optimised    Flexible, adaptable,
5                               (suppliers, partners,
                                                                             optimised processes
                   Enterprise   customers)                      Processes

                                Across the organisation,                     Complete set of processes
                     Across                                     Managed
4                               including business and IT                    with continuous
                   Enterprise   functions                       Processes    improvement
                                Across the IT organisation
                                                                Repeatable Consistent use across
3                  Across IT    (centralised or distributed                teams, projects and IT CMF
                                IT)                              Processes critical process

                   Within IT    One or more IT domains or        Defined     Basic processes and
2                               IT CMF critical process                      artifacts in place
                   Domain                                       Processes

                    Within      With individual project or IT    Ad-hoc      Defined and driven by
1                               CMF critical process                         individuals
                    Projects                                    Processes

    July 3, 2010                                                                                         456
BPM Maturity Model


   Strategy,                                                                                                                  Technology and
                                 Design and                    Operation and
Management and                                                                                  Optimisation                    Operational
                               Implementation                  Measurement
  Governance                                                                                                                   Infrastructure

                                                                          Service Operation                    Capability and               Ability to Meet
                    Management
                                           Process Creation                   and Work                          Performance                  Operational
                  Knowledge of BPM
                                                                            Management                         Management                   Requirements

                                                                                                                Continuous
                 Management                       Process                       Resource                                                  Configuration and
                                                                                                                 Capability
              Commitment to BPM                 Management                     Management                                                 Asset Management
                                                                                                               Improvement


                Governance and                                             Monitoring and                 Defect and Problem                Integration and
                                          Service Deployment
              Change Management                                               Control                        Identification               Information Access


                                                                               Quality of the
                                                 Personnel
                                                                                Metrics Set



                                                Planning and              Use of the Metrics
                                                Commitment                        Set


                                            Service Process                     Performance
                                              Integration                      Benchmarking


                                                Competency
                                                Development


   July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                457
Process Management Maturity

•   Examination of maturity levels in these models includes the
    identification of a number of known success factors
•   Within each of these factors are suggested questions organisations
    should examine in order to assess their level of business process
    management maturity
•   Sample set of questions organisations may use to begin assessing
    their business process management maturity
•   Answers to these questions (and those similar to them) provide
    some guidance on an organisation’s BPM maturity level
•   Provides the organisation the knowledge of their current business
    process management maturity and in addition helps in assessing
    which factors may need improvement or which factors can be
    leveraged, helping them advance to a higher business process
    management maturity level

    July 3, 2010                                                         458
Process Management Maturity Questions

•   Organisation
      − Does your organisation have a Process-Centric Approach? Is it customer focused?
      − What is the level of process awareness and emphasis; among management?; among
        stakeholders?; among staff/employees?
      − What is your level of process management success?
•   Process Definition (Organisational Scope)
      − Are processes defined? Documented? To what extent?
      − Is process success dependent on individuals or teams?
      − Are defined processes standardised across the organisation?
•   Process Responsibility (Accountability)
      − Have process responsibilities been defined? Who is accountable?
•   Process Sponsorship
      − Who is (are) the primary sponsors of defined processes? Top Management?
      − Middle management? Departmental? IT?
•   Process Measures
      − Have process measures been defined? Used? Planned?

    July 3, 2010                                                                          459
Process Management Maturity Questions

•   Process Awareness (People Involvement)
      − Do your employees, management think in processes?
      − What is the level of people involvement in process definition? Analysis? Process
        improvement?
      − What level of change management methods has been deployed?
      − Has continuous training been aligned with processes?
•   Process Alignment
      −     Are process goals aligned with defined business strategies?
      −     Are processes aligned with organisational goals?
      −     Are job descriptions aligned with process definitions?
      −     Are employee evaluations linked to processes?
•   Information Technology
      − Does IT management use BPM for its processes?
      − Are BPM support applications defined and employed in key processes?
      − Does management use BPM applications to support performance monitoring?
•   Methodology
      − Are BPM tools, process methodologies or process frameworks used? Successful?

    July 3, 2010                                                                           460
EPM Best Practices

•   Look at the business from the customer’s point of view
      − Help change the typical inside-out view of the business that the traditional, functional
        paradigm promotes
      − Seeing from the customer’s point of view will help you identify the critical measures of
        performance that reflect the customer’s particular requirements
•   Try not to call the end-to-end processes by the same name that you use in
    describing internal departments
      − Will assist in shifting the mindset to a process oriented view - new names for seeing
        things in new ways
•   Be clear on the definition of each end-to-end process
      − Clarify where the process starts, the key steps in the process, the departments involved,
        the output and the major measures of process performance
      − Assign a group of internal experts to prepare a “draft” schematic for review and
        refinement by the top team
      − Assure a high degree of buy-in and ownership at the top team level
•   Do it quickly
      − Don’t take weeks or months, hoping to get it perfect - will never be perfect
      − A few weeks of data gathering and a couple of days off-site is all that is needed to
        develop a workable model that will serve as a basis for next steps


    July 3, 2010                                                                                    461
EPM Best Practices

•   Once the top team has reached a shared understanding on the
    components of its own enterprise level process model, the next step
    is to do the same for the firm’s current level of performance on a
    few critical metrics
      − Typically involves getting real data on a set of measures around the timeliness,
        quality and cost of product or service delivery and other key aspects of the
        firm, such as developing new products or services
      − Can be quite problematic
      − Data on qualitative factors such as on-time delivery, accuracy, responsiveness
        and completeness are sometimes difficult to assemble
•   Value in assembling and assessing this type of current performance
    data
      − Facilitates an objective and shared view of how the firm is performing when
        set against customer requirements
      − Sets the baseline for the subsequent assessment of the size of the gap
        between current level of performance and desiredlevel of performance

    July 3, 2010                                                                           462
EPM Best Practices

•   Several major pitfalls to avoid in reaching a shared
    understanding of how the firm is performing against
    customer requirements
      − Lack of candor in measuring what customers really want
      − Subtler and, therefore, more problematic issue - often starts
        when one or several members of the leadership team vehemently
        challenge the validity of the data on current performance
              • Lack of buy-in is difficult to assess and even more complex to address
              • To mitigate this, it is useful for the leader to ask each member of the top
                team to articulate his or her acceptance of the data on current
                performance
      − Working at the wrong level of detail
              • Can occur when some leaders wish to dive into discussion of the as-is
                conditions vs. optimised/improved processes
              • Can deter and defer the high level strategic discussions which are vital at
                this stage
    July 3, 2010                                                                              463
EPM Best Practices

•   Once a shared understanding of the definition of the firm’s
    enterprise level business processes and its current
    performance has been achieved, management team can
    then proceed to build a plan that will improve and manage
    the organisation’s large, cross-functional business
    processes
•   Such a plan needs to answer two fundamental questions
      − Which business processes need to be improved and by how
        much, in order to achieve strategic objectives?
      − Who will be held accountable for this planned improvement and
        management?


    July 3, 2010                                                        464
From Planning to Action

•   Role of process owners or stewards extends far beyond
    the simple monitoring of business process performance
•   To convert plans into action, process owners need to
    collaborate on critical process improvement projects
•   close collaboration of the members of the process council
    or panel is a critical success factor in the success of large,
    cross-functional process improvement efforts




    July 3, 2010                                                     465
From Planning to Action - Principal Leadership
Behaviours
Definition                 Analysis                    Design                         Implementation
Agree on process           Understand the flow of      Probe to test the vision for   Process owners chair
boundaries                 work in a cross functional the new design                  meetings with process
Set clear improvement      context                     Understand the cross-          management teams
goals                      Agree on the size of the    functional Implications of     throughout
                           performance gap             how business should be         implementation
Appoint the best people
Identify realistic         Gain clarity on key issues, conducted in the future  There is increasing

constraints               disconnects, opportunities Gain clarity on the matrix conversation and
                          Insist on the prioritisation of performance measures awareness of cross-
Set a clear schedule                                                            process dependencies
                          of issues based on impact Constructively challenge
Charter to implement, not
                          Refine working team          the recommendations for People begin to assign
just to design                                         change                   their loyalty as much to
                          membership if needed                                  process as to function or
                                                       Assess the business Case business
                                                       Inspect the high level
                                                       implementation plan      People are aware of the
                                                                                progress in closing the gap
                                                                                between current and
                                                                                desired performance
                                                                                      There is a visible
                                                                                      improvement in cross-
                                                                                      department collaboration
   July 3, 2010                                                                                               466
Challenges and Lessons Learned from Cross-
Functional BPM Implementation

                Aligned Processes


                        Aligned Measures


                   Resources, Skills and Enabling Technology


                                    Knowledge Sharing


                              Credibility and Simplicity in Communication


                                            Process Improvement Tools
 July 3, 2010                                                               467
Aligned Processes

•   Understanding, defining and aligning business processes
    are key to success
•   Aligned processes increase return
•   Individual operational processes need to be connected to
    larger cross-functional processes




    July 3, 2010                                               468
Aligned Measures

•   Appropriate performance measurement available to all is
    important
•   Need to measure results of cross-functional processes and
    constituent operational processes
•   Ensures focus is maintained on what is important




    July 3, 2010                                                469
Resources, Skills and Enabling Technology

•   Dedicated, trained and skilled resources are important
•   Need usable, functional technology providing process
    design, mapping features
•   Ensure full-time responsibility




    July 3, 2010                                             470
Knowledge Sharing

•   Acquire and share internal and external expert knowledge
•   Implement knowledge sharing technology
•   Learn from others’ mistakes
•   Use appropriate external expertise




    July 3, 2010                                               471
Credibility and Simplicity in Communication

•   Need to communicate the need to operate in a business
    process oriented manner
•   Need to sell the concept to personnel
•   Showing results is necessary to get buy-in and sustain BPM
    initiatives




    July 3, 2010                                                 472
Process Improvement Tools

•   Process improvement is core to BPM
•   Toolset is important




    July 3, 2010                         473
Summary

•   Enterprise Process Management [EPM] assures alignment of the portfolio of end-
    to-end business processes and process architecture with the organisation’s
    business strategy and resource allocation
      − Provides a governance model for the management and evaluation of initiatives
•   EPM is an essential management practice that provides the means for a company
    to create value for its customers
•   The role of measurement is indispensable to maintaining a customer centric focus
    and assuring accountability for the performance of the firm’s large cross
    functional business processes
•   EPM has three essential requirements: a customer centric measurement
    framework, an enterprise level process schematic and an enterprise level process
    improvement and management plan
•   Business processes must be associated to a clear strategy
•   Successful process governance requires clear ownership and accountability
    assigned for each process
•   The role of the Process Owner is to monitor performance and lead the
    improvement and management of the processes
    July 3, 2010                                                                       474
Summary

•   Process Owners must be given the means necessary to successfully manage the
    process
•   EPM can engage the entire organisation in executing on strategy by clearly
    defining and communicating the means to accomplish it
•   Process principles and practices positively influence leadership behaviours such as
    knowing the business, insisting on realism, setting clear and realistic goals and
    priorities and rewarding the doers
•   Process thinking is essential to business growth
•   Each end to end process must be clearly and uniquely defined
•   Avoid these three pitfalls:
      − A lack of candor in measuring what customers really want
      − Members of the leadership team challenging the validity of the data on current
        performance
      − Working at the wrong level of detail
•   Enterprise Process Management involves the transition from expressing strategy
    in general terms or in financial terms to expressing strategy in terms of observable
    cross-functional activity and requires a shift in mindset and a new set of
    leadership behaviours

    July 3, 2010                                                                           475
BPM Technology




 July 3, 2010    476
BPM Technology

•   Increasing use of computer applications to assist with the analysis,
    design, implementation, execution, management and monitoring of
    business processes
•   Business Process Management Systems (BPMS) include a large
    number of computer applications that continue to evolve as our
    understanding of business processes matures and requirements for
    handling complex issues and large volumes of information increase
•   The life cycle of developing, implementing, measuring and
    monitoring processes can
•   involve a number of complicated activities
•   Computer systems to support these activities have matured in
    sophistication
•   All studies of successful BPM programs have found that BPM
    Systems are important and necessary components of any BPM effort
    July 3, 2010                                                           477
BPM Technology

•   BPM technology can
    encompass some or
                                                                 Process Strategy
    all of BPM lifecycle
                                Process Control
      − Process modelling and
        design
      − Simulation                                 Management
      − Implementation –                             of Change
                                                        and
        publish designed                            Innovation
        processes to
        controlling platform
      − Management and                                               Process Design
        control – operational         Process
        process platform          Implementation
•   Very wide range of
    software
    July 3, 2010                                                                      478
BPM Technology

•   Experience shows that the application of technology is effective when the complexity of the
    process or the amount of information to be processed is too great to manage with manual
    methods
•   Automation of processes is increasingly important for medium to large- scale enterprises,
    especially in attempts to coordinate efforts among members of geographically disperse
    work groups
•   Automation of workflow can create remarkable increases in efficiency by reducing the time
    and costs associated with process activities and the lag times involved between the steps in
    a process, particularly when compared to paper based methods
•   As an assistant to human efforts, technology can help people become more efficient by
    providing memory aids, balancing work loads and making more information available in
    decision processes
•   Can establish performance measures to help us optimise the value of processes and we can
    access data from process results that support management decisions
•   When these business performance measures grow in complexity and rely on large amounts
    of information from a number of sources, then computer support systems are essential
•   Technologies applied to the tasks performed by business process management
    professionals make their efforts more efficient and effective




    July 3, 2010                                                                                   479
Elements of BPM Technology

•   BPM tools support or automate all or part of
      − Modelling, analysis and design of processes
      − Implementation and execution of processes
      − Management decisions, business performance measures and
        administrative activities
•   Software applications may address specific tasks
    supporting BPM or software vendors may offer a set of
    applications covering a number of BPM activities




    July 3, 2010                                                  480
Software Components Supporting BPM Activities
                                                     BPMS Application

  Business Process Knowledge Frameworks
                                                                              Process Measures             Software
          User Application      Rules for Specific         Models for
                                                                                 for Specific            Components/
             Interface             Processes            Specific Processes
                                                                                  Processes                Modules

                                                     BPMS Application

  BPM Tools/Utilities
                                                                                                    Software
                    User Interface       Process Modelling             Process
                                                                                                  Requirements
                        Tools                  Tools                Monitoring Tools
                                                                                                      Tools

  BPM Server Engines and Components
                                                                                    Enterprise
            Business Rules                              Content Manager            Architecture             Data
                                Workflow Engine
                Engine                                   and Repository            Integration           Management
                                                                                      Engine

  Language Platform

                         J2EE                    BPEL                        XML                      .NET

 July 3, 2010                                                                                                          481
Modelling, Analysis, Design

•   Business Process Modelling and Analysis (BPMA) starts with the
    initial conception and description of a process
•   Models of processes are created and various scenarios or alternate
    processes are constructed in order to analyse the behaviour of
    processes and optimise performance
•   Technologies available for BPMA start with applications that support
    graphical representations of the process and detailed descriptions of
    the goals and requirements for the process
•   Drawing a flowchart or map of the activities involved in a process
    based on the requirements for the process is one of the early steps
    in process development
•   Mapping of business processes is an extremely important stage
    necessary for designing and communicating processes that meet
    business requirements and are realistic in terms of their use in
    detailing implementation requirements


    July 3, 2010                                                            482
Modelling, Analysis, Design

•   Efforts to standardise methods for describing processes have resulted in a
    standard graphical notation called Business Process Management Notation
    (BPMN)
•   BPMN is particularly useful as a formal system for the precise description of
    classes, methods and properties of process activities
•   BPMN is important for the technical design, coding and implementation of
    business processes using BPMS
•   Once the process is adequately described, other useful technologies for BPMA
    may involve process modelling and simulations
•   Simulation programs will simulate the behaviours of people (or machines) carrying
    out the activities of a process
•   Simulators will simulate the actions taken at each step,
•   Simulate the flow of data and other information through the process and execute
    rules that may change the process flow and dictate additional processes to be
    initiated such as a process of approvals by a manager when the invoice amount
    exceeds a certain value

    July 3, 2010                                                                        483
Modelling, Analysis, Design

•   Metrics developed to measure performance such as the time
    required to complete a step, the lag time between actions and the
    cost of resources used will be included in a simulation exercise to
    measure the effectiveness of the process
•   Simulations and modelling are iterative activities in that a simulation
    of a number of incidents will be run by a software program based on
    a set of assumptions about how the tasks in steps are carried out
•   During the simulation measures such as total time for completion
    and costs are recorded to determine points for improvements
•   Assumptions may be changed and another set of incidents will be
    simulated to compare the results



    July 3, 2010                                                              484
Modelling, Analysis, Design

•   Features of a typical modelling and simulation application
    are:
      − The ability to graphically represent the process as a map of the
        steps to be taken
      − Methods to define the flow of information between steps and
        conditions under which the flow may change
              • If the flow of the process can be changed based on events, simulators
                provide the ability to define the probability distribution of the likelihood of
                one or more routes through the process
      − Methods to state assumptions about measurable behaviours in
        process steps such as the time to complete a task
              • Such behaviours may be based on a probability distribution
              • For example, the distribution of task completion times may be defined and
                each simulation of an incident will use a completion time from that
                distribution


    July 3, 2010                                                                                  485
Technologies that Support Implementation

•   Once a process has been designed, putting that process
    into operation may involve a number of information
    technology support applications
•   Some of the most important applications may be
    considered in the following categories
      − Electronic Document Management Systems that capture,
        organise and provide information required for the execution of
        steps in a process
      − Electronic forms for information capture and distribution
      − Workflow routing and management
      − Workgroup collaboration


    July 3, 2010                                                         486
Electronic Document Management

•   Virtually all business processes involve the use of information in
    documents and data repositories
•   Fundamental computer support systems are those applications that
    help us collect and manage this information in electronic formats
•   Electronic information in support of processes may be used by
    people by “pushing” or “pulling” information to support the tasks
    that are part of the process
      − “Push” methods involve sending information to a person for initiating and/or
        accomplishing a task
              • A very basic form of an information push is sending an email to a person with
                information for attention
      − “Pull” methods rely on people finding and pulling information from an
        information repository in order to accomplish a task


    July 3, 2010                                                                                487
Electronic Forms

•   A great deal of information useful for a business process
    will be gathered through the use of forms
•   Electronic forms provide a structured method for
    capturing and presenting information
•   Most computer applications use forms in one way or
    another
•   A significant trend in the development of electronic forms
    that has a great impact on BPM is the standardisation of
    the format of forms and embedded information fields


    July 3, 2010                                                 488
Workflow Automation

•   Once the information involved in a process is captured and stored electronically,
    the opportunity is presented for using the information with other applications
    such as workflow automation
•   Workflow automation involves systems that provide necessary information to
    each activity in a process and manage the flow of actions and information based
    on a set of rules
•   Many workflow automation applications have been built on top of or are
    embedded in content and document management systems as a means to push
    information organised by these systems to workers involved in implementing the
    actions in a process
•   Some of the available BPM systems allow users to graphically map out a process,
    define the flow and simulate the process, define the metrics and rules that will be
    used to control the flow at the design phase
      − Once the process definition is finalised, the design can be implemented as the
        production workflow by assigning user roles, responsibilities and authorities
•   Workflow Management Coalition (WFMC - www.wfmc.org) has developed a
    framework for the establishment of workflow standards

    July 3, 2010                                                                          489
Business Process Execution Language (BPEL)

•   Technical trend is the use of the Business Process
    Execution Language (BPEL), a programming language
    optimised for executing process activities
•   Using BPEL, a programmer formally describes a business
    process, executes the steps in the process and coordinates
    information from a variety of sources
•   BPEL fits into the framework of service oriented
    architectures and optimises the use of Web services




    July 3, 2010                                                 490
Workgroup Collaboration

•   Experience gained from BPM successes and failures shows that one
    of the most important success factors is the involvement and
    interaction of management, process designers, people who perform
    the tasks within processes and representatives of information
    technology in the analysis, design and implementation of BPM
    initiatives
•   Applying BPM systems to poorly designed processes is a sure
    formula for disappointing results
•   Efforts to analyse and improve complex and sometimes cross-
    functional processes will often involve the cooperation and
    collaboration of groups of individuals starting with the analysis,
    design and modelling of processes and continuing with the
    implementation and management of process executions

    July 3, 2010                                                         491
Advantages and Risks of Process Automation

•   BPMS can produce significant increases in efficiency through support of activities
    such as
      − Managing large amounts of documents and data
      − The geographic distribution of information to workgroup members
      − Reducing the lag time in taking critical actions through workflow and reallocating
        repetitive, manual processes from people to machines
      − Many of the efficiency gains provided by BPMS will also reduce operating costs
•   Help in the assurance of compliance for policies necessary for critical legal and
    regulatory compliance
      − Track and audit actions that indicate compliance with controls designed to insure
        quality in production processes and the veracity of information supplied to regulatory
        bodies
•   Supply timely information needed for management to measure the performance
    of business processes and look for areas to improve
      − Management can develop and access reports summarising data from many sources to
        gain new conceptual understanding of interrelated processes across the enterprise
      − Can provide critical points of control to insure that processes are working as intended
        and exceptions or even dangerous conditions are detected and addressed through
        intervention



    July 3, 2010                                                                                  492
Advantages and Risks of Process Automation

•   Most significant risk is that we develop a false sense of
    security that just because we can automate a process
      − Automating poor processes will not gain better business practices
•   Take care to ensure that automated processes work
    properly
      − Sophistication of some BPMS applications may mask process
        errors or inefficiencies and careful, detailed understanding of
        implementations is important
      − Use of BPMS can increase exposures to information security risks
              • Important to understand the technical working of BPMS to ensure that vital
                data is not exposed to individuals that should not see it



    July 3, 2010                                                                             493
BPM Standards

•   Number of technology trends emerging in BPM that suggest
    standard methods and practices
      − To claim that there are true standards for BPM technologies is premature
      − However, methods to design, automate, coordinate and simplify the execution
        of BPM activities have involved common practices and frameworks for a
        number of BPM activities and related technologies
•   Some of these emerging methods include technologies such as
      − Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN) used for graphical design of
        processes
      − Business Process Execution Language (BPEL) for coding executable process
        activities
      − eXtensible Markup Language (XML) for sharing data and documents
      − eXtensible Process Definition Language (XPDL) is a file format specification
        compatible with BPMN notation standards and provides a common format for
        sharing process models between tools

    July 3, 2010                                                                       494
Trends and Convergence of Systems

•   History of the development of systems that support BPM activities started with
    applications designed to handle specific tasks
      − Need to convert large amounts of paper documents into electronic forms spawned
        scanning and imaging applications
•   Requirements to track financial transactions led to the development of accounting
    and ERP systems
•   Efforts to gather information from disparate sources for the purpose of analysing
    business performance launched EAI systems
•   Problems associated with managing large repositories of documents led to the
    development of document management systems
•   As the concepts of BPM emerged with the emphasis on analysing, improving and
    managing processes, existing application sets were employed and new
    applications such as workflow, rules engines and design and simulation tools were
    added to the systems options
•   With a growing recognition of the important elements of the BPM lifecycle from
    analysis and design to implementation and management, there has been a
    significant movement among systems vendors to create sets of tools (applications)
    that address the most important BPM requirements and interoperate with each
    other

    July 3, 2010                                                                         495
Trends and Convergence of Systems

•   A family of applications or tools whose goal is to achieve loose
    coupling among interacting software agents is an architectural style
    known as a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)
•   Each application in the family of applications is viewed as a specific
    service that may be implemented within a common hardware and
    software architecture
•   A full suite of applications following a SOA for BPM may include
      −     Process mapping, analysis and design tools
      −     Content management applications
      −     Workflow execution
      −     EAI services
      −     Business Intelligence
      −     Rules description and execution capabilities
      −     Process monitoring and control
      −     Performance management

    July 3, 2010                                                             496
Implications of BPM Technology

•   Information systems are an integral part of business processes
•   Development and deployment of most systems has been based on meeting
    specific operational requirements and have been deployed by technical IT experts
•   Typical problem in many organisations that has been recognised for years is the
    lack of adequate communication and planning between executive management
    responsible for the strategic and tactical direction of the organisation and the IT
    management
•   BPM professionals need to understand existing information systems and their
    functions within business processes
•   Enhanced ease of use of BPMS means that BPM professionals will become more
    involved in configuring these systems to support business needs
•   With systems that support the design and automation of execution code, the
    business analyst and BP designer is less dependent on IT technical professionals
•   The role of IT professionals is also changing because the technical requirements
    for application development coding are decreasing
•   The implication is that IT professionals need to become more involved in
    understanding business strategies and supporting business processes as a part of
    the BPM team

    July 3, 2010                                                                          497
Implications of BPM Technology

•   Legal and regulatory requirements are forcing executives
    to pay more attention to internal processes and
    competitive pressures add to the motivation of executives
    and board members to understand and improve important
    processes
•   Advantages that may accrue from process improvement
    activities can be substantial and BPM professionals will be
    at the centre of critical changes




    July 3, 2010                                                  498
Summary

•   Information systems are an integral part of business processes
      − BPM professionals need to understand existing information systems and their functions
        within business processes
•   BPM Technologies address the full process management life cycle: process
    modelling and design, process implementation and execution, process monitoring
    and control, process performance analysis and assessment
•   BPM systems and suites (BPMS) may include several of the capabilities of
    technologies previously designed for specific capabilities such as: imaging,
    document and content management, collaboration, workflow, work routing and
    assignment, rules management and execution, metadata management, data
    warehousing, business intelligence, application integration, communications
    management and more
•   Process Repositories are essential components of a full BPMS solution
      − Central Process Repository helps to ensure consistent communication about a process
        including what it is, how it should be applied, who is responsible for its successful
        execution and expected results upon process completion
•   Effective and sustainable business process management cannot be achieved
    without the integration and deployment of appropriate technologies to support
    operations and management decision making


    July 3, 2010                                                                                499
Business Process Management and Business
Analysis




 July 3, 2010                              500
Business Process Management and Business
Analysis
•   Significant overlap between Business Process
    Management and Business Analysis
•   Business Analysts often perform Business Process
    Management analysis and design
•   Business analysis skills of requirements elicitation and
    process documentation are important to effective
    Business Process Management implementation




    July 3, 2010                                               501
Business Analysis

•   Business Analysis
      − Set of tasks, knowledge and techniques required to identify business needs
        and determine solutions to business problems
      − Business analysis is the connecting layer between strategy and
        systems/technology
•   Solutions
      − Include a systems development component, but may also consist of process
        development or improvement or organisational change
•   Business Analyst
      − Works as a liaison among stakeholders in order to elicit, analyse, communicate
        and validate requirements for changes to business processes, policies and
        information systems
      − Understands business problems and opportunities in the context of the
        requirements and recommends solutions that enable the organisation to
        achieve its goals
    July 3, 2010                                                                         502
Business Analysis Skills

•   Ability to develop a clear and detailed understanding of:
      − The requirements to solve a business problem, often with a
        system implementation/solution selection
      − How the proposed system or solution will interoperate or
        integrate with the existing systems and technology in which the
        new system will operate
      − How the proposed system or solution fits the existing enterprise
        architecture and business strategy
      − The business problem from multiple perspectives: business, user,
        functional, quality of service, implementation, etc.




    July 3, 2010                                                           503
Roles of the Business Analyst

•   Gather requirements
•   Document processes
•   Identify improvement opportunities
•   Document business requirements
•   Act as the liaison between users and
    system/solution/technical architects




    July 3, 2010                           504
Roles of the Business Analyst

•   Gathers data that is unstructured –
    comments/information/discussions/interviews from/with users)
•   Converts that data into information in a structured format
•   Converts that information into knowledge that is structured and
    usable
•   Develop requirements for change to:
      − Business processes
      − Information systems
•   Understand business problems and opportunities
•   Provide recommendations for solutions
•   Be an advocate for the business user
•   Work as a liaison among stakeholders

    July 3, 2010                                                      505
Importance of Business Analysis

•   A factor present in every successful project and absent in every unsuccessful project is
    sufficient attention to requirements
•   Half of all bugs can be traced to requirement errors
•   Fixing these errors consumes 75% of project rework costs
•   25%- 40% percent of all spending on projects is wasted as a result of re-work
•   66% of software projects do not finish on time or on budget
•   56% of project defects originate in the requirements phase of the project
•   Completed projects have only 52% of proposed functionality
•   75-80% of IT project failures are the result of requirements problems
•   The average project exceeds its planned schedule by 120%
•   53% of projects will cost 189% of their original estimate
•   30% of projects are cancelled before completion
•   50% of projects are rolled back out of production
•   The typical project expends least effort on analysis where most errors originate and whose
    errors cost most to fix
•   Requirements errors cost the most and that poor requirements are the main cause of
    software failure

    July 3, 2010                                                                                 506
Factors for Project Success

•   Effective and targeted project management and systems
    engineering processes, tools and techniques
•   Appropriate executive decision making
•   Effective project leadership
•   High-performing teams
•   Collaboration and respect between the business and IT
    communities
•   Business analysis processes that ensure the development
    team will have a clear understanding of the customer’s
    overall business and information needs
    July 3, 2010                                              507
IT and Business Analysis

•   IT need to possess expertise in multiple domains
•   IT must prove it can understand business realities-
    industry, core processes, customer bases, regulatory
    environment
•   Contribute real business value to their enterprise




    July 3, 2010                                           508
Align Business Analysis to Solution Lifecycles

•   Business Analysis exists in wider context
Strategy, Business Planning and Business Analysis

  Business           Initial   Requirements    Decision to      Requirements Management and Change          Operations and
  Concept          Discovery     Elicitation    Proceed                    Management                            Use

Solution Architecture and Design

                                 Solution       Solution       Solution Specification and
                               Architecture      Design          Change Management

Project Management Cycle

                                                 Initiate                   Execute and Control

                                                                                 Plan                          Close

Solution Delivery - Implementation and Deployment Lifecycle

                                                             Setup and             Implement
                                                                                                            Manage Evolve
                                                              Prepare        Develop        Test   Deploy

    July 3, 2010                                                                                                       509
Business Analysis Challenges

•   Lack of advance planning for projects and initiatives
•   Lack of formal training for Business Analysts
•   Inconsistent approach to business analysis
•   Outsourcing and relying on external contractors to
    perform major roles in system development
•   Impatience with the analysis/design/planning process
•   Gap between what Business Analysts are assigned to do
    and what they should be assigned to do



    July 3, 2010                                            510
Why Projects Fail

•   Very significant Business/IT pain point
      − All too frequent implementation of IT solutions that fail to meet business requirements
•   Look at the general causes of those failures
      − Look for solutions whose implementation will address those causes
•   Projects fail to deliver solutions that meet requirements because of some
    combination of some or all of the following conditions
      −     Poor understanding of the business need or problem
      −     Poorly defined and/or stated requirements
      −     Inadequately explored solution options
      −     Poor solution design
      −     Misalignment between requirements and project scope
      −     Poor project planning/execution
      −     Poor change management
•   Many of these are related to business analysis and related activities
•   Cannot separate project management, project portfolio management, business
    analysis and solution architecture



    July 3, 2010                                                                                  511
Avoiding Project Failures

•   Poor understanding of the business need or problem
      − Implement effective requirements elicitation processes
      − Implement business analysis processes and governance
•   Poorly defined and/or stated requirements
      − Gather requirements effectively
      − Communicate requirements clearly to stakeholders
      − Involve all relevant stakeholders appropriately
•   Inadequately explored solution options
      − Implement solution architecture standards and governance
      − Conduct format cost/benefit analyses
      − Reuse existing components
•   Poor solution design
      − Translate requirements into design
      − Validate design
      − Implement solution design standards and governance


    July 3, 2010                                                   512
Avoiding Project Failures

•   Misalignment between requirements and project scope
      − Requirements drive scope of project, transition and operational aspects of the
        proposed solution
      − Translate requirements into IT language
•   Poor project planning/execution
      − Monitor deliverables
      − Ensure quality
      − Implement effective project management and governance
•   Poor change management
      −     Implement effective change management and governance
      −     Effective change analysis
      −     Communicate to the solution team of changes in business requirements
      −     Communication to the business stakeholders of variations from the project
            charter, reflected in an updated business case
    July 3, 2010                                                                         513
Avoiding Project Failures
                                    Strategy, Business Planning and Business Analysis

                                      Business       Initial   Requirements    Decision to      Requirements Management and Change          Operations and
                                      Concept      Discovery     Elicitation    Proceed                    Management                            Use

                                    Solution Architecture and Design

                                                                 Solution       Solution       Solution Specification and
                                                               Architecture      Design          Change Management

                                    Project Management Cycle

                                                                                 Initiate                   Execute and Control

                                                                                                                 Plan                          Close

                                    Solution Delivery - Implementation and Deployment Lifecycle

                                                                                             Setup and             Implement
                                                                                                                                            Manage Evolve
                                                                                              Prepare        Develop        Test   Deploy




     Poor                                                                                                               Misalignment
                                         Inadequately
Understanding      Poorly Defined                                                                                         Between                            Poor Project
                                           Explored                            Poor Solution                                                                                Poor Change
    Of The         And/Or Stated                                                                                        Requirements                          Planning/
                                           Solution                               Design                                                                                    Management
Business Need      Requirements                                                                                          And Project                          Execution
                                            Options
 Or Problem                                                                                                                Scope




                     Business                                                    Solution                                                                Project               Business
                     Analysis                                                  Architecture                                                            Management              Analysis


•   Ensure adequate and appropriate resources and involvement during
    project lifecycle
    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                                          514
Requirements

•   A condition or capability needed by a stakeholder to solve a problem
    or achieve an objective
•   A condition or capability that must be met or possessed by a system
    or system component to satisfy a contract, standard, specification or
    other formally imposed documents
•   A documented representation of a condition or capability
•   Focus on a particular business process or processes
•   Describe the business need or problem and address all the functions
    associated with their delivery
•   In project terms, requirements are the detailed items necessary to
    achieve the goals of the project
•   Requirements analysis is key to successful project
    July 3, 2010                                                            515
Requirements

•   Objective is to define and describe the characteristics of an
    acceptable solution to a business problem, so that the
    project team has a clear understanding of how to design
    and implement it


•   It is all about requirements




    July 3, 2010                                                    516
Requirements Planning and Management

•   Identify team roles: project manager, business analysts, developers, quality
    assurance analysts, trainers, application architects, data modeler, database
    analyst, infrastructure analyst, information architect, subject matter (functional)
    experts, etc.
•   Identify stakeholders (who will provide requirements information): executive
    sponsor, solution owner (client), end users, functional managers, investors, etc.
•   Distribute responsibilities amongst business analysts and other team members
    and define coordination, team communication and knowledge sharing
    mechanisms and processes
•   Define risk monitoring and management approach for each identified risk
•   Define the requirements and system development method
•   Define the requirements and system development process
•   Manage requirements change and scope: requirements creep is a big problem
•   Define and collect project metrics and reporting mechanisms
•   Other project planning and project management activities

    July 3, 2010                                                                          517
Hierarchy of Requirements – from Enterprise to
Project/Initiative
                                                                   Solutions delivered by
  Business Vision and        Re                                  programmes and projects
                               qu
         Goal                     ire                           cascade from business vision
                                      me
                                        nts                      to ultimate operation and
                                            Hie                        service delivery
                      Strategy                 rar
                                                  ch
                                                     y   –f
                                                              rom
                                                          Bu
                                   Business Plan              s in
                                                                  ess
                                                                      to
                       De                                                Sp
                         liv                                                eci
                            ery                  Programmes for                 fic
                                an                                          Ini
                                  dO
                                             Strategic Objectives              tia
                                                                                  tiv
                                    pe                                               es
  Solutions delivered by              rat
programmes and projects                  ion                    Systems and
need to be aligned to the                                              Solutions
  overarching business
    vision and goal
                                                                                Operation of Solution

  July 3, 2010                                                                                      518
Relative Cost of Fixing Errors During Project Lifecycle
                                                      1000

•   Errors/gaps/omissions
    become significantly




                               (Logarithmic Scale)
                                                       100
    more expensive to fix at
    later stages of project
    lifecycle                                            10



                                                          1




                                                                                                                           t
                                                                                           n
                                                                            n




                                                                                                              g
                                                                                                    g
                                                              ts




                                                                                                                         en
                                                                                        tio
                                                                           sig




                                                                                                             tin
                                                                                                  in
                                                            en




                                                                                                 st




                                                                                                                        m
                                                                                                           es
                                                                                     ta
                                                                        De
                                                           m




                                                                                               Te




                                                                                                                        oy
                                                                                  en




                                                                                                         rT
                                                          ire




                                                                                                                      pl
                                                                                             em
                                                                                 em




                                                                                                         e
                                                       qu




                                                                                                                   De
                                                                                                      Us
                                                                                           st
                                                     Re




                                                                              pl


                                                                                         Sy
                                                                            Im
                                                                          t/
                                                                        en
                                                                       pm
                                                                     lo
                                                                   ve
                                                                De




                                                                            Low Cost Estimate           High Cost Estimate

    July 3, 2010                                                                                                               519
Complete View of Requirements Process
                                       Requirements
                                                                Requirements
         Enterprise Analysis           Planning and
                                                                  Elicitation
                                       Management

        Define the problem          Plan the requirements
                                    capture and management   Gather the requirements
        Define the solution scope   process




                                       Requirements                Solution
             Requirements
                                        Analysis and           Assessment and
            Communication
                                      Documentation               Validation
        Present requirements        Analyse requirements
                                                             Define solution
        Agree requirements          Identify gaps
                                                             Ensure the solution
                                                             meets the requirements
        Refine requirements         Refine requirements




 July 3, 2010                                                                          520
Business Analysis Body of Knowledge (BABOK)

•   Developed by the IIBA (International Institute of Business Analysis) -
    http://www.theiiba.org/
•   BABOK is the collection of knowledge within the profession of
    Business Analysis and reflects generally accepted practice
•   Describes business analysis areas of knowledge, their associated
    activities and tasks and the skills necessary to be effective in their
    execution
•   Identifies currently accepted practices
•   Recognises business analysis is not the same as software
    requirements
•   Defined and enhanced by the professionals who apply it
•   Captures the knowledge required for the practice of business
    analysis as a profession

    July 3, 2010                                                             521
Business Analysis Body of Knowledge (BABOK)

•   Describes in idealised approach to performing the
    complete range of business analysis activities
•   Can be customised to suit the needs of an organisation
    and initiative




    July 3, 2010                                             522
BABOK Knowledge Areas and Activity Flow
                                       Business Analysis
                                         Planning and
                                          Monitoring




                                                              Solution
                              Enterprise
                                                          Assessment and
                               Analysis                                     Requirements
                                                             Validation
                                                                            Management
                Elicitation
                                                                                and
                                                                           Communication
                                           Requirements
                                             Analysis




                                            Underlying
                                           Competencies
 July 3, 2010                                                                              523
BABOK Knowledge Areas

•   Business Analysis Planning and Monitoring
      − Determine which activities are necessary in order to complete a business analysis effort
      − Identification of stakeholders, selection of business analysis techniques, the process that will be
        used to manage requirements and how to assess the progress of the work
•   Elicitation
      − Work with stakeholders to identify and understand their needs and concerns and the environment
        in which they work
      − Ensure that a stakeholder’s actual underlying needs are understood
•   Requirements Management and Communication
      − Manage conflicts, issues and changes in order to ensure that stakeholders and the project team
        remain in agreement on the solution scope
      − Communicate requirements to stakeholders
      − Knowledge gained by the business analyst is maintained for future use
•   Enterprise Analysis
      − Identify a business need, refine and clarify the definition of that need and define a solution scope
        that can feasibly be implemented by the business
•   Requirements Analysis
      − Prioritise and progressively elaborate stakeholder and solution requirements in order to enable the
        project team to implement a solution that will meet the needs of the sponsoring organisation and
        stakeholders



    July 3, 2010                                                                                               524
BABOK Knowledge Areas and Constituent Tasks
                                                                       BABOK Knowledge
                                                                            Areas

Business Analysis                                      Requirements                                                               Solution
                                                                                 Enterprise               Requirements                                Underlying
  Planning and                 Elicitation            Management and                                                          Assessment and
                                                                                  Analysis                  Analysis                                 Competencies
   Monitoring                                         Communication                                                              Validation


                                                                Manage Solution                                                                                  Analytical
               Plan Business                 Prepare for                                  Define Business             Prioritise        Assess Proposed
                                                                  Scope and                                                                                    Thinking and
                  Analysis                    Elicitation                                      Need                 Requirements            Solution
                                                                 Requirements                                                                                 Problem Solving
                 Approach


                                              Conduct               Manage
                  Conduct                                                                Assess Capability            Organise             Allocate             Behavioural
                                             Elicitation         Requirements
                Stakeholder                                                                    Gaps                 Requirements         Requirements          Characteristics
                                              Activity            Traceability
                  Analysis


                                                                  Maintain                    Determine              Specify and            Assess
               Plan Business                 Document                                                                                                            Business
                                                               Requirements for                Solution                Model             Organisational
                  Analysis              Elicitation Results                                                                                                     Knowledge
                                                                   Re-use                     Approach              Requirements           Readiness
                 Activities


                                                                   Prepare                                              Define
              Plan Business                   Confirm                                     Define Solution                               Define Transition     Communication
                                                                 Requirements                                      Assumptions and
                 Analysis               Elicitation Results                                    Scope                                     Requirements            Skills
                                                                   Package                                            Constraints
             Communication

                   Plan
               Requirements                                      Communicate              Define Business              Verify
                                                                                                                                        Validate Solution     Interaction Skills
               Management                                        Requirements                  Case                 Requirements
                  Process

             Manage Business                                                                                          Validate          Evaluate Solution        Software
                Analysis                                                                                            Requirements          Performance           Applications
              Performance
       July 3, 2010                                                                                                                                                       525
Business Process Management Technology Review




 July 3, 2010                                   526
Business Process Management Technology Review

•   Very wide range of business process software tools
    available
•   Purposes of this section are:
      − Provide information on range of products available
      − Provide details on ratings of software by analyst organisations
      − Provide details on some free BPM software tools




    July 3, 2010                                                          527
BPA/BPM Vendors
ActionBase                  http://www.actionbase.com/
ActiveVos                   http://www.activevos.com/
Adobe Livecycle ES2 Suite   http://www.adobe.com/products/livecycle/
Agilepoint                  http://www.agilepoint.com/
Appian                      http://www.appian.com/
Appway                      http://www.numcom.com/
AuraPortal                  http://www.auraportal.com/
BizAgi                      http://www.bizagi.com/
BOC                         http://www.boc-group.com/
Bonitasoft                  http://www.bonitasoft.com/
BP Logix                    http://www.bplogix.com/
Business Genetics           http://www.businessgenetics.com/
BusinessPort                http://www.businessport.net/
Casewise                    http://www.casewise.com/
Comarch SA                  http://bpm.comarch.com/
Cordys                      http://www.cordys.com/
Corporate Modelling         http://www.corporatemodelling.com/
Cryo Technologies           http://www.cryo.com.br/Inicio.aspx
eKuar                       http://www.ekuar.com/
EMC Documentum              http://www.emc.com/products/category/subcategory/business-process-management.htm
Exomin                      http://www.exomin.com/

  July 3, 2010                                                                                                 528
BPA/BPM Vendors
Flexite                 http://flexite.com/start/start.asp
FlowCentric             http://www.flowcentric.com/
Fujitsu Interstage      http://www.fujitsu.com/global/services/software/interstage/
GBTEC AG                http://www.gbtec.de/
GetIceberg              http://www.geticeberg.com/
Global 360              http://www.global360.com/
HandySoft               http://www.handysoft.com/
IBM Websphere Modeler   http://www.ibm.com/
ARIS                    http://www.ids-scheer.com/
ARIS Express            http://www.ariscommunity.com/aris-express
iGrafx                  http://www.igrafx.com/
Intalio                 http://www.intalioworks.com
Integrify               http://www.integrify.com/
Interfacing             http://www.interfacing.com/
Interneer               http://www.interneer.com/
ISIS Papyrus            http://www.isis-papyrus.com/
jBPM                    http://www.jboss.org/jbpm
Karomi                  http://www.karomi.com/
K2                      http://www.k2.com/
Lombardi                http://www.lombardisoftware.com/
Mega                    http://www.mega.com/

  July 3, 2010                                                                        529
BPA/BPM Vendors
Metastorm                 http://www.metastorm.com/
Method Park               http://www.methodpark.com/en/home/
Microsoft Visio 2010 Beta http://www.microsoft.com/office/2010/en/visio/default.aspx
NGC e-POWER               http://www.is.northropgrumman.com/products/epower/index.html
Nimbus Partners           http://www.nimbuspartners.com/
Oracle                    http://www.oracle.com/us/technologies/bpm/index.htm
Orbis Software            http://www.orbis-software.com/
Orbus                     http://www.orbussoftware.com/home
Orchestra                 http://orchestra.ow2.org/xwiki/bin/view/Main/WebHome
Outsystems                http://www.outsystems.com/
Pallas Athena             http://www.pallas-athena.com/
Panviva                   http://www.panviva.com/
Pega                      http://www.pega.com/
Pnmsoft                   http://www.pnmsoft.com/
Polymita                  http://www.polymita.com/
Process Maker             http://www.processmaker.com/
Process Master            http://www.processmaster.com/
proKosha                  http://www.prokosha.com/
QPR                       http://www.qpr.com/
Questetra                 http://www.questetra.com/en/about.html



  July 3, 2010                                                                           530
BPA/BPM Vendors
RunMyProcess             http://www.runmyprocess.com/
Salamander               http://www.mood.co.uk/index.htm
Salesforce.com           http://www.salesforce.com/platform/process/
Visual Process Manager
SAP Netweaver            http://www.sap.com/platform/netweaver/index.epx
Savvion                  http://www.savvion.com/
Serena                   http://www.serena.com/
Skelta                   http://www.skelta.com/
Signavio                 http://www.signavio.com/en.html
Singularity              http://www.singularity.co.uk/
Software AG              http://www.softwareag.com/corporate/default.asp
Tibco                    http://www.tibco.com/
Triaster                 http://www.triaster.com/
uEngine                  http://www.uengine.org/web/guest/home
Ultimus                  http://www.ultimus.com/
Vicon                    http://www.vicon.biz/
Vitria                   http://www.vitria.com/
W4                       http://www.w4.eu/indexen.html
Workpoint                http://www.workpoint.com/
XSOL                     http://www.xsol.com/



  July 3, 2010                                                             531
BPM Product Reviews by Analysts

•   Two sets of product reviews
•   Business Process Analysis (BPA) tools
      − Business architects, who require robust solutions aligned with enterprise architecture
      − Business process (BP) architects, who redesign BPs at a conceptual level, regardless of
        whether there would be a business process management suite (BPMS) implementation
      − BP analysts, who redesign processes at a more detailed level, often using a BPMS
•   Business Process Management Suites (BPMS)
      − Support BPM throughout the business process life cycle
      − Optimizing the performance of end-to-end business processes that span functions, as
        well as processes that might extend beyond the enterprise to include partners,
        suppliers and customers
      − Making the business process visible (and thus explicit) to business and IT constituents
        through business process modeling, monitoring and optimization
      − Keeping the business process model synchronised with process execution
      − Empowering business users and analysts to manipulate a business process model to
        modify instances of the process
      − Enabling rapid iteration of processes and underlying systems for continuous process
        improvement and optimization

    July 3, 2010                                                                                  532
BPM Product Reviews by Analysts

•   BPA tools encompass

                                                            Process Strategy
                           Process Control


                                              Management
                                                of Change
                                                   and
•   BPMS tools encompass                       Innovation



                                                                Process Design
                                 Process
                             Implementation




    July 3, 2010                                                                 533
Gartner Magic Quadrant for Business Process
Analysis Tools – Feb 2010
•   Ability to Execute Evaluation Criteria
      − Product/Service
      − Overall Viability (Business Unit,
        Financial, Strategy, Organization)
      − Sales Execution/Pricing
      − Market Responsiveness and Track
        Record
      − Marketing Execution
      − Customer Experience
      − Operations
•   Completeness of Vision Evaluation
    Criteria
      −     Market Understanding
      −     Marketing Strategy
      −     Sales Strategy
      −     Offering (Product) Strategy
      −     Business Model
      −     Vertical/Industry Strategy
      −     Innovation
      −     Geographic

    July 3, 2010                              534
Sample Review - IDS Scheer/ARIS (Software AG)

•   Strengths
      − IDS Scheer has a Gartner-estimated 18% revenue share of the BPA tools market.
      − Gartner customers report that ARIS has robust reporting and dashboard features across strategic, tactical and operational
        levels.
      − ARIS is one of the most comprehensive enterprise and BP architecture toolsets on the market, with strong support for a
        wide variety of standards, methods and frameworks.
      − ARIS is OEMed as Oracle's EA and BPA modeling tool of choice for its development environment, packages and BPMS.
      − IDS Scheer has enhanced the process discovery features to allow dynamic analysis of current physical process, roles and
        tasks.
      − ARIS is also OEMed as SAP's EA and BPA modeling tool of choice for its development environment and packages.
      − The new ARIS Express product is a free, lightweight BPA product for low maturity or occasional use. It can be used for
        commercial use and has an upgrade path to ARIS professional products.
      − ARIS includes features such as ABC, balanced scorecard, key indicator management and business rule design, while BAM
        capabilities are offered in IDS Scheer's Process Performance Manager, and simulation in ARIS Business Simulator.
      − Buyers focused on the BP analyst and BPMS category of tools will find that ARIS provides added value to them in the form
        of extensive, predefined, industry-specific content and horizontal reference models to jump-start BP modeling efforts.
      − ARIS includes bridges to the leading BPMSs.
      − IDS Scheer has a workflow solution (engine) to automate its own governance process, which can be extended to third-
        party products.
•   Cautions
      − Those with a business process analysis focus who are not interested in architecture or methodological rigor tend to find
        ARIS overly sophisticated for their needs — although it is possible to deploy ARIS in a manner where less-sophisticated
        modelers can be productive.
      − Those with a BPMS focus should consider augmenting the modeling tools of their BPM vendors with ARIS for the
        architects in their organizations.
      − IDS Scheer's acquisition by Software AG will introduce a period of organization and product integration. Current and
        potential ARIS users need to monitor the situation carefully



    July 3, 2010                                                                                                                    535
Gartner Magic Quadrant for Business Process
Management Suites – Feb 2009
•   Ability to Execute Evaluation Criteria
      − Product/Service
      − Overall Viability (Business Unit,
        Financial, Strategy, Organization)
      − Sales Execution/Pricing
      − Market Responsiveness and Track
        Record
      − Marketing Execution
      − Customer Experience
      − Operations
•   Completeness of Vision Evaluation
    Criteria
      −     Market Understanding
      −     Marketing Strategy
      −     Sales Strategy
      −     Offering (Product) Strategy
      −     Business Model
      −     Vertical/Industry Strategy
      −     Innovation
      −     Geographic Strategy

    July 3, 2010                              536
Forrester Business Process Analysis, EA Tools, And IT
Planning 2009
•   Current Offering
      −     Modeling
      −     Analysis and simulation
      −     Life-cycle management
      −     Publishing and reporting
      −     Templates
      −     Product architecture
•   Strategy
      −     Product strategy
      −     Solution cost
      −     Strategic alliances
      −     Corporate strategy
•   Market Presence
      −     Installed base
      −     Customer references
      −     Revenues
      −     License versus service
      −     Revenue growth
      −     Delivery footprint

    July 3, 2010                                        537
Forrester Integration-Centric Business Process
Management Suites 2008
•   Current Offering
      −     Integration
      −     Business-to-business (B2B)
      −     Business process management (BPM)
      −     Service-oriented architecture (SOA)
•   Strategy
      −     Product strategy
      −     Solution cost
      −     Strategic alliances
      −     Customer references
•   Market Presence
      − Installed base
      − New customers
      − Delivery footprint



    July 3, 2010                                  538
Free BPM Software

•   Review of limited range of BPM software to demonstrate
    facilities available
      − ARIS Express
      − BonitaSoft
      − BizAgi
      − Intalio
      − ProcessMaker




    July 3, 2010                                             539
ARIS Express

•   Available from http://www.ariscommunity.com/aris-express
•   Free software developed by IDS Scheer to promote interest in and sales of their full ARIS
    software
•   Registration required
•   Software run directly from the Web site – cannot be installed locally
•   Really just a diagramming tool




    July 3, 2010                                                                                540
ARIS Express

•   Can generate a number of chart types:
      − Organisation
      − Process landscape – overview
      − Business process – EPC format
      − Data model – ERD
      − IT infrastructure
      − System landscape
      − BPMN process
      − Whiteboard
      − General diagram



    July 3, 2010                            541
ARIS Express

•   Main screen
•   Select a model type
•   Open an existing model




    July 3, 2010             542
ARIS Express

•   Sample process – EPC format




    July 3, 2010                  543
ARIS Express

•   Sample process – BPMN




    July 3, 2010            544
BizAgi

• Free fully-functional BPMN compliant process modeller
  and simulation suite
• Three editions
      − Xpress - .NET/SQL – Free edition
      − Standard - .NET/SQL or Oracle
      − Enterprise – J2EE/SQL or Oracle
• Very sophisticated and easy to use
• Model documentation can be published to SharePoint or
  exported to Word or Visio or XPDL (XML)
• Can import from Visio or XPDL (XML)
• Good product to start your BPM activities

    July 3, 2010                                          545
BizAgi




 July 3, 2010   546
BizAgi

•   Export functionality




    July 3, 2010           547
BizAgi




 July 3, 2010   548
BonitaSoft




 July 3, 2010   549
Summary

• Free tools are a good place to start with BPM
• You need to move yourself up the maturity level hierarchy
• You will not achieve this in one go
• Start with simple objectives such as formally documenting
  processes, storing the information in a shared repository
  and publishing the information to a commonly accessible
  facility (such as SharePoint)
• Look to perform process simulation as an aid to process
  design and optimisation
• Then look at full BPMS implementation and process
  automation

    July 3, 2010                                              550
More Information

           Alan McSweeney
           alan@alanmcsweeney.com




 July 3, 2010                       551

More Related Content

PPTX
Bisuness process management
PPT
Business Process Managment
PDF
Business Process Management
PDF
Business Process Management Training session 2
PDF
Anatomy of a Business Process - How Work Gets Done
PDF
Business Process Management Training | By ex-Deloitte & McKinsey Consultants
PPT
10 Principles of Good Business Process Management
PDF
Business Process Management Training 1
Bisuness process management
Business Process Managment
Business Process Management
Business Process Management Training session 2
Anatomy of a Business Process - How Work Gets Done
Business Process Management Training | By ex-Deloitte & McKinsey Consultants
10 Principles of Good Business Process Management
Business Process Management Training 1

What's hot (20)

PPT
Framework for a business process management competency centre
PDF
Business Process Management Introduction
PDF
Introduction to Business Process Management
PDF
Business Process Management: Implementing Continuous Improvement in Your Orga...
PPTX
Introduction to Business Process Management
PDF
Business Process Management session 3
PDF
Process architecture - Part I
PPTX
BPM (Business Process Management) Introduction
PPT
Business process management
PPTX
Business Process Management System
PDF
CMMi = Scrum, Keynote, Recife May 08
PDF
Introduction to BPM
PDF
Introduction to the BPM Lifecycle
PPTX
Business process improvement (special report) presentation
PDF
Fundamentals of business process management and BPMN
PDF
Business Process Management 101 Training
PPTX
Business Process Management Approach
PPT
BPM Fundamentals: Develop Your Game Plan For BPM Success
PPTX
Business process flows presentation
PPTX
2011 business process management
Framework for a business process management competency centre
Business Process Management Introduction
Introduction to Business Process Management
Business Process Management: Implementing Continuous Improvement in Your Orga...
Introduction to Business Process Management
Business Process Management session 3
Process architecture - Part I
BPM (Business Process Management) Introduction
Business process management
Business Process Management System
CMMi = Scrum, Keynote, Recife May 08
Introduction to BPM
Introduction to the BPM Lifecycle
Business process improvement (special report) presentation
Fundamentals of business process management and BPMN
Business Process Management 101 Training
Business Process Management Approach
BPM Fundamentals: Develop Your Game Plan For BPM Success
Business process flows presentation
2011 business process management
Ad

Similar to Introduction to business process management (20)

PPT
Bpm Implementation Success Criteria And Best Practice
PDF
Introduction to Business Process Management
PDF
Introduction to business process management
PPT
Dimensions Of Change
PDF
M2MSys BPM Executive Summary
PPT
8 Omega Business
PDF
SAP Enterprise Modeling Applications (ARIS)
PDF
Introduction to Business Processes - Part I
PDF
Strategy & Business Process Management
PPTX
It's all about efficiency and cost savings
PDF
The Traits of BPM: Six Fundamentals Necessary for Successful Process Improvem...
PDF
3 keys to architecting for change
PDF
Workflow tecnologies
PDF
Managing Business Processes and Change
PPT
Business Process Management - topsoft 2010_03_24 13:00
PDF
How-improve-business-process-management-9-steps.pdf
PPT
Mba 505 business_processes_operations_productivity_strategy
PPTX
Insights into business process management bpm
PDF
From Process Management to Process Innovation
PPTX
Albel Pres Bpm Overview
Bpm Implementation Success Criteria And Best Practice
Introduction to Business Process Management
Introduction to business process management
Dimensions Of Change
M2MSys BPM Executive Summary
8 Omega Business
SAP Enterprise Modeling Applications (ARIS)
Introduction to Business Processes - Part I
Strategy & Business Process Management
It's all about efficiency and cost savings
The Traits of BPM: Six Fundamentals Necessary for Successful Process Improvem...
3 keys to architecting for change
Workflow tecnologies
Managing Business Processes and Change
Business Process Management - topsoft 2010_03_24 13:00
How-improve-business-process-management-9-steps.pdf
Mba 505 business_processes_operations_productivity_strategy
Insights into business process management bpm
From Process Management to Process Innovation
Albel Pres Bpm Overview
Ad

More from Huu Nguyen Tat (20)

PDF
Báo cáo của Wearesocial: Toàn cảnh về Digital-Social-Mobile Việt Nam 3/2015
PDF
A business proposal of english interactive learning with ucan.vn
PDF
Tiếng Anh là chuyện nhỏ với Ucan.vn
PDF
Vietnam ICT 2013-MIC
PDF
Comscore march 2013_asia internet
PDF
Internet vs mobile internet 2013 kpcb
PDF
Creating moments-that-matter research-studies
PDF
2012 vietnamese internet users online buying and selling behaviour
PDF
Toan canh thuong mai dien tu 2012
PDF
2013 year in mobile
PDF
Vision mobile developer-economics-2013
PPTX
Phan tich xu the, dinh huong thi truong va co hoi kinh doanh 2013 black
PPTX
Su thu-vi-cua-bong-da-va-van-dung-vao-quan-tri
PDF
Presentation of masan ceo 2012
PDF
Đề xuất hợp tác Học bạ điện tử
PDF
The myths of innovation ceo,plus eight star
PPT
10 way to solve facebook for-b2b
PDF
Boost innovation project
PDF
Hcm mot cuoc doi printable
PPS
Tuệ ngữ của Đức Đạt Lai Lạt Ma
Báo cáo của Wearesocial: Toàn cảnh về Digital-Social-Mobile Việt Nam 3/2015
A business proposal of english interactive learning with ucan.vn
Tiếng Anh là chuyện nhỏ với Ucan.vn
Vietnam ICT 2013-MIC
Comscore march 2013_asia internet
Internet vs mobile internet 2013 kpcb
Creating moments-that-matter research-studies
2012 vietnamese internet users online buying and selling behaviour
Toan canh thuong mai dien tu 2012
2013 year in mobile
Vision mobile developer-economics-2013
Phan tich xu the, dinh huong thi truong va co hoi kinh doanh 2013 black
Su thu-vi-cua-bong-da-va-van-dung-vao-quan-tri
Presentation of masan ceo 2012
Đề xuất hợp tác Học bạ điện tử
The myths of innovation ceo,plus eight star
10 way to solve facebook for-b2b
Boost innovation project
Hcm mot cuoc doi printable
Tuệ ngữ của Đức Đạt Lai Lạt Ma

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Approach and Philosophy of On baking technology
PPTX
KOM of Painting work and Equipment Insulation REV00 update 25-dec.pptx
PDF
7 ChatGPT Prompts to Help You Define Your Ideal Customer Profile.pdf
PDF
Encapsulation_ Review paper, used for researhc scholars
PPTX
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
PDF
Modernizing your data center with Dell and AMD
PDF
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
PDF
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
PDF
Empathic Computing: Creating Shared Understanding
PDF
NewMind AI Monthly Chronicles - July 2025
PDF
Architecting across the Boundaries of two Complex Domains - Healthcare & Tech...
PDF
How UI/UX Design Impacts User Retention in Mobile Apps.pdf
PDF
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
PDF
Machine learning based COVID-19 study performance prediction
PPT
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
PPTX
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
PDF
Spectral efficient network and resource selection model in 5G networks
PPTX
Understanding_Digital_Forensics_Presentation.pptx
PPTX
PA Analog/Digital System: The Backbone of Modern Surveillance and Communication
PPTX
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
Approach and Philosophy of On baking technology
KOM of Painting work and Equipment Insulation REV00 update 25-dec.pptx
7 ChatGPT Prompts to Help You Define Your Ideal Customer Profile.pdf
Encapsulation_ Review paper, used for researhc scholars
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
Modernizing your data center with Dell and AMD
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
Empathic Computing: Creating Shared Understanding
NewMind AI Monthly Chronicles - July 2025
Architecting across the Boundaries of two Complex Domains - Healthcare & Tech...
How UI/UX Design Impacts User Retention in Mobile Apps.pdf
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
Machine learning based COVID-19 study performance prediction
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
Spectral efficient network and resource selection model in 5G networks
Understanding_Digital_Forensics_Presentation.pptx
PA Analog/Digital System: The Backbone of Modern Surveillance and Communication
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence

Introduction to business process management

  • 1. Introduction to Business Process Management Alan McSweeney
  • 2. Objectives • To provide an introduction to Business Process Management • Based on the Association of Business Process Management Professionals (ABPMP) Business Process Management Common Body of Knowledge (CBOK) July 3, 2010 2
  • 3. Topics 1. Introduction and Context of BPM 2. Business Process Management Overview 3. Process Modelling 4. Process Analysis 5. Process Design 6. Process Performance Management 7. Process Transformation 8. Process Management Organisation 9. Enterprise Process Management 10. Business Process Management Technologies July 3, 2010 3
  • 4. Course Schedule • Day 1 • Day 3 − Morning − Morning • Introductions • Enterprise Process Management • Introduction and Context of BPM • Business Process Management • Business Process Management Technologies Overview − Afternoon − Afternoon • Business Process Management and • Process Modelling Business Analysis • Process Analysis • Business Process Management Technology Review and Software • Day 2 Demonstration − Morning • Course Review and Feedback • Process Design • Process Performance Management − Afternoon • Process Transformation • Process Management Organisation July 3, 2010 4
  • 5. Course Handouts • Printout of handouts • CD containing − BPM articles and whitepapers − Sample BPM software July 3, 2010 5
  • 6. Introduction and Context of BPM July 3, 2010 6
  • 7. Lessons Learned From Large Systems Implementation 80 % More attention on process optimisation 65 % Align systematically to company goals 60 % Pay more attention to understanding the subject area spanned 55 % Implementation of a management information system as part of scope 50 % Outsource project management of the project to a third party 45 % Increase investment in training 35 % Greater employees involvement 35 % Enforce changes more courageously 30 % Identify and capture proof of benefits and saving as part of scope 20 % Avoid big-bang implementations July 3, 2010 7
  • 8. Key Business Drivers for BPM • Save money – Do things better with optimised processes − Build better new processes faster − Know what you are doing (right or wrong) through current process understanding − Get control of parallel processes by consolidating to core processes − Get non-value added work through automation of manual processes − Business process outsourcing • Implement large software systems better • Stay ahead of compliance • Move faster through scenario building for agility and policy management July 3, 2010 8
  • 9. Benefits of Business Process Management Reduced process costs 10 - 15 % Increased quality / reduced number of errors 20 - 30 % Reduced process throughput times 10 - 30 % Reduced training time / expenses 10 - 30 % Reduced number of (internal) support requests 15- 30 % Reduced number of customer complaints 20 - 30 % Increased forecast accuracy 15 - 30 % • Real benefits from BPM • Intangible benefits also: better information quality July 3, 2010 9
  • 10. How do Organisations Improve? • Major changes must start at the top • Ultimately, everyone must be involved • Effective change requires a goal and knowledge of the current process • Change is continuous • Change will not be retained without effort and periodic reinforcement • Improvement is continuous July 3, 2010 10
  • 11. Why Business Process Management? • Symptoms of Poor Business Process Management and Design − No standard process/method for addressing how to define business requirements and when to improve business processes − When automation of processes is commissioned, “Business” says that they do not always get what they think they have asked for − The processes used to document and communicate business processes and requirements are neither easy nor documented − Our business programs frequently exist in a culture of reacting to cross-functional problems/emergencies − IT has responsibility for creating and maintaining business process flows, business requirements and business rules July 3, 2010 11
  • 12. Why Business Process Management and Design - Common Problems 1. Lack of an integrated process for capturing the business domain 2. Techniques that are used are not consistently applied 3. We cannot/do not differentiate key stakeholders’ views and different business views 4. We are working without a common language across business, IT and our other partners/vendors 5. Inadequate root cause level business process analysis yields inadequate business requirements and rules to facilitate process optimisation/automation July 3, 2010 12
  • 13. Why Business Modelling - The Problems 1. Lack of an integrated process for capturing the business domain 2. Techniques that are used are not consistently applied 3. We cannot/do not differentiate key stakeholders’ views and different business views 4. We are working without a common language across business, IT and our other partners/vendors 5. Inadequate root cause level business process analysis yields inadequate business requirements and rules to facilitate process optimisation/automation July 3, 2010 13
  • 14. Finding the Right Project • Key characteristics of right project − The process or project is related to a key business issue − You have/can get customer input on the issue − Management assigns this project a high priority − Process owner and key stakeholders are defined − The problem is stated as a target or need and NOT a solution − The sponsor of this project can commit time and resources to this project − The business process(es) will not be changed by another initiative at any time in the near future − Focus on: • Which process is the most critical • Which process contributes the most − Ensure the benefits of an improvement project do not degrade over time July 3, 2010 14
  • 15. Critical Success Factors • Linked to business strategies and goals • Linked to customer value • Ability to implement incremental value added change • Ability to track results and measure success • Ability to be aligned with the business July 3, 2010 15
  • 16. Successful Business Process Analysis, Design and Implementation Projects Have • Understood the Business Architecture – Business Process, Metrics, Strategy and Goals • Engaged stakeholders and defined process ownership • Taken an iterative and incremental approach • Tackled the right project at the right time • Implemented internal and external standards and the right level of governance • Understood the role of information • Incorporated process improvement • Achieve business results with a series of small successes July 3, 2010 16
  • 17. Do Not Ignore Organisational Change • The failure to manage the human side of business changes is a major contributor to the reasons programme, projects and initiatives fail • Organisations may not have the experience necessary to manage the speed and complexity of the large-scale changes • Managers are all too frequently concerned with tactical, operational issues and have not had the time to consider organisational changes July 3, 2010 17
  • 18. Process Analysis within Service Orientation • Process Driven Integration − Services Based Integration − Cut integration costs and reduce development • New Business Initiatives − Agility, Growth – New Products and Services − Increased Delivery Channels • Process Improvement − Optimising business processes − Straight Through Processing • IT Regeneration − Enterprise IT Architecture – Aligning more with Business − Legacy Replacement • Extending the Enterprise − Partnering, B2B July 3, 2010 18
  • 19. Intelligent Use of BPM • Help prioritising intelligent cuts: via a business process architecture and a good process measurement system • Process Optimisation: BPM teams can quickly examine processes and suggest changes to eliminate waste − Good BPM teams can almost always identify some quick changes that will save 10-30% July 3, 2010 19
  • 20. Intelligent Use of BPM • Reorganisations − Changes in status also require that new processes and business rules be implemented throughout the organisation • Additional Regulation − New regulations require new practices and new business rules July 3, 2010 20
  • 21. Business Process Management Common Body of Knowledge (CBOK) Knowledge Areas Business Process Management (1) Process Process Process Process Process Design Performance Transformation Modelling (2) Analysis (3) (4) Management (6) (5) Process Management Organisation (7) Enterprise Process Management (8) Business Process Management Technologies (9) July 3, 2010 21
  • 22. Business Process Management Common Body of Knowledge (CBOK) Knowledge Areas • Nine knowledge areas − Business Process Management (1) - core BPM concepts − Process Modelling (2), Process Analysis (3), Process Design (4), Process Performance Management (5) and Process Transformation (6) - BPM activities and skill sets − Process Management Organisation (7) and Enterprise Process Management (8) - how the practice of BPM relates to other organisational dimensions, such as governance and strategic planning − Business Process Management Technologies (9) – support and enable BPM practices July 3, 2010 22
  • 23. Business Process Management (1) Knowledge Area • Defines BPM and provides the foundation for exploring the remaining Knowledge Areas • Focuses on the core concepts of BPM − Key definitions − End-to-end process − Customer value − Nature of cross-functional work − Process types − Process components − BPM lifecycle − Critical skills − Success factors July 3, 2010 23
  • 24. Process Modelling (2) Knowledge Area • Includes the set of skills and processes which enable people to understand, communicate, measure and manage the primary components of business processes • Covers − Skills, activities and key definitions − An understanding of the purpose and − Benefits of process modelling − Discussion of the types and uses of process models − Tools, techniques and modelling standards July 3, 2010 24
  • 25. Process Analysis (3) Knowledge Area • Involves an understanding of business processes including the efficiency and effectiveness of business processes • Covers − Purpose and activities for process analysis − Decomposition of process components and attributes, analytical techniques and process patterns − Use of process models and other process documentation to validate and understand both current and future state processes − Process analysis types, tools and techniques July 3, 2010 25
  • 26. Process Design (4) Knowledge Area • Intentional and thoughtful planning for how business processes function and are measured, governed and managed • Involves creating the specifications for business processes within the context of business goals and process performance objectives • Covers − Plans and guidelines for how work flows − How rules are applied − How business applications, technology platforms, data resources, financial and operational controls interact with other internal and external processes − Process design roles − Techniques and principles of good design − Common process design patterns − Compliance, executive leadership and strategic alignment July 3, 2010 26
  • 27. Process Performance Measurement (5) Knowledge Area • Formal, planned monitoring of process execution and the tracking of results to determine the effectiveness and efficiency of the process • Used to make decisions for improving or retiring existing processes and/or introducing new processes in order to meet the strategic objectives of the organisation • Covers − Key process performance definitions − Importance and benefits of performance measurement − Monitoring and controlling operations − Alignment of business process and enterprise performance − What to measure − Measurement methods − Modelling and simulation − Decision support for process owners and managers − Considerations for success July 3, 2010 27
  • 28. Process Transformation (6) Knowledge Area • Addresses process change in the context of a business process lifecycle • Covers − Process improvement − Redesign and reengineering methodologies − Tasks associated with implementing process − Organisational change management methodologies, techniques and best practices July 3, 2010 28
  • 29. Process Organisation (7) Knowledge Area • Addresses the roles, responsibilities and reporting structure to support process-driven organisations • Covers − What defines a process driven enterprise − Cultural considerations − Cross-functional, team-based performance − Business process governance − Governance structures − BPM Centre of Expertise/Excellence (COE) July 3, 2010 29
  • 30. Enterprise Process Management (8) Knowledge Area • Driven by the need to maximise the results of business processes consistent with well-defined business strategies and functional goals based on these strategies • Process portfolio management ensures that the process portfolio supports corporate or business unit strategies and provides a method to manage and evaluate initiatives • Covers − Tools and methods to assess process management maturity levels − Required BPM practice areas which can improve their BPM organisation state − Business Process Frameworks − Process integration - interaction of various processes with each other − Models which tie performance, goals, technologies, people and controls (both financial and operational) to business strategy and performance objectives − Process architecture and enterprise process management best practices July 3, 2010 30
  • 31. BPM Technology (9) Knowledge Area • BPM is a technology enabled and supported management discipline • Covers − Wide range of technologies available to support the planning, design, analysis, operation and monitoring of business processes − Set of application packages, development tools, infrastructure technologies and data and information stores that provide support to BPM professionals and workers in BPM related activities − BPM standards, methodologies and emerging trends July 3, 2010 31
  • 32. Business Process Management Overview July 3, 2010 32
  • 33. Business Process Management Topic Scope Business Process Management BPM Role Core Concepts of Business Process BPM Critical Operating Business Process BPM Lifecycle Types of Processes Types of Activities Management Success Factors Environment and Management Influences Management Alignment of Discipline and Planning and Strategy, Value Primary Processes Value Added Enabling Strategy Chain and Business Technologies Process Process vs. Analysis Support Processes Handoff Goals Function Ongoing Executive Management Controls and Management of Design Sponsorship/ Processes Control Activities Process Governance Process Performance and Modelling Process Ownership Measurement Organisational Measuring and Metrics, Measures Commitment Monitoring and Monitoring Institution Transformation Practices July 3, 2010 33
  • 34. Business Process Management - Scope • Concepts and strategies required to successfully manage business processes from a holistic end-to-end perspective • Foundation for exploring the remaining knowledge areas July 3, 2010 34
  • 35. Hierarchy of Business, Processes and BPM Business Implements and Uses That Can Be Business Process Managed Using Business Process Management July 3, 2010 35
  • 36. Hierarchy of Business, Processes and BPM • Business − Refers to individuals, interacting together, to perform a set of activities to deliver value to customers and a return on investment to the stakeholders • Business Process − Process is a defined set of activities or behaviours performed by humans or machines to achieve one or more goal − Triggered by specific events and have one or more outcome that may result in the termination of the process or a handoff to another process − Composed of a collection of interrelated tasks or activities which solve a particular issue − End-to-end work which delivers value to customers - end-to-end involves crossing any functional boundaries July 3, 2010 36
  • 37. Hierarchy of Business, Processes and BPM • Business Process Management − Disciplined approach to identify, design, execute, document, measure, monitor and control both automated and non- automated business processes to achieve consistent, targeted results aligned with an organisation’s strategic goals − Involves the deliberate, collaborative and increasingly technology- aided definition, improvement, innovation and management of end-to-end business processes that drive business results, create value and enable an organisation to meet its business objectives with more agility − Enables an enterprise to align its business processes to its business strategy, leading to effective overall company performance through improvements of specific work activities either within a specific department, across the enterprise or between organisations July 3, 2010 37
  • 38. BPM Core Concepts Management Discipline And A Set Of Enabling Technologies Technology Addresses End- Enabled To-End Work Requires A Continuous, Ongoing Significant Set Of Processes Focused Organisational On Managing Commitment End-To-End Processes Includes The Modelling, Analysis, Design And Measurement Of Processes July 3, 2010 38
  • 39. BPM Core Concepts • BPM is a management discipline and a set of enabling technologies • BPM addresses end-to-end work and distinguishes between sets of subprocesses, tasks, activities and functions • BPM is a continuous, ongoing set of processes focused on managing an organisations end-to-end business processes • BPM includes the modelling, analysis, design and measurement of an organisation’s business processes • BPM requires a significant organisational commitment, often introducing new roles, responsibilities and structures to traditional functionally oriented organisations • BPM is technology enabled with tools for visual modelling, simulation, automation, integration, control and monitoring of business processes and the information systems which support these processes July 3, 2010 39
  • 40. Management Discipline and Enabling Technologies • BPM acronym used loosely and its meaning varies depending upon the context − Software companies often refer to BPM to describe the capabilities of a particular product or technology − Practitioners, management consultants and academics typically discuss the process and management discipline of BPM • Firstly BPM is a management discipline and process for managing an organisation’s business processes − Enabling technology is meaningless without the management disciplines and processes for exploiting the technology • BPM involves managing the end-to-end work organisations perform to create value for their customers − Performance of this work is essentially how organisations fulfill their mission July 3, 2010 40
  • 41. Management Discipline and Enabling Technologies • Vendors have created application suites which help enable organisations to better manage their business processes − Tools to visually design and model business processes − Simulate and test business processes, automate, control and measure business processes − Provide feedback and reporting on process performance − Some vendors have combined these into integrated business process management suites • Most large organisations have a significant investment into a number of legacy systems − Designed to support specific functions − In order to manage the end-to-end work involved in business processes, a BPMS must be able to integrate with legacy systems in order to control work, get information or measure performance − Common framework for how these technologies are deployed is most often referred to as a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) − Standardising on a specific set of open technologies commonly referred to as web services − By leveraging web services in a SOA, organisations can build and manage end-to-end business processes across organisational silos and their legacy systems July 3, 2010 41
  • 42. Addresses End-To-End Work • Process vs. function − Business functions are typically defined by a group of activities related by a particular skill or goal such as sales, finance or manufacturing − Functions focus on these individual tasks while business processes focus on the end-to-end work, i.e., tasks and activities, across functional boundaries to deliver customer value − Functions are ongoing where business processes have defined inputs and outputs − Business processes, however, focus on end-to-end transactions that deliver value July 3, 2010 42
  • 43. Ongoing Management of Processes BPI (Business Process BPM (Business Process Improvement) Management) One-time exercise Ongoing and continuous Fix or design process Vs. July 3, 2010 43
  • 44. Ongoing Management of Processes • BPM involves a permanent ongoing organisational commitment to managing the organisations processes • Includes − Modelling • Analysis • Process design • Performance measurement − Process transformation − Continuous feedback loop to ensure the organisation’s business processes are aligned to its strategy and performing to expectations July 3, 2010 44
  • 45. Modelling, Analysis, Design And Measurement Of Processes • Practice of BPM requires the measurement and supervision of process performance − Setting process performance goals − Measuring actual performance − Reviewing the effectiveness of business processes − Providing information, insight and feedback to other primary activities such as process analysis, design and transformation • Define and measure business process performance across two primary dimensions − Extent to which process goals are attained − Efficiency and effectiveness of process activities July 3, 2010 45
  • 46. Modelling, Analysis, Design And Measurement Of Processes • Gather information at key points in the process to support decisions − Cost − Time to completion of tasks July 3, 2010 46
  • 47. Organisational Commitment • Practice of BPM requires a significant organisational commitment • Management of end-to-end business process crosses organisational boundaries • New roles and responsibilities are introduced, such as process owners, designers and architects • Individuals responsible for end-to-end process design must interact with traditional functionally based managers • New governance structures need to be introduced which may change the way organisations make decisions and allocate resources July 3, 2010 47
  • 48. Organisational Commitment “Horizontal” Cross Functional Processes – Externally Focussed Link Operational Processes Cross Organisation Boundaries “Vertical” Operational Processes – Internally Focussed July 3, 2010 48
  • 49. Organisational Commitment • Without organisational commitment, the practice and benefits of BPM is unlikely to mature within an organisation • Without supporting leadership, values, beliefs and culture, BPM is unlikely to successfully take hold within an organisation July 3, 2010 49
  • 50. BPM Technology • BPM is a technology enabled and supported management discipline • Wide range of technologies available to support the planning, design, analysis, operation and monitoring of business processes • Application suites available which help enable organisations to better manage their business processes • BPMS must be able to integrate with legacy systems in order to control work and get information or measure performance • Common framework for how these technologies are deployed is most often referred to as a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) July 3, 2010 50
  • 51. BPM Lifecycle BPM Activities Affected BPM Activities by Leadership, Values, Design and Process Analysis of Process Culture and Beliefs Planning and Business Modelling of Process Monitoring and Process Business Implementation Refinement Factors Strategy Processes Processes Controlling Culture and Strategy Methodology Information Technology Process Alignment Process BPM Awareness Factors Process Measures Process Sponsorship Process Responsibility Process Definition Organisation July 3, 2010 51
  • 52. BPM Lifecycle BPM Factors – cross all BPM phases BPM Phases July 3, 2010 52
  • 53. BPM Lifecycle Culture and Strategy Process Process Methodology Refinement Planning and Strategy Information Technology Process Alignment Process Process Awareness Monitoring Analysis of Business and Process Measures Processes Controlling Process Sponsorship Process Responsibility Process Design and Process Definition Implementation Modelling of Business Organisation Processes July 3, 2010 53
  • 54. BPM Lifecycle Monitor • Iterative, Refinement phased set of Refinement Monitor activities Implementation Planning Planning Analysis Implementation Design Design Analysis July 3, 2010 54
  • 55. Process Planning and Strategy • BPM lifecycle begins with developing a process driven strategy and plan for the organisation • Sets the strategy and direction for the BPM process • Plan starts with an understanding of organisational strategies and goals • Designed to ensure a compelling value proposition for customers • Plan provides structure and direction for continued customer centric process management • Provides a foundation for a holistic BPM approach to ensure the alignment with organisational strategy and the integration of strategy, people, processes and systems across functional boundaries • Identifies appropriate BPM organisational roles and responsibilities, executive sponsorship, goals and expected performances measures and methodologies July 3, 2010 55
  • 56. Analysis of Business Processes • Analysis incorporates methodologies with the goal of understanding the current organisational processes in the context of the desired goals and objectives • Takes information from strategic plans, process models, performance measurements, changes in the environment and other factors in order to fully understand the business processes in the context of the overall organisation July 3, 2010 56
  • 57. Design and Modelling of Business Processes • Focus on the intentional, thoughtful design of how end-to-end work occurs in order to deliver value • Document the sequence of activities, including the design of what work is performed, at what time, in what location, by what process actors using what methodology • Defines what the organisation wants the process to be and answers the what, when, where, who and how questions of how end-to-end work is executed • Ensures that the proper management controls and metrics are in place for compliance and performance measurement • Understanding the process typically involves process modelling and an assessment of the environmental factors which enable and constrain the process − May be the first time the entire end-to-end business process has been documented July 3, 2010 57
  • 58. Process Monitoring and Controlling • Continuous measuring and monitoring of business processes provides the information necessary to adjust resources in order to meet process objectives • Measuring and monitoring also provides critical process performance information through key measurements related to goals and value to the organisation • Analysis of process performance information can result in improvement, redesign or reengineering activates July 3, 2010 58
  • 59. Process Refinement • Implements the output of the iterative analysis and design cycle • Addresses organisational change management challenges • Aimed at continuous improvement and process optimisation July 3, 2010 59
  • 60. Types of Processes Management Primary (Core) Processes Processes Support Processes July 3, 2010 60
  • 61. Primary Processes • Primary processes are end-to-end, cross-functional processes which directly deliver value • Represent the essential activities an organisation performs to fulfill its mission • Make up the value chain where each step adds value to the preceding step as measured by its contribution to the creation or delivery of a product or service, ultimately delivering value • Primary processes can move across functional organisations, across departments or even between enterprises and provide a complete end-to-end view of value creation July 3, 2010 61
  • 62. Support Processes • Support primary processes, often by managing resources and/or infrastructure required by primary processes • Differentiator is that support processes do not directly deliver value − Does not mean that they are unimportant to an organisation • Examples of support processes include information technology management, facilities or capacity management and human resource management • Support processes are generally associated with functional areas − Can and often do cross functional boundaries July 3, 2010 62
  • 63. Management Processes • Used to measure, monitor and control business activities • Ensure that a primary or supporting process meets operational, financial, regulatory and legal goals • Do not directly add value • Necessary in order to ensure the organisation operates effectively and efficiently July 3, 2010 63
  • 64. Process Activities • Value Added - contribute to the process output in a positive way • Handoff - pass control of the process to another department or organisation • Control - assure that the processes behave within desired tolerances or specify a validity checkpoint July 3, 2010 64
  • 65. BPM Critical Success Factors Business Strategy Define Organisation-Wide Business Process Value Chains Executive Sponsorship/ Governance and Institutionalise Practices Standardise Business Processes Measure Process Chain Performance July 3, 2010 65
  • 66. BPM Critical Success Factors • Standardise Business Processes − Adopt common design/re-engineering methodology − Document processes − Manage process diversity • Executive Sponsorship/Governance and Institutionalise Practices − Provide continuous improvement − Manage process governance − Enable change management − Leverage BPM tools • Define Organisation-Wide Business Process Value Chains − Map the organisation’s core activities − Assign executive responsibility for/sponsorship of process chains • Measure Process Chain Performance − Manage to process measures and chains of accountability July 3, 2010 66
  • 67. Alignment of Strategy, Value Chain and Business Process • Most successful organisations implementing BPM pay attention to the alignment of business strategy, value- chain definitions and business processes • BPM relies on key business strategies that set the primary direction of the enterprise − Value propositions for goods and services delivered • Business strategy leads to enterprise and business unit goals as the basis for action plans and business tactics July 3, 2010 67
  • 68. Goals • Business goals are most often an output of an organisations strategic planning efforts − Typically decomposed to include functional goals which align an organisations functional areas to overall strategy • Process goals align business processes with overall organisation strategy July 3, 2010 68
  • 69. Executive Sponsorship/Governance • Assigning executive leadership responsibility to oversee the performance of key processes is an indicator of maturity and seriousness • Performance of a process is measured with accountability falling under the executive leadership and reported throughout the enterprise • Important to have organisational discipline to utilise methodologies to document, store, manage and continuously improve the business processes, particularly those that make up the value chains • Includes governance mechanisms to support BPM and associated tools • Institutionalised across all functional areas in order to optimise the impact on value chain performance July 3, 2010 69
  • 70. Process Ownership • Successful BPM implementations recognise that the role of a process owner is critical • Process owner is responsible for the entire end-to-end process across functional departments • Success of this role depends on the authority the individual has to control the budget and make decisions that effect the development, maintenance and improvement of the business process July 3, 2010 70
  • 71. Metrics, Measures and Monitoring • Management requires measurement • Business process measurement and monitoring provides critical feedback on process design, performance and compliance • Necessary to measure process performance in terms of a variety of possible metrics related to how well the process meets its stated goals July 3, 2010 71
  • 72. Institution Practices • Effective attainment of BPM success factors to create value for an organisation depends on − Organisational practices − Mastery of concepts and skills by individuals with accountability for managing business processes July 3, 2010 72
  • 73. BPM Role Operating Environment and Influences BPM Role and Influences Outside But Linked to Within Organisation External BPM Environment Organisation Business Strategy and Organsation’s Operating Partners Governance Environment BPM Professional Practices Outsourced Business BPM Practice and Management of Processes Influencers Business Processes BPM Professional Business Processes Development Programs Applications, Data and IT Platform Values, Beliefs, Leadership and Culture July 3, 2010 73
  • 75. Process Modelling Topic Scope Process Modelling Modelling Business Process Modelling Purpose of Benefits of Standards Modelling Levels of Modelling Capturing Modelling Process Process Modelling Techniques Modelling Modelling and Perspectives Models Approaches Information Participants Simulation Modelling Quality and Tools Notations Process Model Diagrams, Validation Enterprise Direct Enterprise Maps and and Domain Observation Models Simulation Process Business Business Attributes and Interviews Domain Models Characteristics Operations Survey/ Operations and Work Written Domain Flow Feedback Systems Structured System Domain workshops Measureme Builder and Web-Based nt and Operator Conferences Control July 3, 2010 75
  • 76. Business Process Modelling • Set of activities involved in creating representations of an existing (as-is) or proposed (to-be) business process • Provides an end-to-end perspective of an organisations primary, supporting and management processes • Modelling is a means to an end and not an end in itself − You model to get results and reach conclusions July 3, 2010 76
  • 77. Process Diagrams, Maps and Models • Diagrams − Process diagram often depicts simple notation of the basic workflow of a process − Depicts the major elements of a process flow, but omits the minor details which are not necessary for understanding the overall flow of work • Maps − More precision than a diagram − More detail about process and important relationships to other elements such as performers (actors), events, results − Provide a comprehensive view of all of the major components of the process • Models − Represents the performance of what is being modelled − Needs greater precision, data about the process and about the factors that affect its performance − Often done using tools that provide simulation and reporting capability to analyse and understand the process July 3, 2010 77
  • 78. Process Attributes and Characteristics • Attributes and characteristics that describe the properties, behaviour, purpose and other elements of the process • Process attributes are captured in a tool in order to organise, analyse and manage an organisation’s portfolio of processes • Inputs/Outputs • Arrival Patterns/Distributions • Events/Results) • Costs (indirect and direct • Value Add • Entry Rules • Roles/Organisations • Exit Rules • Data/Information • Branching Rules • Probabilities • Join Rules • Queuing • Work/Handling Time • Transmission Time • Batching • Wait Time • Servers (number of people • available to perform tasks) July 3, 2010 78
  • 79. Purpose of Process Modelling • A model is rarely a complete and full representation of the actual process − Focus on representing those attributes of the process that support continued analysis from one or more perspectives • Objective is to create a representation of the process that describes it accurately and sufficiently for the task at hand − Understanding the business process through the creation of the model − Creating a visible representation and establishing a commonly shared perspective − Analysing process performance and defining and validating changes • To be model is an expression of the target process state and specifies the requirements for the supporting resources that enable effective business operations July 3, 2010 79
  • 80. Purpose of Process Modelling • Models are simplified representations that facilitate understanding of that which is being studied and making decisions about it • Mechanism for understanding, documenting, analysing, designing, automating and measuring business activity as well as measuring the resources that support the activity and the interactions between the business activity and its environment • For process managed business, process models are the primary means for − Measuring performance against standards − Determining opportunities for change − Expressing the desired end state preceding a change effort July 3, 2010 80
  • 81. Reasons for Process Modelling • To document an existing process clearly • To use as a training aide • To use as an assessment against standards and compliance requirements • To understand how a process will perform under varying loads or in response to some anticipated change • As the basis for analysis in identifying opportunities for improvement • To design a new process or new approach for an existing process • To provide a basis for communication and discussion • To describe requirements for a new business operation July 3, 2010 81
  • 82. Benefits of Modelling • Models are relatively fast, easy and inexpensive to complete • Models are easy to understand (when compared to other forms of documentation) • Models provide a baseline for measurement • Models facilitate process simulation and impact analysis • Models leverage various standards and a common set of techniques July 3, 2010 82
  • 83. Modelling Standards and Notations • Range of number of modelling and notational standards and techniques • Models provide a language for describing and communicating as-is and to-be process information − Like all new languages must be learned • Benefits of using a standards based approach − A common symbology, language and technique which facilitate communication and understanding − Standards-based models provide common and consistently defined processes definitions which eases the process of design, analysis and measurement and facilitates model reuse − An ability to leverage modelling tools based on common standards and notations − An ability to import and export models created in various tools for reuse in other tools − Some tool vendors are leveraging standards and notations for developing the ability to be exported from a modelling notation to an execution language (for example BPMN to BPEL) July 3, 2010 83
  • 84. Modelling Standards and Notations • Commonly used standards (not complete) − Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN) − Flow Charting − Swim Lanes − Event Process Chain (EPC) − Value Chain − Unified Modelling Language (UML) − IDEF-0 − LOVEM-E − SIPOC − Systems Dynamics − Value Stream Mapping July 3, 2010 84
  • 85. Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN) • Widely used and supported standard for business process modelling • Provides a graphical notation for specifying business processes in a Business Process Diagram (BPD) • Uses a flowcharting technique similar to activity diagrams from Unified Modelling Language (UML) • Can output BPMN to Business Process Execution Language (BPEL) − Standard executable language for specifying interactions with Web Services • Emerging standard July 3, 2010 85
  • 86. Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN) – Simplified Structure BPMN Overview Connecting Flow Objects Swimlanes Artefacts Objects Events Activities Gateways Sequences Messages Associations Pool Lane Data Object Group Annotation Start Event Task End Event Sub-Process Intermediate Transaction Event July 3, 2010 86
  • 87. BPMN - Events • Event denotes something that happens • Classifications − Catching – triggered by external event − Throwing – generating an output • Types − Start Event - acts as a trigger for the process − End Event - represents the result of a process − Intermediate Event - represents something that happens between the start and end events July 3, 2010 87
  • 88. BPMN - Activities • Activity describes the kind of work that must be done • Types − Task - represents a single unit of work that is not or cannot be broken down to a further level of business process detail − Sub-Process - used to hide or reveal additional levels of business process detail − Transaction - a form of sub-process in which all contained activities must be treated as a whole July 3, 2010 88
  • 89. BPMN - Gateway • A Gateway determines forking and merging of paths depending on the conditions expressed July 3, 2010 89
  • 90. BPMN - Connecting Objects • Flow objects are connected to each other using connecting objects • Types − Sequence Flow - shows in which order the activities will be performed − Message Flow - shows what messages flow across organisational boundaries − Association - associate an Artefact to a Flow Object and can indicate directionality July 3, 2010 90
  • 91. BPMN - Swim Lanes • Visual mechanism of organising and categorising activities, based on cross functional flowcharting • Types − Pool - represents major participants in a process and contains one or more lanes − Lane - used to organise and categorise activities within a pool according to function or role July 3, 2010 91
  • 92. BPMN - Artefacts • Used to bring some more information into the model/diagram • Types − Data Objects - show the data is required or produced in an activity − Group - used to group different activities but does not affect the flow in the diagram − Annotation - used to provide the model/diagram with understandable details July 3, 2010 92
  • 93. Flow Charting • Simple type of diagram that represents a process, showing the steps as boxes of various kinds and their order by connecting these with arrows • Widely used July 3, 2010 93
  • 94. Swim Lanes • Swim lanes are an addition to the boxes and arrows process flow view of flow-charting that show how the work flows across organisational units or is handed-off from one role to another • Overall process is divided into lanes, with one lane for each person, group or subprocess • Processes and decisions are grouped by placing them in lanes • Arranged horizontally or vertically and are used for grouping the sub-processes according to the responsibilities of those swim lanes July 3, 2010 94
  • 95. Event Process Chain (EPC) • An EPC is an ordered graph of events and functions • Provides various connectors that allow alternative and parallel execution of processes • Tasks (activities) are followed by outcomes (events) of the task, developing a process model • EPC method was developed within the framework of ARIS (BPM toolset) • EPC elements − Event - describe under what circumstances a function or a process works or which state a function or a process results in − Function - model the tasks or activities − Organisation Unit - determine which person or organisation within the structure of an enterprise is responsible for a specific function − Information, Material or Resource Object - portray objects in the real world − Logical Connector - logical relationships between elements in the control flow − Logical Relationships - Branch/Merge, Fork/Join and OR − Control Flow - connects events with functions, process paths or logical connectors creating chronological sequence and logical interdependencies between them − Information Flow - show the connection between functions and input or output data − Organisation Unit Assignment - show the connection between an organisation unit and the function it is responsible for − Process Path - show the connection from or to other processes July 3, 2010 95
  • 96. Value Chain • Value chain notation is used to demonstrate a single continuous flow from left to right of the sub-processes that directly contribute to producing value for the organisation’s customers (clients/constituents) • Value chain is a chain of activities for a firm operating in a specific industry • Chain of activities gives the products more added value than the sum of added values of all activities July 3, 2010 96
  • 97. Unified Modelling Language (UML) • UML provides a standard set of 14 diagramming techniques and notations primarily for describing information systems requirements • Primarily used for systems analysis and design • Can use UML activity diagrams for business process modelling • UML can be very verbose July 3, 2010 97
  • 98. IDEF-0 (Integration Definition for Function Modelling) • Function modelling methodology for describing manufacturing functions • Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) that was developed by the US Air Force for documenting manufacturing processes • Part of the IDEF family of modelling languages in software engineering − IDEF0 produces a function model that is structured representation of the functions, activities or processes − IDEF1 produces an information model that represents structure and semantics of information − IDEF2 produces a dynamics model that represents time-varying behavioural characteristics July 3, 2010 98
  • 99. LOVEM-E (Line of Visibility Engineering Method - Enhanced) • Notation set and a modelling technique that was developed as part of IBM’s Business Process Reengineering Methodology • Based on the process path management concept • Introduces concepts of the customer encounter and the collaborative nature of work between external and internal parties and the supporting information systems • Not widely used July 3, 2010 99
  • 100. SIPOC (Supplier, Input, Process, Output and Customer) • Style of process documentation used in Six Sigma July 3, 2010 100
  • 101. Systems Dynamics • Approach to understanding the behaviour of complex systems over time • Deals with internal feedback loops and time delays that affect the behaviour of the entire system • Systems Dynamics models are “activity on arrow” diagrams rather than “activity on node” diagrams • Useful in developing dynamic lifecycle type models that focus on the overall business system’s performance and the impact of changing the key variables that affect overall performance July 3, 2010 101
  • 102. Value Stream Mapping • Technique used in Lean Manufacturing • Expresses the physical environment and flow of materials and products in a manufacturing environment • Used to analyse the flow of materials and information currently required to bring a product or service July 3, 2010 102
  • 103. Process Modelling Quality • Most process analysis and design efforts require the use of models to describe what is happening during the process • Useful to have some standards and measures of quality as it relates to process modelling • Quality of model defined by its accuracy, amount of detail and completeness • Can have multiple versions or iterations of models are created over time to capture more detail and improve the quality of the model • During the modelling of a process, several disconnections, restrictions and/or barriers may become apparent • Items should also be noted on the model as well as any other information discovered that will help create a common understanding of the current state July 3, 2010 103
  • 104. Requirements of a Process Model • The business environment including the customers, suppliers, external events or market pressures that effect or interact with the process • The organisational structure which includes the hierarchical or functional view of the organisation and how the people work together (this information helps understand who the key decision makers are within the process) • The functional or departmental structure of the organisation which explains how the functions or departments work together in the process • The business rules which control the decisions that are made during the process and workflow • The activities or actions that take place within the process and who does those actions July 3, 2010 104
  • 105. Model Validation and Simulation • Useful or necessary to validate the model through simulation before finalising the analysis • Validate the model through simulation is to compare simulated outputs to real-world results • Significant differences should be understood and corrected before the model is used for detailed analysis • Assemble a group of people who work in the process and simulate the process by having one person in the group describe each activity and its product(s) − Real-world participants should be able to tell if the model is accurate July 3, 2010 105
  • 106. Modelling Perspectives • Processes can be modelled from many perspectives • In a BPM environment an organisation’s strategy is enacted through process performance, which is linked to the operations model that must be supported by the information technology platform • To keep these aligned, there needs to be a line of visibility from one perspective to the other in a coherent framework, typically maintained in a process repository July 3, 2010 106
  • 107. Modelling Perspectives Systems Operations Enterprise Business Technology Domain Domain System Build Business System Design Operations Operations Domain July 3, 2010 107
  • 108. Modelling Perspectives • Enterprise Perspective − See how the enterprise operates overall and that the primary processes are arranged in some category that gives a sense of their interaction − View supports those who must align overall enterprise strategy with aggregated process performance • Business Perspective − Supports each of the process owners who is accountable for and has the authority to address overall process performance − Required as the business context that describes each major business process and defines the scope and reach of major transformation efforts • Operations Perspective − More detailed models support the perspectives of those managers who are responsible for monitoring performance and look for ways to continuously improve operational performance July 3, 2010 108
  • 109. Modelling Perspectives • System Design Perspective − Identifies how work gets done and how the systems support that work is the systems perspective − Describes requirements for systems support and performance in support of tasks and procedures • System Build Perspective − Support the individuals who have to build the system • Systems Operations Perspective − Support the individuals who have to build all of the support systems to enable work and to operate the systems that are required to continue to perform that work July 3, 2010 109
  • 110. Levels of Models Enterprise Model Business Model Operational Model Workflow Model Systems Model Measurement and Control July 3, 2010 110
  • 111. Enterprise Models • Typically a highly abstracted business classification model that is used to describe the focus of the organisation and to organise the business processes in an overall business architecture • Each of the high level business processes are then described in more detail by their major components (sub-processes) • An enterprise model will typically have two or more levels of detail and serve as a high level business blueprint or business architecture − May or may not include support and management processes • Processes may be mapped to Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and strategic goals in a process portfolio and used to prioritise resources and project efforts • Can be mapped to formulate strategies for alternate future scenarios or to develop high level estimates and forecasts July 3, 2010 111
  • 112. Business Models • Business models depict the major events, activities and results that describe each of the major end-to-end processes, their sub-processes and their interactions with their environment • Business models also typically describe the support and management processes as well and how they interact with or support the primary processes July 3, 2010 112
  • 113. Operations and Work Flow Models • Describe how the business model is carried out • Detailed models mapped down to activity, task and procedural level details • Describe the physical implementation details of the operating processes July 3, 2010 113
  • 114. Systems Models • Depict the triggering events, software processes, data flows and system outputs required to support business operations July 3, 2010 114
  • 115. Measurement and Control Models • Indicate points in the operation where key performance measure and control points are monitored July 3, 2010 115
  • 116. Modelling Approaches • Approaches to process modelling: top-down, middle-out and bottom-up • Iterative process approach where several successive passes are used to develop the model • Approach used varies depending on the purpose and the scope of the effort • Bottom-up approaches, centered on very detailed activity and task oriented work flows, work best for projects aimed at improving narrowly focused functions within a single department or operation • Top-down methods work well for projects aimed at improving and innovating large scale, end-to-end, cross-functional business processes and as a means to manage performance of these business processes − Develop a new business model first and then determine what needs to be done to be capable of its implementation − Align business processes with business strategies July 3, 2010 116
  • 117. Capturing Information • Techniques for capturing information for process modelling − Direct Observation − Interviews − Survey/Written Feedback − Structured Workshops − Web-Based Conferencing July 3, 2010 117
  • 118. Direct Observation • Good way to document current procedural detail • May uncover activities and tasks that might not be otherwise recognised • Can be effective in identifying variations and deviations that occur in day-to-day work • However limited to a relatively small sample size − May not capture the range of variations across groups and locations • Direct observation also entails the risk of the performers doing what they think you want to see rather than what they normally do (Hawthorne effect) July 3, 2010 118
  • 119. Interviews • Can create a sense of ownership and participation in the process of modelling and documenting business processes • Requires minimal time and disruption of normal duties from the participants • May take more overall elapsed time to schedule and conduct the interviews than other methods • May be difficult afterward to build a cohesive process flow and to map the different views into a single view − Generally requires follow up • Sometimes does not uncover all of the activities to completely describe the process July 3, 2010 119
  • 120. Survey/Written Feedback • Written feedback requires minimal time and disruption of duties • Liable to the same problems as are encountered with one- on-one interviews such as − Taking more time − Missing some information − Time spent reconciling differences of opinion − Where the same work has just been described differently by different people, it may require follow up July 3, 2010 120
  • 121. Structured Workshops • Focused, facilitated meetings where enough subject matter experts and stakeholders are brought together to create the model interactively • Offers the advantage of shortening the elapsed calendar time required to develop the models and gives a stronger sense of ownership to the workshop participants than other techniques • Workshops may be more costly than other methods • Models produced in workshops require less follow up and generate a commonly agreed upon description of a process faster and with higher quality than other techniques July 3, 2010 121
  • 122. Web-Based Conferencing • Gain similar benefits to face-to-face workshops, but work best with smaller groups • Workshops done this way can be more difficult to monitor and manage individual participation in the group work July 3, 2010 122
  • 123. Modelling Participants • Number of roles involved in developing process models due to the wide range of applicability • Models can be created by individuals expressing their personal knowledge • Models can be created by groups outlining the scope and depth of the business they are addressing − Development of process models may involve many people to create a set of models that fully represent the process • Business strategists • Business managers • Financial analysts • Auditors • Compliance analysts • Process performance analysts • Requirements analysts • Systems analysts • Business analysts • Subject matter experts depend on modelling approach − Executives expressing high level business dynamics − Mid-level managers defining monitoring and control mechanisms − Workers who actually perform the work being modelled July 3, 2010 123
  • 124. Modelling Techniques and Tools • Many modelling tools and techniques available from paper to specialised BPM tools − White Boarding and Flip Charts − Paper and Post-Its − Drawing Tools and Reports − Electronic Modelling and Projection • Process analysis can be done effectively and efficiently using any type of tool − Focus of the analysis or design should be on the process and not on the tool itself July 3, 2010 124
  • 125. White Boarding and Flip Charts • Draw the process flows and flip charts to capture other information • Later transcribe the results into drawing or modelling and reporting tools • Common method used in workshops, interviews or structured/facilitated modelling sessions July 3, 2010 125
  • 126. Paper and Post-Its • Cover the walls of a room with taped up paper • Have workshop participants put removable sticky-notes on the paper until they have arranged the activities into the sequence on which they agree • Done either the participants directing the facilitator in the placement of these activities or the participants place the notes depicting activities • Resulting model must then be transcribed into a drawing or modelling and reporting tool later July 3, 2010 126
  • 127. Drawing Tools and Reports • During or after interviews and workshops, participants capture the process flows and notes using inexpensive drawing tools, such as Visio, PowerPoint or any other electronic drawing tool July 3, 2010 127
  • 128. Electronic Modelling and Projection • Use electronic drawing or modelling tools and projecting the images to large screens to capture and view the developing models • Model is visible and can be modified during the workshop • No transfer to another toolset required • Repository-based tools allow the reuse of objects or patterns that have already been defined in previous efforts July 3, 2010 128
  • 129. Capturing Information and Modelling Techniques and Tools Modelling Techniques and Tools Electronic White Boarding Paper and Post- Drawing Tools Modelling and and Flip Charts Its and Reports Projection Direct Observation Interviews Techniques for Capturing Survey/Written Information Feedback Structured Workshops Web-Based Conferencing July 3, 2010 129
  • 130. Process Simulation • Form of models which provide valuable insight to process dynamics • Simulations require sufficient data which typically allows the process to be mathematically simulated under various scenarios, loads, etc. • Simulations can be manual or electronic using process simulation tools • Identify exceptions and handoffs while providing important insights on existing and required communication between tasks, functional areas, teams and systems • Benefits − Validate a model by demonstrating that real transaction sets, when run through the model exhibit, produce the same performance characteristics as those in the actual process − Predict the process design’s performance under differing scenarios (vary the number of transactions over time, the number of workers, etc.) − Determine which variables have the greatest affect on process performance − Compare performance of different process designs under the same sets of circumstances July 3, 2010 130
  • 131. Modelling Summary • Process models are simplified representations of some business activity • A process model serves as a means to communicate several different aspects of a business process • Process models are used to document, analyse or design a business model • Process models are useful as documentation, a means for communication and alignment, design and requirements or a means to analyse aspects of the process, training and explanation • Different levels or perspectives of business processes are expressed by models showing different scopes and levels of detail for different audiences and purposes • There are many different styles of process modelling notation and ways to develop process models July 3, 2010 131
  • 132. Process Analysis July 3, 2010 132
  • 133. Process Analysis Topic Scope Process Analysis Preparing to Analysis Issues Overview of Purpose of When to Perform Process Analysis Performing the Document the Analyse and Process Analysis Process Analysis Process Analysis Roles Analysis Analysis Processes Considerations Continuous Choose the Understanding Business Monitoring Process the Unknown Environment Event-Triggered Scope the Depth Organisational Performance Analysis of Analysis Culture/Context Metrics Choose Analytical Customer Handoffs# Frameworks Interactions Business Rules Capacity Bottlenecks Variation Human Cost Involvement Process Controls Other Factors Analysing the Gathering Business Information Environment Analysing Analysing the Information Process Systems Analysing Human Interactions July 3, 2010 133
  • 134. Process Analysis • Process analysis is the first step in establishing a new process or updating an existing process is creating a common understanding of the current state of the process and its alignment with the business objectives − Process is a defined set of sequential or parallel activities or behaviours to achieve a goal − Process analysis is creating an understanding of the activities of the process and measures the success of those activities in meeting the goals • Accomplished through various techniques including mapping, interviewing, simulations and various other analytical techniques and methodologies • May include a study of the business environment and factors that contribute to or interact with the environment such as government or industry regulations, market pressures and competition July 3, 2010 134
  • 135. Process Analysis • Other factors to be considered − The context of the business − Business strategy − Supply chain (the inputs and outputs of the process), − Customer needs − Organisational culture − Business values − How the process will perform to achieve business goals • Information gained through the analysis should be agreed upon by all those that interact with the process • Should represent what is actually happening and not what is thought or wished to be happening • Unbiased view without placing blame for existing inefficiencies July 3, 2010 135
  • 136. Purpose of Process Analysis • Analysis generates the information necessary for the organisation to make informed decisions assessing the activities of the business − Without it, decisions are made based on opinion or intuition rather than documented, validated facts • Due to business change the processes of an organisation can quickly become inconsistent to their original design and no longer meet the needs of the business • Process analysis is an essential tool to show how well the business is meeting its objectives • Creates an understanding of how work (the transformation of inputs to outputs) happens in the organisation July 3, 2010 136
  • 137. Purpose of Process Analysis • Analysis generates an understanding and measurement of process effectiveness and its efficiency − Effectiveness of a process is a measurement of achieving the purpose or need for the process whether the process • Meets the needs of the customer • Satisfies the objectives of the business • Is the right process for the current business environment or context • Measuring the efficiency of the process indicates the degree of resources utilised in performing the activities of the process • Measures whether the process is costly, slow, wasteful or has other deficiencies and is a measurement of the performance of the process − Uncovers important facts about how work flows in the organisation − Helps in the design and/or redesign of processes to better meet the goals of the business July 3, 2010 137
  • 138. Purpose of Process Analysis • Information generated from analysis includes − Strategy, culture and environment of the organisation that uses the process (why the process exists) − Inputs and outputs of the process − Stakeholders, both internal and external, including suppliers, customers and their needs and expectations − Inefficiencies within the current process − Scalability of the process to meet customer demands − Business rules that control the process and why they must exist − What performance metrics should monitor the process, who is interested in those metrics and what they mean − What activities make up the process and their dependencies across departments and business functions − Improved resource utilisation − Opportunities to reduce constraints and increase capacity • Information becomes a valuable resource to management and leadership to understand how the business is functioning • Help them to make informed decisions on how to adapt to a changing environment • Ensure that the processes running the business are optimal for attaining business objectives July 3, 2010 138
  • 139. When to Perform Process Analysis • Can be the result of continuous monitoring of processes or can be triggered by specific events − Continuous Monitoring − Event-Triggered Analysis • Strategic Planning • Performance Issues • New Technologies • Startup Venture • Merger/Acquisition • Regulatory Requirements July 3, 2010 139
  • 140. Continuous Monitoring • Business Process Management is a long-term commitment as part of the business strategy rather than a single activity that is completed and then forgotten • Managing the business by process implies that there are regular and consistent performance metrics that monitor the processes of the organisation • These metrics are routinely reviewed and steps are taken to ensure process performance meets the predetermined goals of the organisation • Eventual goal should be the ability to continuously analyse processes as they are performed through the use of monitoring tools and techniques July 3, 2010 140
  • 141. Continuous Monitoring • Benefits of continuous analysis − Alerts management to potential poor performance of the process − Help point to the cause of the poor performance such as system deviations, competition, environmental factors, etc. − If the process is not performing, immediate action can be taken to resolve the cause − Real-time feedback through continuous analysis provides a measurement for the human performance and reward systems − Reduces the number of process improvement projects performed, thus saving time and cost associated with those efforts July 3, 2010 141
  • 142. Event-Triggered Analysis • Strategic Planning − Regular review and update of strategic plans − Survey the market and competitive landscape for new opportunities and establish new goals − Process analysis may need to occur following an update to the strategic plan to re-align the processes to meet the new organisation’s objectives • Performance Issues − Current performance may be declared inadequate for a variety of reasons − Process analysis can assist in determining the reasons for the inadequacies and identify changes that may improve performance • New Technologies − Advancing technologies can improve process performance − Analysis will help create an understanding of how they should be adopted − Process analysis will help the organisation understand how and where new technologies should be applied to gain the maximum benefit to the organisation July 3, 2010 142
  • 143. Event-Triggered Analysis • Startup Venture − When new ventures or businesses are anticipated need to identify the processes that will be required to successfully deliver the new products and services • Merger/Acquisition − Mergers and acquisitions result in the joining of production and service processes − Process analysis should be performed before the merging of processes to ensure that the combined outcome meets the combined business objectives • Regulatory Requirements − New or changes to existing regulations require the business to modify its processes − Process analysis as part of meeting these requirements will ensure the business is able to meet the requirement change with as little impact to the business as possible July 3, 2010 143
  • 144. Process Analysis Roles • Process analysis can be performed by a single individual • For larger organisations may require a cross-functional team − Provide a variety of experiences and views of the current state of the process − Result in a better understanding of both the process and the organisation • Important to make sure that enough time has been allocation for the analysis resources to function properly in the assignment • Communicate to the team their responsibilities according to the role that each will play in the process • Have a thorough understanding of the expectations of each member • Agree to commit the time and effort required to make the project a success July 3, 2010 144
  • 145. Process Analysis Roles • Analyst − Decide the depth and scope of the analysis − How it is analysed − Perform the analysis − Provide documentation and final reports to the stakeholders and executive leadership • Facilitator − Lead process analysis teams with an unbiased view − Objectivity is important to ensure the analysis truly represents the current state − Let the group discover the path through the analytical techniques chosen and through proper management of group dynamics • Subject Matter Experts − Individuals closest to the process with knowledge and expertise − Familiar with both the business and technical infrastructure that supports the process July 3, 2010 145
  • 146. Preparing to Analyse Processes • Steps − Choose the process − Determine the scope of the depth of analysis − Choose analytical frameworks July 3, 2010 146
  • 147. Choose the Process • May be competing priorities and several processes that need to be analysed • Agree priority through examining the critical business goals of the organisation − A critical business goal defines why the organisation exists and what controls the success of the organisation − An organisation may have one or more critical business goals • Identify critical business goals • Identify processes supporting those goals • Process performance metrics July 3, 2010 147
  • 148. Choose the Process Organisation Critical Critical Critical Business Goal Business Goal Business Goal Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting Process Process Process Process Process Process Process Process Process Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Metrics Metrics Metrics Metrics Metrics Metrics Metrics Metrics Metrics July 3, 2010 148
  • 149. Choose the Process • Process performance can then be analysed and ranked to understand where the effort for process analysis should be placed • Processes that scored high in both importance to the organisation and severity of current issues are the processes that need the most attention first July 3, 2010 149
  • 150. Choose the Process Process A Process B Impact on the Organisation Process D High Process E Analyse First Process F Process C Process J Process G Process H Low Process K Process L Process I Severity of Issues With Business Process Low High July 3, 2010 150
  • 151. Determine the Scope of the Depth of Analysis • Scoping the depth of the process that is to be analysed is one of the first actions of the analyst or analysis team • Scoping is critical to − Decide how far the project will reach − How much of the organisation it will involve − The impact any changes will have upstream and downstream of the process analysed • May be necessary to interview a variety of individuals in various business functions before making scoping decision • The more business functions and activities included in the analysis project, the more complicated the analysis and the longer it is likely to take • Could break down larger processes and analyse sub-processes in order to optimise time but before doing so must consider the impact of future process improvement projects July 3, 2010 151
  • 152. Choose Analytical Frameworks • No single right way to perform a business process analysis • Topics to be studied, methods for studying them, tools to be used, etc. are all dependent on the nature of the process and the information available at the time the analysis begins − Some projects may start with a completed, verified model that can be used for analysis • Review and decide which of the methodologies, frameworks or tools should be used • Decide what techniques and tools to use in addition to or as part of the framework • Too much analysis can also hinder the process of creating or re- designing a new process July 3, 2010 152
  • 153. Performing the Analysis • Understanding the Unknown • Analysing the Business Environment • Business Environment − Value Chain Analysis − S.W.O.T. • Organisational Culture/Context • Analysing Information Systems • Performance Metrics − Information Flow Analysis • Customer Interactions − Discrete Event Simulation • Handoffs • Analysing the Process − Creating Models • Business Rules − Cost Analysis • Capacity − Transaction Cost Analysis • Bottlenecks − Cycle-Time Analysis − Pattern Analysis • Variation − Decision Analysis • Cost − Distribution Analysis − Root-cause Analysis • Human Involvement − Sensitivity Analysis • Process Controls − Risk Analysis • Other Factors • Analysing Human Interactions • Gathering Information − Direct Observation − Interviewing − Apprentice Learning − Observing − Participatory Video Analysis − Researching − Activity Simulation − Workplace Layout Analysis − Resource Allocation Analysis − Motivation and Reward Analysis July 3, 2010 153
  • 154. Understanding the Unknown • Process of analysis is a process of discovery involving finding answers to a series of questions about the process • Generate data to ensure that any conclusions are based on facts extrapolated from the data and not on hearsay or generalisations July 3, 2010 154
  • 155. Business Environment • Obtain general understanding of the reason for the process to exist within the business environment − What is the process trying to accomplish? − Why has it been created? − What triggered the analysis? − What are the systems required to support or enable the process and how sustainable are those systems? − Where does it fit into the value chain of the organisation? − Is the process in alignment with the strategic objectives of the organisation? − Does it provide value to the organisation and how critical is it? − How well does it function in the current business environment and how well could it adapt if the environment were to change? − What are the risks to the process (external, environmental or internal) and can the process adapt to survive those risks? July 3, 2010 155
  • 156. Organisational Culture/Context • Every organisation has a culture that impacts and is impacted by the internal and external processes of that organisation − How work is performed − What motivates the members of the organisation to do the work − By changing the process by which they work, the culture may also change − May lead to unintended consequences as new processes are put into place • Part of the analysis process is to ask questions that will help understand the culture of the organisation and those unwritten rules that determine how and by who work is really accomplished July 3, 2010 156
  • 157. Organisational Culture/Context • Leadership − Who in the organisation are the influencers and leaders? − Are they in positions of authority? − If they do not agree with the process improvements, will the improvement be successful? • Social Networks − What kind of social networks exist in the organisation? − How will any changes affect those social networks? − If individuals will be displaced as a result of a process change, what would be the anticipated result of these networks? • Personnel Change − Will individuals voluntarily leave the company as a result of the process change? − If so, how will this disrupt the process? July 3, 2010 157
  • 158. Organisational Culture/Context • Motivation − What is the motivating factor for production? − If the workers are not self-motivated − how does work get done? − What are the incentives that reward work output? − If the success of a process has been measured on quantity as opposed to quality, what will happen if the measurement is shifted to quality? − Will the organisation stop producing to ensure quality? • Change − How will the change affect the leadership training in the organisation? − What is the motivating factor for promotion? − Will the goals for measuring leadership change? − How will the reason for the process change be interpreted by the individuals − effected or responsible for the process? − Is it a sign of weakness in the organisation or strategy? July 3, 2010 158
  • 159. Performance Metrics • Performance issues can be defined as gaps between how a process is currently performing in relation to how it should be performing • A methodical analysis can help to understand the nature of the gaps, why they exist and how the situation can be rectified • Key element of this understanding is the identification of actionable and auditable metrics that accurately indicate process performance − Metrics will provide indicators as to where and how a process should be adjusted July 3, 2010 159
  • 160. Performance Metrics • Is the process meeting its performance goals? • Does the process take too long and if so, why and what is the measurement of “too long”? • What could happen to make it worse? • How would we know if the process has improved, i.e., if time is the measurement of the process, can cost be ignored or if cost is the measurement of the process, can time be ignored? • How is data reported about the process, who views this data and what do they do with it? • Where should performance points be recorded so the process is accurately measured and monitored? • Would entering these performance points affect the performance of the process? July 3, 2010 160
  • 161. Customer Interactions • Understanding the customer interactions with the process is critical to understanding whether the process is a positive factor in the success of the organisation’s value chain • The fewer the number of required interactions between the customer and a given service, the more satisfied the customer July 3, 2010 161
  • 162. Customer Interactions • Who is the customer, what is his need, why does he choose to participate in the process and could he go elsewhere instead of using this process? • Do customers complain about the process? • How many times does a customer interact with the process? Is it too many? Are there redundancies in the interactions? • How do we know if they are satisfied? • What is the customer's expectation or objective with the process and why does he need the process? • How does the customer want to interact with the process? • If the process supports internal activities, what is the impact or indirect effects to the customer? July 3, 2010 162
  • 163. Handoffs • Any point in a process where work or information passes from one system, person or group to another is a handoff for that process • Handoffs are very vulnerable to process disconnections and should be analysed closely • Typically, the fewer number of handoffs, the more successful the process • Which of the handoffs are most likely to break down the process? • Questions to ask of each handoff: − Are there any bottlenecks of information or services as a result of handoffs happening too quickly? − Can any handoff be eliminated? − Where do streams of information come together and is the timing accurate? July 3, 2010 163
  • 164. Business Rules • Business rules create constraints that impact the nature and performance of the process • Help define the performance expectations • Create clear guidelines around these expectations • Often business rules are created without an understanding of why they exist or are so outdated that they no longer apply but because of organisational culture they still are being followed July 3, 2010 164
  • 165. Business Rules • Do the current business rules cause obstacles by requiring unnecessary approvals, steps or other constraints that should be eliminated? • Are the business rules in alignment with the objectives of the organisation? • Who created the business rules and upon what were they based? • When were the rules created and does their need exist? • If the rules were eliminated, what would be the result? • How flexible is the process to accommodate changes in the business rules? July 3, 2010 165
  • 166. Capacity • Analysing the capacity of the process tests upper and lower limits and determines whether the resources (machine or human) can appropriately scale to meet the demands − Is the process scalable and if inputs were increased, at what point will the process break down? − What would happen if the process slowed down and what is the cost of the idle time of the process? If idle, can those resources be put to work on other processes? − What happens when the process cannot get supplies and materials quickly enough to meet demand? − If the process speeds up can the consumer of the process handle the increase in production? July 3, 2010 166
  • 167. Bottlenecks • A bottleneck is a constraint in the process that creates a backlog of work to be done − What is being constrained: information, product, service? − Why does the bottleneck exist, what are the factors contributing to the bottleneck and are these factors people, systems or organisational? − Is it the bottleneck the result of handoffs or lack of information? − Is the bottleneck the result of a resource constraint and what type of resource: human, system or machinery? − Are there unnecessary check points that create the bottleneck that can be eliminated? − If multiple streams are processing information in parallel, do the streams come together at the same time or is one waiting for the other? − Does the process create a backlog upstream or downstream from the process? July 3, 2010 167
  • 168. Variation • Variation in the process may not be good • Variation slows down the process and requires more resources to properly scale • If the nature of the business requires variation as its core business strategy then look for places where some of the variation can be reduced which could save on the overall cycle time of the process • How much variation is tolerable for the process? − Is variation necessary or desirable? − Where are the points where variation is most likely to occur? Can they be eliminated and if so, what are some recommendations? − Can automation help eliminate variation July 3, 2010 168
  • 169. Cost • Understanding the cost of the process helps the team understand the value of the process in real money to the organisation − What is the total cost of the process? − Can the process be broken up into small cost allocations? − Is the cost in line with industry best practices? − Is the cost absorbed by the customer directly or is it a cost of business? − Can the cost be reduced through automation or technology improvements? If so, how and by what extent? July 3, 2010 169
  • 170. Human Involvement • Processes involve either automated activities or activities performed by people • Automated activities generally run consistently and when they do not it is possible to find and correct the situation that is causing the problem • Activities performed by people are more complex as they involve judgment and skill that cannot be automated − People do not always do the same task in the same way July 3, 2010 170
  • 171. Human Involvement • How much variability is introduced by the human element? Is the variability • tolerable? • Can the action be automated? What would be the result to the process? What would be the result to the human element and to the culture of the organisation? • How complex is the task? What are the skill sets required? How are performers trained for the task? • How do the performers of the task respond to external events during the task? • How does the performer know when the task is done well? What feedback systems are in place to guide the performer? What can the performer do with this feed back – what can he or she change with this knowledge? • Does the performer know where the task lies in the process and what the results of the actions are downstream? Does he /she know what happens before the task? What does the performer do with variations in the inputs for the task? • Can the performer identify variations before the task is completed? • What is the motivation for performing the task or performing the task well? • How much knowledge is available to the performer to accomplish this task? Is it sufficient? July 3, 2010 171
  • 172. Process Controls • Process controls are put in place to ensure adherence to legal, regulatory or financial constraints or obligations • Process controls are different from control processes − Process controls defines the control − Control processes defines the steps to achieve that control • Questions to assist in understanding what process controls are in place − What are the environmental impacts of the process and do those impacts need to be controlled? − Who are the regulatory or governing agencies that will regulate the process and do they need to be informed of the process change? July 3, 2010 172
  • 173. Other Factors • Purpose of the discussion topics is to initiate and encourage discussion about the process • Other discussion topics not mentioned will naturally arise during the process analysis and should be explored • Some of the topics noted above might not apply to the process being analysed • The analysis must encompass a variety of techniques and topics to achieve a complete and well rounded understanding of the process July 3, 2010 173
  • 174. Gathering Information • Next step in the analysis is for the analyst or team to gather as much relevant information about the process and business environment as possible • Types of information gathered depend on the business and process being analysed − The strategic information about the company such as long term strategy, markets, threats, opportunities, etc. − A company's performance in comparison to its peers or benchmarked to other related industries − The rationale for the process analysis and at who's request − The fit of the process into the organisation − The people who should be involved in the process analysis project • Sources of information − Interviews with individuals involved in the process − Performance records/transaction reviews on the process and walkthroughs of the process − Audit reports July 3, 2010 174
  • 175. Interviewing • Interviews those who are involved in or are associated with the process are an important method of gathering information and preparing for the process analysis − Process owners, internal or external stakeholders (vendors, customers or partners), those who work the process and those who pass inputs to or receive outputs from the process • Face-to-face setting is more productive as they allow for greater dialog and discussion about what is or was actually happening • Group interview performed by a facilitator can also be effective in generating discussion about processes July 3, 2010 175
  • 176. Observing • Direct observation of the process is an important method of gathering information − Directly observing the systems or observing the human interactions with the process, observing the process will help create an understanding of what the process is actually doing • During an analytical observation of a process, further questions and interviews need to be conducted to better understand a certain point • Interviews and fact finding should take place throughout the analysis process July 3, 2010 176
  • 177. Researching • Research any documentation or notes regarding the existing process − Written documentation created when the process was created, transaction or audit logs, process diagrams, etc. July 3, 2010 177
  • 178. Analysing the Business Environment • Before understanding a business process, must also understand how the business and the business environment interact − Includes understanding the market, the external factors affecting that market, the customer's demographics and needs, business strategy, the suppliers and how work transforms to meet the needs of the customers • As the business environment changes over time, so must the organisation's processes • The business analysis helps understand those environmental changes that took place since the process was first created and can help explain the reasons for poor performance of a process − Understanding these relationships is important to understand how processes might need to change • Business environment analysis methods − Value Chain Analysis − SWOT July 3, 2010 178
  • 179. Value Chain Analysis • Generic value chain model that introduced a sequence of five primary and several support activities that are fairly common through most organisations • Easy to see the relationship of the value chain to standard process management principles: − Inbound logistics (inputs) − Operations (acting on inputs to create value) − Output and distribution logistics (outputs) − Sales, marketing, etc. − Service and support July 3, 2010 179
  • 180. Value Chain Analysis Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages Output and Inbound Marketing and Service and Operations Distribution Logistics Sales Support Logistics Management and Support Processes Human Information Financial Facilities Resource Technology Management Management Management Management Legal, Regulatory, Knowledge, External Environment, Improvement Relationship Health and and Change Management Safety Management Management July 3, 2010 180
  • 181. Value Chain Analysis • A value chain analysis enables the process analyst to look at the process from a macro view that includes suppliers, vendors, customers, etc. • Identify weaknesses in the process that might occur upstream or downstream from the actual process itself July 3, 2010 181
  • 182. SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats) Analysis • SWOT analysis can assist the analyst in understanding the customer or their target market and what tolerances for process inefficiencies exist for the customer within their market • Most markets, however, do not have a high degree of tolerance for process inefficiency and, therefore, should be considered volatile and highly effected by the process of the organisation • SWOT analysis headings provide a good framework for reviewing strategy, position and direction of a company or business proposition or any idea July 3, 2010 182
  • 183. Analysing Information Systems • Information systems analysis is possibly the easiest type of analysis to perform as it requires fewer individuals and is easier to base upon fact and not opinion − Information Flow Analysis − Discrete Event Simulation July 3, 2010 183
  • 184. Information Flow Analysis • Information flow analysis/data flow analysis) seeks to understand how data flows through a system and to understand how those points interact with that data through the process • Data or information followed can be from any number of sources • Interactions with that data, be it system or human, are charted from the beginning point to the end point • Helps uncover bottlenecks, unneeded queues or batches and non- value-added interactions to the data • Assists in uncovering business rules that should or should not be applied based on the data − Include how long the data should be in a valid state before it is archived or destroyed, who is able to see the data, how secure data should be or the reporting processes that need to interact with the data July 3, 2010 184
  • 185. Discrete Event Simulation • Used to record the time of an event or a change in the state of an event • Event can include the time a customer order was received and when the order was actually shipped • Data derived from this analysis can assist the analyst in discovering bottlenecks and isolating event or activity specific breakdowns • Discrete event simulation can be used when simulating new processes during the design stage of the process improvement project July 3, 2010 185
  • 186. Analysing the Process • Various analytical tools/approaches are often used to extract information about a process such as how long the process takes, the quantity of product through the process, the cost of the process, etc. • Select and use the most appropriate tools/approaches − Creating Models − Cost Analysis − Transaction Cost Analysis − Cycle-Time Analysis − Pattern Analysis − Decision Analysis − Distribution Analysis − Root-Cause Analysis − Sensitivity Analysis − Risk Analysis July 3, 2010 186
  • 187. Analysing the Process • Creating Models − Process models are often used to show processes and the various interactions with the process • Cost Analysis − Also known as activity based costing − Analysis is a list of the cost per activity totaled to comprise the cost of the process − Used to gain an understanding and appreciation of the true cost associated with a product or service − Understand the real cost spent on the process so it can be compared to the value in the new process, the goal being decreased costs or if increased efficiency, than the value of the increase in production compared against the cost • Transaction Cost Analysis − Analyse how much time and resources are used for each transaction processed by the application − Can quickly uncover bottlenecks in the application as well as bottlenecks in business processes as they interact with the system • As most processes are dependent on some sort of automated system, the interaction and cost per transaction of the system is critical to understanding the system July 3, 2010 187
  • 188. Analysing the Process • Cycle-Time Analysis − Looks at the time each activity takes within the process − Each activity is measured from the time the input begins the activity until the activity creates the desired output including the time any subsequent activity begins − Analyse the process in terms of the time the process takes to complete with the goal of reducing that time − Uncover bottlenecks and potential bottlenecks within the process that prevent the process from performing correctly − Assists in discovering non value added activities that do not contribute to the process output • Pattern Analysis − Looks for patterns within the process that can be streamlined into a single sub-process to obtain efficiencies − Systems and activities within organisations tend to mimic themselves within the same organisation − By recognising these patterns in the organisation it is possible to find duplications • Decision Analysis − Examine the relationship between a decision and its outcome − Discover why a process has taken shape over time and assist in creating a new − process July 3, 2010 188
  • 189. Analysing the Process • Distribution Analysis − Comparison of attribute-based data − Plotted on a chart to show the comparisons of the data points − shape of the distribution curve helps to identify the biggest population of data affected by a particular attribute in the data − Assist in predicting the probability of an outcome − Assist in understanding the degree of variation that exists within the data • Root-Cause Analysis − After the event analysis used to discover what truly caused a given outcome − Finding the root cause for an outcome is not always as easy as it may seem as there may be many contributing factors − Process of finding the root cause includes data gathering, investigation and cause and effect relationship diagramming to eliminate outcomes July 3, 2010 189
  • 190. Analysing the Process • Sensitivity Analysis − A “what if” analysis that tries to determine the outcome of changes to the parameters or to the activities in a process − Helps understand the quality of the process • Responsiveness − Measurement of how well the process will handle changes to the various parameters of the process such as an increase or decrease of certain inputs, increasing or decreasing the arrival time of certain inputs − Know how quickly the process will flow − How much work the process can handle − Where the bottlenecks will occur given any set of parameters • Variability − Measurement of how the output of the process changes through the varying of parameters in the process − Often, one of the goals in performance improvement is to eliminate variability in the outcome − Knowing how variability in the parameters affects the outcome is an important − step to understanding the process July 3, 2010 190
  • 191. Analysing the Process • Risk Analysis − Examines the effects of the process under external pressures such as factors affecting the supply chain, thereby having an adverse effect − Aims to consider what would happen to the process should any of these scenarios happen and ultimately what the outcome would be July 3, 2010 191
  • 192. Analysing Human Interactions • Many processes require some type of direct human involvement to ensure progression of the process • These processes that usually require the most analysis to attain an understanding of the process • Various techniques can be used to assist in creating that understanding − Direct Observation − Apprentice Learning − Participatory Video Analysis − Activity Simulation − Workplace Layout Analysis − Resource Allocation Analysis − Motivation and Reward Analysis July 3, 2010 192
  • 193. Analysing Human Interactions • Direct Observation − Much can be learned by just watching process performers in action − They are the experts and generally have found efficient ways to do what they have been asked to do within the constraints that have been imposed on them − Primary advantage of direct observation is that the analyst can see the current process firsthand − As a worker may work seamlessly from “transactional based” to “knowledge based” work it may be difficult to observe and document all of the actions and knowledge required for the human interaction − Observation can be a disadvantage causing a slightly altered behaviour by the performer • Does the performer know how what he does impacts the results of the overall process and customer of that process? • Does the performer know what happens in the overall process or is he simply working in a black box • What criteria does he use to know whether at the end of each performance cycle he has done a good job? Could he change anything with that knowledge? Would he want to? July 3, 2010 193
  • 194. Analysing Human Interactions • Apprentice Learning − The performer teaches the analyst the job which can yield additional detail about the process − By teaching, the performer has cause to think about aspects of the process that might occur subconsciously − By performing the process, the analyst has a greater appreciation for the physical aspects of the activity and can better assess the details of the operation • Participatory Video Analysis − Record with video the actions of the performer − Note that there may be liability and personal intrusion issues with − taping the actions of anyone − Performer can be asked at a later time to narrate the recording, providing additional information about the actions July 3, 2010 194
  • 195. Analysing Human Interactions • Activity Simulation − Simulation of the activities involved in a process − Step through each activity, observing its inputs, outputs and the business rules that govern its behaviour − Group of process participants each take the role of a process participant and talk through the process − Handoffs from one performer to the next can be observed to ensure all needed inputs are available for the next activity and from what source • Workplace Layout Analysis − Physical analysis of a work place, assembly line or manufacturing floor space − Quickly uncover queuing or batch related bottlenecks, disconnections and duplicated efforts as work items are transferred from one physical location to another − Useful for any process that involves a physical space where activities are performed and handed off between individuals, groups, machines, etc. July 3, 2010 195
  • 196. Analysing Human Interactions • Resource Allocation Analysis − Study of the resources required to complete each task − Takes into perspective the skills of the resources and abilities of tools or other automated systems in meeting the needs that a process demands − Aims to discover if it is not the process but the resources that are inefficient in working through the process − Seeks to determine why an activity takes a given amount of time − Consider what the resource is capable of accomplishing and asks whether the skills and training are sufficient to perform the activity adequately − Examines whether the resource is constrained − Can uncover bottlenecks that can be improved with little cost or change in infrastructure given the organisation's ability to manage human resource issues • Motivation and Reward Analysis − Examination of the human motivational and reward systems in place for the process − Understanding those motivations and rewards as a process is analysed will help uncover unseen disconnects and bottlenecks in the process − Motivation and reward analysis should also consider what rewards should be in place to positively affect any new process or activity that is introduced July 3, 2010 196
  • 197. Document the Analysis • Final step in an analysis is the generation of the reports and other documentation • Should clearly present an understanding of the current state but does not and should not need to do more than that • Acts as a formal agreement among those that participated as to the accuracy of the analysis • Forms the basis to present the results of the analysis to management • Contents − Overview of the business environment wherein the process lives − Purpose of the process (why it exists) − Process model (what it does) including inputs to the process and outputs − Gaps in performance of the process (why it needs to be re-engineered) − Reasons and causes for the gaps in the process performance − Redundancies in the process that could be eliminated and the expected savings as a result − Recommended solutions July 3, 2010 197
  • 198. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Analysis critical success factors, possible practices and some of the pitfalls that should be avoided during a process analysis − Executive Leadership − Organisational Process Maturity − Avoid Designing Solutions − Paralysis from Analysis − Analyse with Metrics − Proper Time and Resource Allocation − Customer Interaction − Benchmarking − Understanding Organisation Culture − Avoiding Blame − Potential Threat − Threat of Obsolescence July 3, 2010 198
  • 199. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Executive Leadership − Important factor to ensure success during any stage in a process improvement project is the support and direct encouragement of the executive leadership team − Otherwise getting proper funding and necessary resources for the duration of the project will be difficult − Ideally should be the primary driver behind the process improvement project − Should be made aware of and provide full support to the process engineering or improvement project − May be necessary to convince the leadership team of the benefits of a process improvement project through the completion of a few small projects that show the gains in real money to the organisation through effective process reengineering • Organisational Process Maturity − Important to understand the business process maturity of the organisation − Helps define the level of analysis preparation needed − An organisation that is relatively new to the idea of process management will need, first, to be briefed on the concepts of process management − Need to understand the purpose of process management and the benefits it will provide the organisation July 3, 2010 199
  • 200. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Avoid Designing Solutions − During the analysis process possible solutions to process problems will arise − Members of the analysis team will want to explore these solutions and sometimes begin work immediately on designing that solution − Unwise to create a solution design before completing the analysis − Do not discourage suggestions for solving process problems that are uncovered during the analysis process but park them for later review • Paralysis from Analysis − Possible to do too much analysis − May be a tendency to want to document each minor detail about each activity that happens in a process − Detail can quickly become tedious and those involved in the process improvement team can lose interest − If the analysis is prolonged, members assigned to the project may not have the time necessary to remain dedicated to the project due to other commitments − If it happens it is time for the team to step back and take another look at the goals of the project and to simplify the analysis July 3, 2010 200
  • 201. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Analyse with Metrics − Use of metrics throughout the analysis is critical to receiving the validation of the analysis from the leadership or sponsors of the analysis − Validate the results of the analysis with appropriate metrics, such as cost, time, etc, related back to the objective of the process • Proper Time and Resource Allocation − Resources assigned to improvement projects may also have mission-critical responsibilities in the organisation − Wise to get the most knowledgeable individuals on the process improvement team but it is usually those same individuals who are critical to running the business − Important that those who are assigning the resources allow those resources appropriate time away from daily responsibilities to complete the project July 3, 2010 201
  • 202. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Customer Interaction − Important factors leading to a successful analysis is the consideration of the customer within the process − If a process appears to work within the context of the organisation it may not necessarily work for the customer − Without considering the customer in the process, customer satisfaction will be sacrificed and the process will not result in the increased performance as expected • Benchmarking • Good practice to compare the performance of a process to similar processes in the same or similar industries or even different industries − Investigate direct competitors and analyse how processes compare to competitor processes and considers competitive advantages − Analyse organisations in the same industry that are not direct competitors – may be willing to assist in providing detailed information and in discussing design features of their processes − Identify processes that are similar to the process being analysed but exist as best practices in other industries - escape the “group think” syndrome that often exists when organisations only look within their own company or industry • Understanding and analysing these benchmarks in relation to the processes being analysed will help the analyst team understand the performance potential of the process and its weaknesses in achieving that performance July 3, 2010 202
  • 203. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Understanding Organisation Culture − Understanding the culture of an organisation is important to the success of the analysis and ultimately the design and implementation of the new process − Ensure that the analysis presented not only represents the true organisation but is accepted by the organisation as such • Avoiding Blame − If any change to a new process is to be successful, it is vital that the analysis avoids any accusation of problems that exist in processes toward any individual or group − By simply stating the facts, the analysis will more likely be accepted as a correct understanding of the current state and avoid any finger pointing that can result July 3, 2010 203
  • 204. Analysis Issues and Considerations • Potential Threat − Process analysis could be considered as a threat by the owner of that process − Process owner can potentially misinterpret the analysis as a criticism about the way the process has been managed − Important for the leadership team to negotiate the situation and insist that the project is not a threat but a necessary part of doing business • Threat of Obsolescence − Mistrust of terms like process improvement − Employees who are interviewed could resent the fact that a process improvement project is beginning as they could associate that with a pending layoff as their job disappears through outsourcing, technology or any number of different reasons − Critical for the executive leadership and the analyst to manage this situation and any rumors that may result to prevent any explosive situation from occurring July 3, 2010 204
  • 205. Analysis Summary • Process analysis serves to create a common understanding of the current state of a process and whether it is meeting the goals of the organisation within the current business environment • Process analysis can occur at any time the organisation considers it necessary but the organisation should have a goal to continuously monitor processes as opposed to waiting for single events to trigger a process analysis • The various individuals that assist with process analysis include executive leadership and a cross- functional team including stakeholders and subject matter experts and process analysis professionals • The analysis should find an explanation of the interaction of the process within the business and find any of the following disconnections: − Performance goals not being reached − Failing customer interactions − Handoffs that create disconnections − Process variations − Bottlenecks • Many analysis techniques can be used during the process analysis to obtain the type of information necessary for the process being analysed − Techniques used should consider human performance systems, technology, modelling tools, business environment and strategy assessments • Process methodologies and frameworks help guide the process analysis down a commonly accepted path to achieve best results • Critical success factors for a successful process analysis include: executive leadership, considering metrics, benchmarks, customer interactions and cultural considerations as they relate to the process July 3, 2010 205
  • 206. Process Design July 3, 2010 206
  • 207. Process Design Topic Scope Process Design Purpose of Process Design Preparing for Process Design Process Process Rules Considerations Process Design Roles Process Design Principles Compliance Key Activities/ Design Around Design Around Executive Executive Roadmap for Customer Value-Adding Leadership Leadership Design Interactions Activities Work is Process Design Designing the Minimise Performed Where Process Team New Process Handoffs it Makes the Most Ownership Sense Defining Activities Create a Separate Subject Matter Provide a Single Incentive and Within the New Process for Each Experts Point of Contact Rewards Process Cluster Participants/ Comparison to Ensure a Cross-Functional Reduce Batch Size Stakeholders Existing Process Continuous Flow Teams Bring Capture Creating a Downstream Information Once Continuous Customer Physical Design Information at the Source and Improvement Needs Upstream Share It IT Infrastructure Involve as Few as Redesign, then Commitment to Project Manager Analysis and Possible Automate Investment Design Creating an Ensure Quality at Standardise Alignment with Facilitator Implementation the Beginning Processes Strategy Plan Use Co-located or Consider Model Simulation Networked Teams Outsourcing Process Owners and Testing for Complex Business Issues Processes July 3, 2010 207
  • 208. Process Design • Creation of specifications for new and modified business processes within the context of: − Business goals − Process performance objectives − Workflows − Business applications − Technology platforms − Data resources − Financial and operational controls − Integration with other internal and external processes • Should include both: − Logical design - what activities are performed − Physical design - how the activities are performed July 3, 2010 208
  • 209. Purpose of Process Design • The purpose of business process management is to ensure that an organisation’s processes are effective, agile and efficient • Develop plan for the desired state whether it is for a process redesign or the development of a new process • Bypassing process design and moving directly into implementation with preconceived assumptions will inevitably lead to problems with the process and force future re-design efforts • Building a process must likewise start by creating a design blueprint July 3, 2010 209
  • 210. Process Design Roles • Roles that play an important part in the definition of process design − Executive Leadership − Process Design Team − Subject Matter Experts − Participants/Stakeholders − Customer − Project Manager − Facilitator − Process Owners • Level of involvement of each depends on the scope of the process and the degree of the change • Transformational process changes that affect the entire enterprise must have a top-down approach involving everyone within the company and be led by the executive management team • Departmental or process specific improvements require more of a bottom-up approach to process improvement and involve only those individuals and groups necessary to effect the change within the scope of that process July 3, 2010 210
  • 211. Process Design Roles • Executive Leadership − Support and agree to the design changes before they are implemented − Ensure that the process designed will correctly meet the needs of the organisation • Process Design Team − Cross-functional team of individuals that represent the stakeholders, participants, subject matter experts and (possibly) customers that interact within the process − Validate the design with stakeholders, participants and customers • Subject Matter Experts − Individuals that are closest to the process and have the expertise necessary to ensure the process is a success − Individuals from every business function that touches the process should be part of the design team − Since technology is used most often to manage the processes and interact with existing systems, the IT organisation must also be engaged early in the initiative to ensure that any processes (or systems to monitor and control those processes) can be achieved through the available technology in the organisation July 3, 2010 211
  • 212. Process Design Roles • Participants/Stakeholders − Anyone who participates in or has activities that affect the process − Play a critical role in defining the business process through outlining the activities that comprise the new process − Play a critical part in the design process and they work closely with the process owner to ensure their interests in the performance of the new process are sufficiently met • Customer − Process improvement revolves around customer expectations − Customer should be allowed to test the process and comment on its effectiveness − Involving the customer during the design stage increases the chances that the goals of the process and the customer's expected outcome are properly addressed • Project Manager − Assign a project manager to manage the process improvement initiative − Responsible for the schedule and steps involved in achieving the stated goals of the initiative − Manages project plan, communication plan, managing scope and mitigating risk July 3, 2010 212
  • 213. Process Design Roles • Facilitator − Leads the team through the development of the future design of the processes − Should be a process professional with knowledge in both business processes and the needs of the organisation • Process Owners − Help ensure that the new design meets the required objectives while remaining within the assigned budget July 3, 2010 213
  • 214. Preparing for Process Design • Before beginning any process design review those deliverables from the analysis stage − Processes in the organisation are listed, weighted and prioritised − Reveals a clear picture of the weaknesses of the current process or processes − Helps decide which are to be redesigned and in what order • Should include current state documentation, a clear scope statement for the design and a list of constraints • Select the methodology and modelling tools that best fit the organisation and the desired goal in the process design • Degree of the change can be assessed to make either incremental or large scale systemic changes • Making frequent, small changes can have an equally significant effect on process performance as large radical changes, provided there is a clear and accepted vision of the future state July 3, 2010 214
  • 215. Preparing for Process Design • Key Activities/Roadmap for Design − Designing the New Process − Defining Activities within the New Process • Defining rules that control the activities • Defining handoffs of process between functional groups • Defining desired metrics in the new process − Comparison to Existing Process − Creating a Physical Design − IT Infrastructure Analysis and Design − Model Simulation and Testing − Creating an Implementation Plan • General set of activities − Do not necessarily always occur in that order − Activities can occur simultaneously July 3, 2010 215
  • 216. Designing the New Process • Many ways to design the new process from using simple white boards through sophisticated software modelling tools that allow the storage and retrieval of processes • Many different informational gathering activities that can be used to facilitate the creation of the model • Process modelling provides a discipline to ensure that the model created matches the expected outcome • Serves as written documentation of the process and detailed activity descriptions, customer interactions, business rules and outputs • Important to involve as many people from the different functions that interact with the process as possible, thus utilising the breadth of experience and knowledge of those closest to the process • Ensures that the process truly reflects what the organisation can accomplish • Simplest designs are most often the best designs July 3, 2010 216
  • 217. Defining Activities within the New Process • Activities are a series of steps that are performed to execute a process − Order fulfillment process • Entering the order • Packing the order • Shipping the order • Billing for the order − Each one must be performed for the order process to be complete and often the steps depend on one another and so must be completed in sequence • Any method the organisation chooses is valid as long as the activities can be placed in order and can represent the final process design when completed • Key to a successful outcome is to focus on the activities, not the actors • Keep the process as simple as possible − More simple a process the more likely it will be completed without error • Activities that can be completed in parallel with other activities help move a process along faster July 3, 2010 217
  • 218. Comparison to Existing Process • New process should also be compared to the existing state • Comparison allows a gap analysis to be performed which will show the level and scope of the change − Provides information that can demonstrate the savings that can be generated by the new process once the process is implemented − Helps build the case for the new process which will assist in managing resistance to change − Also allows the process design team to revisit the existing state and ensures that the new design does, in fact, meet the expected goals and resolve the issues discovered in the analysis stage • Existing process analysis event or transaction history provides information about conditions that created variation in process execution and performance • Evaluation of this history may suggest critical factors, e.g., event frequency, event workload or event complexity that, in turn, could offer a set of event-action scenarios that the proposed process must accommodate − Scenarios must be tested to assess the robustness of the proposed design • Through the documentation of the gap between the old and new process, the information provides weight to the need for the organisation to manage by process − Can also show the degree of the savings that can be achieved via process improvements in other areas of the organisation July 3, 2010 218
  • 219. Creating a Physical Design • Previous steps focussed on generating a logical design containing a coherent description of WHAT activities are to be included and their order of execution − Expected business value − Relevant performance metrics − Delineation of the appropriate activities and tasks − Linkages to other internal and external business processes • Physical design determines HOW each activity or task is to be performed, manual or automated, means or a combination of each • Degree of detail to be planned, documented and evaluated for a physical design is dependent upon the magnitude of the business process change • Contains − Indicative budget that includes more detailed development and operating costs is evaluated for financial feasibility − Acceptance by organisational stakeholders − Timeline for implementation July 3, 2010 219
  • 220. IT Infrastructure Analysis and Design • IT generally plays a key roles throughout the process design stage − Most processes involve a degree of automation in information flow − Technology can be the vehicle to enhance process performance • Involving IT in the design stage ensures that the process can be automated and that data can flow seamlessly between systems and activities within the process − What software or systems best match the needs of the process? − Are there limitations in the current infrastructure that limit the design? − Can the design be implemented quickly? − What will be the impact to the organisation? − Can a staged approach be employed? − What will the new implementation cost (including training, technology, etc.)? − Are there vendors that can assist in the implementation? July 3, 2010 220
  • 221. Creating an Implementation Plan • Create an understanding of implementation concerns at all stages of the process improvement initiative, especially during the design stage • Documented and referenced concerns as they are discovered − Define change management techniques that ensure employee support of the new process − Identifying which existing systems will be affected including how change to these systems should be accomplished (incremental shift or immediate change) − Whether the new process will be piloted or tested • Create implementation plan to appropriately address these concerns July 3, 2010 221
  • 222. Model Simulation and Testing • New process should be tested to ensure that it will work as intended and that the expected results are achieved • Number of approaches to test a new process: role-play, practice run or run a simulation of the new design • Role-playing − Assigning relevant process roles to people − Walk through process • Practice run − Real inputs are used and the people who will actually be working in the process participate • Simulation • Use software new to test process flow and key performance metrics under various scenarios to find bottlenecks and other problems July 3, 2010 222
  • 223. Model Simulation and Testing • Always a good to try and break the new design during these test runs • New process can be debugged without any negative consequences • Increase the volume that goes through the process or add complexity to the inputs thereby challenging the process to identify weak spots, bottlenecks, quality and coordination issues • Problems can be addressed and solved safely without harming customer relationships or creating negative consequences associated with actual process operation • Can demonstrate the dependability of the new design • See the new process working and have questions and concerns addressed July 3, 2010 223
  • 224. Model Simulation and Testing • Test the design in a pilot - new design is run for real but the scope of the process is constrained • Involves real products, customers and services so problems can have negative consequences − Risk is constrained − Closely monitored so if a problem does occur, it can be fixed immediately − People working in the pilot can become trainers as it is introduced to the rest of the organisation − Provides information as to the effectiveness of the process − Creates organisational acceptance and enthusiasm for the change July 3, 2010 224
  • 225. Process Design Principles • Process design principles represent the major concepts involved in most process redesign projects − Design around Customer Interactions − Design around Value-Adding Activities − Minimise Handoffs − Work is Performed Where it Makes the Most Sense − Provide a Single Point of Contact − Create a Separate Process for Each Cluster − Ensure a Continuous Flow − Reduce Batch Size − Bring Downstream Information Needs Upstream − Capture Information Once at the Source and Share It − Involve as Few as Possible − Redesign, then Automate − Ensure Quality at the Beginning − Standardise Processes − Use Co-located or Networked Teams for Complex Issues − Consider Outsourcing Business Processes • Not every design principle applies to every process • Use as a checklist when reviewing a process design • Always use common sense when applying them July 3, 2010 225
  • 226. Design around Customer Interactions • Customer interactions represent a point of contact into the organisation − Represent opportunities to show the success or failure in meeting the needs of the customer − Opportunity to enhance the reputation of the organisation − Customer experience is the sum of the quality of each customer contact point • When considering customer interactions during the design stage of process improvement, consider all the different opportunities where the customer could contact the organisation • Customer experience is dependent on − The primary business processes that directly interact with the customer − The internal support processes that indirectly influence customer experience quality July 3, 2010 226
  • 227. Design around Value-Adding Activities • Requires a clear understanding of what the customer of the process needs • Transforming information or material to meet customer requirements creates value-adding activities • Any step the customer is willing to pay for, such as a service, is also value-adding • Study the as-is process and determine exactly where the value- adding activities are performed • Extract the activities from the as-is process and explore a means to enable the value-adding activities efficiently and effectively • Seeking to eliminate non-value-adding activities can create hostile relationships with people involved in the work July 3, 2010 227
  • 228. Minimise Handoffs • When ownership of an activity or information is passed from one individual to another • Handoffs between individuals or functional groups present an opportunity for a breakdown in the process − Data can be lost or misinterpreted • Simplify and limit handoffs when possible • Automating handoffs through technology will also assist in reducing errors and speed up the activity between individuals and groups July 3, 2010 228
  • 229. Work is Performed Where it Makes the Most Sense • Task assignment occurs after an effective process flow is designed • Create the roles necessary to enable the process flow to operate with the greatest efficiency and effectiveness • Application of this design principle may negate some existing work, create new work and/or may move work from one location to another July 3, 2010 229
  • 230. Provide a Single Point of Contact • A common symptom of not having a single point of contact is multiple transfers of customers’ contact • A single point of contact can be a person such as a project manager, process consultant, customer service representative or a data repository July 3, 2010 230
  • 231. Create a Separate Process for Each Cluster • Frequently a single process attempts to handle every variation • Process inputs and outputs can often vary by complexity, type, size and so on • If inputs naturally cluster from significant differences then create a sub-process that is most appropriate for this cluster • Additional resources and costs could be introduced, but efficiency of throughput and greater client satisfaction should occur • Input cluster is then routed to the appropriate process July 3, 2010 231
  • 232. Ensure a Continuous Flow • Steps that directly add value to the customer such as delivering supplies, building the product and shipping it, represent the main sequence or value stream • Customer receives/pays for the output of the value stream • Nothing should impede or slow down the value stream July 3, 2010 232
  • 233. Reduce Batch Size • Batching causes wait time for items at the end of the batch • Batching causes work to build as it moves through your process • Cutting batch sizes creates a smoother flow through the process • A batch size of one or processing transactions in real-time is ideal July 3, 2010 233
  • 234. Bring Downstream Information Needs Upstream • Explore, at each step of the process, what may cause frustration/problems/issues • Two ways of implementing − If the process is routine and not complex, the upstream person should be trained or given a template or check sheet to capture what the downstream person needs − For complex processes, the downstream person must be brought upstream during a redesign to receive information directly from the source July 3, 2010 234
  • 235. Capture Information Once at the Source and Share It • Identify and eliminate data redundancy, re-keying and reconciliation July 3, 2010 235
  • 236. Involve as Few as Possible • Handoff of work or information offers the potential for error • Eliminating handoffs removes this potential • Accomplished by expanding the job scope upstream and downstream so that a person “runs” with the work longer • Requires cross training and often a change in compensation to reward knowledge or pay for new skills • Work often does not arrive at an organisation in a steady, even flow - spikes and bottlenecks in the workload − With more cross-trained workers, bottlenecks can be broken as more workers are qualified to manage them − Person can see his or her major contribution to the whole – can increases the desire to produce a quality product or service July 3, 2010 236
  • 237. Redesign, then Automate • Taking the as-is process design and lay information technology on top of it − Despite the investment, the problem might not be solved and automating it could magnify the issue − A faster but much more expensive and still ineffective process may result • First employ process design principles, benchmarking, best practices and lean thinking before automating an as- is”process • Process improvement envisions a new process after benchmarking best practices and using design principles July 3, 2010 237
  • 238. Ensure Quality at the Beginning • Quality problems encountered in the first several steps of a process will create exponentially negative effects downstream − Time spent to fix inefficiencies by the downstream people can be excessive • Effort spent initially to ensure quality pays for itself in preventing reviews and rework later July 3, 2010 238
  • 239. Standardise Processes • When there is no standardisation there cannot be process control − Significant variation in process output can be caused by performing the process different ways • Easier to find the root cause of a problem when people standardise their work • Less structured processes might be decomposed into more and less structured components that could be standardised July 3, 2010 239
  • 240. Use Co-located or Networked Teams for Complex Issues • Complex problems require people to review information in real time • If complex problems occur regularly, consider co-locating team members • If co-location does not make sense, then network the team so information can smoothly flow July 3, 2010 240
  • 241. Consider Outsourcing Business Processes • Best course of action may be to outsource one or more processes to companies that specialise in the performance of that process • Outsourcing certain processes can free to focus on other more strategic processes that add greater value to the organisation • Compare to the costs of designing the process in-house as well as compared to the risks associated with outsourcing • Many organisations find that outsourcing some business processes is a viable strategic model and helps the business become more agile and focus on those key activities that add the greatest value July 3, 2010 241
  • 242. Process Rules • Business rules define how or when a particular activity can be performed and help control the flow of the activity − As activities are defined, the need for certain business rules will become apparent • When defining business rules, the tendency for most organisations is to make them complex in order to eliminate confusion and emphasise control − Complexity in a set of business rules that govern an activity creates complexity in the process − The more complex the process is, the more opportunities for the process to fail • As a best practice, business rules should be applied when necessary, e.g., to enforce organisation policies or external regulations, reduce process errors and expedite process execution July 3, 2010 242
  • 243. Process Compliance • Most industries have standards and guidelines relating to the execution of their business processes • Ensure compliance July 3, 2010 243
  • 244. Process Design Considerations • Factors to consider when creating a successful process design • Attention to the details of these success factors should be observed throughout the design stage − Executive Leadership − Process Ownership − Incentive and Rewards − Cross-Functional Teams − Continuous Improvement − Commitment to Investment − Alignment with Strategy July 3, 2010 244
  • 245. Process Design Considerations • Executive Leadership − Direct involvement and leadership of the executive team − BPM initiative can have far reaching and lasting effects throughout the organisation − Vital that the executive leadership not only agree to the change but is visibly seen as the promoter, leader and champion of such change • Process Ownership − All too often organisations assign ownership of the process change initiative to an individual such as a project manager who has little or no authority over the actual process − Process ownership can take the form of a single individual responsible for the process, a cross-functional team of department directors or other type of management • Incentive and Rewards − Successful process management system will have incentive programs built into place and encourage the adoption of the new process and changed roles and behaviours − Incentives should be based on the goals established in the analysis − Most effective when aligned with the customer's expectations and corporate strategy July 3, 2010 245
  • 246. Process Design Considerations • Cross-Functional Teams − Success in BPM lies in the ability to tie together seamlessly all of the functions to meet the needs of the customer − Success depends on the degree of participation from all the functional groups that touch the process − During the design stage, key decisions makers must be present and agree on the new design • Continuous Improvement − Continuous improvement implies that small changes that happen frequently can have a powerful cumulative effect − Necessary to act quickly in the process initiative − Benefits of a BPM system is the agility it brings to the organisation and that agility should be demonstrated within the BPM change process itself − Longer the initiative takes, the more likely those involved could be siphoned off to run other projects, lose interest or focus or leave the organisation all together − By quickly implementing a few small changes, the positive effects of those changes can be communicated to the organisation and will serve as a catalyst for the larger organisational changes July 3, 2010 246
  • 247. Process Design Considerations • Commitment to Investment − Although one of the goals of business process management is to reduce cost, there are often initial financial investments that must be made before that reduction is realised − The organisation's leadership must be committed to make the necessary investment to ensure the process improvement is successful before the return on the investment is achieved • Alignment with Strategy − Understanding the business strategy and its relationship to the customer is key in the design of the new process − A successful business strategy is one that is designed around the needs of the customer − Careful design considerations should be made to ensure that all activities in the process work toward the end goal of meeting that customer need and realising the business strategy − Any activity that does not meet the needs of the customer should be considered extraneous and should be seriously considered before being included in the process July 3, 2010 247
  • 248. Process Design Summary • Process design is the creation of a new process that aligns the business around the business strategy • Process design involves the executive leadership, process owners and stakeholders in the creation of the new process • The process design team should include subject matter experts, stakeholders, participants and customers • While designing a new process, consideration should include the following best practices: − Design around value-added activities − Perform work where it makes the most sense − Create a single point of contact for the customer − Combine processes around clusters − Reduce handoffs − Reduce batch sizes − Put access to information where it is needed the most − Capture information once and share it with everyone − Redesign the process before considering automation − Design for desired performance metrics − Standardise processes − Consider co-located networked teams and outsourcing July 3, 2010 248
  • 249. Process Design Summary • The activities associated with process design include the following: − Design the process with modelling and other tools − Define the activities of the new process − Define the rules of the new process − Define the handoffs between activities − Define the metrics − Perform comparisons and benchmarking − Perform simulation and testing − Create the implementation plan • Critical success factors include the involvement of executive leadership, process owners and cross-functional teams • Process design must be for continuous improvement as opposed to a one time event • Businesses must commit to invest in process management to benefit from process efficiency • All processes should be aligned to the business strategy and customer needs July 3, 2010 249
  • 250. Process Performance Measurement July 3, 2010 250
  • 251. Process Performance Measurement Topic Scope Process Performance Measurement Alignment of Decision Importance Monitoring Key Process Business Support for and Benefits of and What to Measurement Modelling and Considerations Performance Process and Process Performance Controlling Measure Methods Simulation for Success Definitions Enterprise Owners and Measurement Operations Performance Managers July 3, 2010 251
  • 252. Importance and Benefits of Performance Measurement • Aligning process performance to organisational goals is the primary reason for undertaking process management practices • If you cannot measure it, you cannot manage it • No business should invest time and resources to improve a process if they do not know what they had to measure to improve • Many process improvement efforts tend to focus on one functional area without consideration for the enterprise context − Nothing wrong with focusing efforts on functional process improvement and management provided that it can be linked to the overall cross functional process performance that drives enterprise level performance metrics July 3, 2010 252
  • 253. Cross Functional Processes Link Operational Processes • Need a clear understanding of the organisation’s operational processes • Need to ensure that the operational processes are optimised • Cross-functional processes involve collaboration between operational processes July 3, 2010 253
  • 254. Cross Functional Processes and Strategy • Effective cross-functional Measure processes deliver on the Achievement organisation’s strategy of Goals • Cannot divorce the Strategy organisation’s strategy from operational processes and their execution Delivered By • Collecting information on the performance of cross-functional Cross-Functional processes will allow the Processes execution of strategy to be effectively measured • Linkage between strategy, cross- Consisting Of functional processes and operational processes means individual process Operational Processes measurements can be linked to overall performance Set Goals • Allows goals to be connected to operational processes July 3, 2010 254
  • 255. Business Process Action Hierarchy • Cross-functional Business Process Hierarchy processes need to be aligned with actions Cross Functional Cross Functional Process Process Consists of one or • Performance of more of … actions rolls-up to Process Process Process Process performance of Consists of one or more of … process Sub-Process Sub-Process Consists of one or more of … Activity Activity Consists of one or more of … Task Task Consists of one or more of … Step Step Step Step July 3, 2010 255
  • 256. Process Hierarchy Example Enterprise Issue Desired Results Market Share: 80+% Process Issue Current Results Order Fulfilment Process Market Share 58% Drop in Customer Satisfaction Desired Results Order Cycle Time of 1 Day Activity Issues Current Results Order Cycle Time of 9 Days Order Fulfilment Process Inaccurate and Later Order Forms Desired Results Zero Incomplete Order Forms 100% Accurate Forms Current Results Between 1-10% Incomplete Order Forms 83% Orders Accurate Orders Submitted Weekly July 3, 2010 256
  • 257. Process Hierarchy Example • Not everyone has the complete picture of what is happening − Marketing - views issue as a market share problem − Supply Chain - views issue as an order cycle time problem − Sales - views issue with the accuracy and timeliness of the sales order forms • No one understands the others’ perspectives • Each unit may or may not have a metric that they are accountable to, but more importantly, they more than likely do not have an understanding of the extent of the cross functional process that links them all together from a process performance perspective • Process focused means that they will attack the symptoms independently and most likely make things worse July 3, 2010 257
  • 258. Key Process Performance Definitions • First review the definitions of process performance − All processes have a metric or Time measurement associated with the work or output of the process that is performed − Metrics are based on the following fundamental metric dimensions Quality Cost • Time - is a measurement of process duration • Cost - is a measurement of the monetary value associated with a process • Capacity - this is an amount or volume Capacity of a feasible output associated with a process • Quality - is usually expressed as a percentage of actual to optimal or maximum in process terms July 3, 2010 258
  • 259. Key Process Performance Definitions • Time - is a measurement of process duration − Cycle Time – measures the time it takes from the start of a process to the completion of that process in terms of the output July 3, 2010 259
  • 260. Key Process Performance Definitions • Cost - is a measurement of the monetary value associated with a process − Resource Cost - is a measurement of the monetary value associated with the resources (human or non-human) required to complete a process − Opportunity Cost - It is the value that is lost from the process by not getting the resultant output of the process July 3, 2010 260
  • 261. Key Process Performance Definitions • Capacity - this is an amount or volume of a feasible output associated with a process − Number of Transactions - transactions performed by process − Rate of Transactions - yield of process − Capacity – number of transactions the process is capable of July 3, 2010 261
  • 262. Key Process Performance Definitions • Quality - is usually expressed as a percentage of actual to optimal or maximum in process terms − Satisfaction - is a measurement of customer satisfaction, which is usually associated with a service level expectation on the part of the customer − Variation - this is a measurement of the amount, extent, rate or degree of change and is generally expressed as the difference between the actual and target or expected result − Error or Defect Rate - is an example of variation in the measurement of errors associated with the output of a process July 3, 2010 262
  • 263. Key Process Performance Definitions • Other measures exist such as efficiency and effectiveness • Functions of one or more of the four fundamental metrics • The overall purpose of understanding process metrics is so that a manager can attribute a value to improving or changing a process as part of process performance management July 3, 2010 263
  • 264. Key Process Performance Definitions • Value added versus non-value added • Process is value added − When it is required to generate the output required by the customer of the process − When the customer is willing to pay for the process (or activity) that generates the output − When it is required to maintain quality and consistency of the component resources or output − When it provides continuity − When it enhances customer experience even when it does not contribute directly to the specific service • Does something that is perceived as having added value to the customer • Understanding whether a process is value added or non-value added is important when it comes time to decide whether to eliminate a step or activity of a process when doing improvements July 3, 2010 264
  • 265. Key Process Performance Definitions - Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) Metric Characteristic Alignment Key performance indicators (KPIs) are always aligned with organisation strategies and objectives Accountability Every KPI is owned by an individual or group on the business side who is accountable for its outcome Predictive KPIs measure drivers of business value and are leading indicators of desired performance Actionable KPIs are populated with timely, actionable data so users can intervene to improve performance before it is too late Few in Number KPIs should focus users on a few high value activities or on the overall effectiveness of the process Easy to KPIs should be straightforward, not based on complex indexes that managers don’t know how to Understand influence directly Balanced and KPIs should balance and reinforce each other, not compete and confuse. Otherwise, you will degrade Linked process performance Transformative A KPI should trigger a chain reaction of positive changes in the organisation, especially when it is monitored by the process manager or officer Standardised KPIs are generally more effective when based on standard definitions, rules and calculations so they can be integrated across dashboards, throughout the organisation and used for benchmarking within and across industries Context-Driven KPIs put performance in context by applying targets and thresholds so users can gauge their progress over time Reinforced The impact of KPIs may be enhanced by attaching compensation or incentives to them Relevant KPIs gradually lose their impact over time, so they must be reviewed and refreshed periodically July 3, 2010 265
  • 266. Monitoring and Controlling Operations • Important to continually measure, monitor and control the process in order to achieve the desired results • Performance management is more of a journey and not a destination • Importance of understanding the process cannot be emphasised enough • Monitoring and controlling performance of the process is what makes the difference • As circumstances changes, so will the desired performance of the process − Process itself will have to change in order to achieve the new desired performance − This cannot be determined unless the process and the performance of the process are monitored and controlled to the needs to the customer requirements July 3, 2010 266
  • 267. Alignment of Business Process and Enterprise Performance • Enterprise performance and corresponding metrics are best expressed with respect to satisfying the needs of the customer • Extrapolations of the Time, Cost, Capacity and Quality foundations − Time • Delivery Performance, Request Date • Order Fulfillment Lead Time • Product Development Lead Time − Quality • Product Launch Variance • Forecast Accuracy − Cost • Sales Cost • Manufacturing Cost • Logistics Cost • Inventory Days of Supply − Capacity • Customer Amount per Order (Wallet Share) • Customer Growth Rate • Market Share July 3, 2010 267
  • 268. Alignment of Business Process and Enterprise Performance • Enterprise level metrics have cross functional processes associated with them • Examples of cross functional processes that drive enterprise level metrics − Order to Cash − Procure to Pay − Campaign to Quote − Plan to Fulfill − Manufacture to Distribution − Issue to Resolution July 3, 2010 268
  • 269. Define Measures Linked to Key Processes Number of Profitability Customer New Per Inventory Turnover Customers Customer Business Environment Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics Customer Customer’s Process Needs Acquisition Cost Core Processes Business Business Processes That Create Value for the Customer Controlling Measurement Number of Process Process Customer Product Order Customer Customers Acquisition Delivery Fulfilment Support Processes That Processes That Complaints Direct and Tune Monitor and Other Processes Report the Time to Fulfil Results of Other Order Enabling Processes Processes Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes Time to Channel Supply Human Information Business Management Management Resources Technology Acquisition Resolve Complaints Forecast Accuracy Supplier’s Processes Number of Delivery Payment Time Invoice Returns Accuracy Times Accuracy July 3, 2010 269
  • 270. Alignment of Business Process and Enterprise Performance • Cross-functional processes will impact more than just one enterprise level metric • For example Plan to Fulfill will impact Delivery Performance, Request Date and Order Fulfillment Lead Time − Lots of process transformation methods • Important to understand whether that methodology will address the cross functional process or just a sub process within the cross functional process or even an activity within a sub process July 3, 2010 270
  • 271. Linking the Process to the Enterprise Level Desired Performance Metric Modest Improvement Goals Significant Enterprise Business Essential Wide Process Value Reengineering Stream (BPR) Process Role of Scope Information Business Technology Process Unit Improvement (BPI) Activity Task Local Incidental Symbolic Intense Management Involvement July 3, 2010 271
  • 272. What to Measure • Best way to understand what to measure in a process is to first understand the desired result • Information required for measuring the quality dimensions of a process can be obtained at − The input and output of the process − The overall process when it comes to service level satisfaction • Four fundamental metric dimensions − Quality - Metrics such as error and defect rates are examples of quality based metrics based on input and output information garnered from a process − Cost - Information required for measuring the cost dimension is usually based on the resources needed to perform the process itself, although the opportunity cost can also come from the output information − Capacity - Capacity information comes from the output information of the process − Time - Time based dimensional metric information is obtained from the entire process, from supplier to customer, but can also be broken down between supplier and input and output and customer July 3, 2010 272
  • 273. Measurement Methods • Two methods for measuring a process − Manual, that is collecting data by hand and either drawing it on paper or entering it into a spreadsheet or modelling tool − Automated method enabled by sophisticated software such as business process management suites or enterprise software modelling tools • Several common measurement methodologies used in BPM implementations − Value Stream Mapping − Activity Based Costing − Statistical Methods July 3, 2010 273
  • 274. Value Stream Mapping • Value Stream Definition − By locating the value creating processes next to one another and by processing one unit at a time, work flows smoothly from one step to another and finally to the customer − Chain of value-creating processes is called a value stream − Value stream is simply all the things done to create value for the customer • Value Stream Mapping − Planning tool used to visualise the value stream of a process, department or organisation − Follow a product’s production path from beginning to end and draw a visual representation of every process in the material and information flows − Draw a future state map of how value should flow July 3, 2010 274
  • 275. Value Stream Mapping • Value Adding Activity - Those activities that, in the eyes of the end customer, make a product more valuable. A value adding activity is simple to define; it results in something the customer would pay for • Non-Value Adding Activity -Those activities that, in the eyes of the end customer, do not make a product more valuable and are not necessary, even under present circumstances. These activities are clearly waste and should therefore be the target of immediate or short-term removal • Necessary Non-Value Adding Activity -Those activities that, in the eyes of the end customer, do not make a product more valuable, but are necessary unless the existing supply process is radically changed. This type of waste is more difficult to remove in the short term and should be a target for longer term radical change July 3, 2010 275
  • 276. Value Stream Mapping • Seven types of waste in a process Waiting Defects Processing Motion Overproduction Inventory Transportation July 3, 2010 276
  • 277. Value Stream Mapping • Defects - Repair and rework • Motion - Any time wasted to gather resources such as documents or requirements in multiple systems • Overproduction - Producing more than is needed before it is needed, working on non-priority items early • Transportation - Wasted time to more resources between processes • Inventory - Maintaining excess output • Processing - Doing more work than is necessary, work not in scope • Waiting - Any non-work time waiting for approval, resources, information, queueing time July 3, 2010 277
  • 278. Activity Based Costing • An accounting methodology that assigns costs to activities rather than products or services • ABC does not eliminate or change costs • It provides data about how costs are actually consumed in a process − Activities consume resources − This consumption is what drives cost or inefficiency − Understanding this is relationship is critical to managing overhead • Used to discover opportunities for cost or efficiency improvement • Focuses on overhead, traces rather than allocates each expense to a particular cost object • Makes indirect expenses direct July 3, 2010 278
  • 279. Activity Based Costing Direct Labour and Overhead Output Activities Cost Direct Materials July 3, 2010 279
  • 280. Activity Based Costing • Establishing a cross-functional view of your organisation and understanding what drives your costs • Pulling apart indirect or hidden costs and attributing them correctly to products and services Resources Cost Drivers Activities Performance Measures Products and Customers July 3, 2010 280
  • 281. Activity Based Costing • An ABC approach will account for − Activities / processes (comparing before and after the re- engineering project) − The frequency and cost of the activity/process (comparing before and after the re-engineering project) − The do-nothing scenario (what would happen if we do not do the project) − Which processes provide value (i.e. are needed to attract and retain customers, result in operational savings) July 3, 2010 281
  • 282. Activity Based Costing • Use ABC when − Overheads are high − Cost of errors is high − Inefficiency − Competition is stiff July 3, 2010 282
  • 283. Statistical Methods • Science of collecting, analysing, presenting and interpreting data − All work occurs in a system of interconnected processes − Variation exists in all processes − Variation may occur in at least two forms: • Random—natural variation due to the nature of the process; may be reduced, bit not eliminated • Systemic—variation due to some consistent cause that can be addressed and eliminated − Variability is what drives error rates or inefficiency − Understanding what reduces the variability will help improve the process July 3, 2010 283
  • 284. Statistical Methods • Used to understand and then reduce or eliminate variability in processes for improvement • Focuses on data (the X’s [inputs] which drive the Y [output]) • Determines which processes are primarily responsible for driving the X’s, then focus on those processes for improvement • Use when: − High rate of errors − Inconsistency of outputs July 3, 2010 284
  • 285. Modelling and Simulation • After measurement, modelling and simulation are the next step in terms • Measuring the current state process performance • Developing desired future states of process performance • Identifying the gaps in the current process preventing transition to the desired future state • Simulation is the enactment or representation of the behaviour or characteristics of one system through the use of another system • For business processes, simulation is enacting the behaviour of a process • Process is modelled in the software with parameters associated with a process entered July 3, 2010 285
  • 286. Modelling and Simulation • Cycle time parameters for each activity − In-queue time (before work begins) − Work delay time (from start of resource involvement until start of work) − Work time (from beginning of work to production of output) − Out-queue time (from output production to release of output) • Cost parameters − Labour (total staffing costs allocated by headcount) • The resources associated with each activity • The cost of each resource − Material • Direct costs - material consumed each time an activity is performed − Overhead (administrative costs allocated as a percent of labor) • Indirect costs - allocated to activities requiring resources that are incurred over an interval of time • Other parameters − How many times the process runs per interval time (N times/hour/day) − Decision points in process (for example - 60/40 split between path A and path B) July 3, 2010 286
  • 287. Modelling and Simulation • Simulation output typically show each activity with all of the time metric dimensions summarised per activity along with the cost metric dimensions summarised by activity • Allows for quick identification of process performance problem areas that are supported by extensive data from the simulation • Once the current state performance is analysed and validated the desired future state process can then be modelled • Saves time because it is all done using software before it is implemented in the organisation • Provide an experimental lab to do the process reengineering efforts before actual implementation • Not a substitute for the actual field work, nor is it a perfect method for determining the future state process • Calculates the benefits of the process improvement via the Time, Cost, Capacity and Quality dimensions to help build a data driven business case for process improvement/reengineering July 3, 2010 287
  • 288. Decision Support for Process Owners and Managers • Decision support for process owners and managers is essential for continuously monitoring the actual process performance • Poor information about business processes can lead to poor decisions about where to invest in and how to improve company performance • Many organisations use a Balanced Scorecard framework − Strategic planning and management system used to • Align business activities to the vision and strategy of the organisation • Improve internal and external communications • Monitor organisational performance against strategic goals − Dashboard to measure performance of the organisation • Dashboards are a form of decision support and have been referred to as business intelligence and analytics July 3, 2010 288
  • 289. Decision Support for Process Owners and Managers • Business intelligence generally deals with addressing process performance management and control within an enterprise context • When business intelligence is instituted at an enterprise level, it mines information about specific cross functional processes and the performance of those processes in real-time, displaying the information in a dashboard format • Decision support actually begins with the planning of the when, what and how process performance will be measured, managed and controlled • Process performance management begins with a plan for − What processes will be measured − How often the processes will be measured − How decisions about process performance will be addressed when encountered • Decision support frameworks, like a balanced scorecard, are useful in the planning for monitoring and controlling of business processes July 3, 2010 289
  • 290. Decision Support for Process Owners and Managers • Once a process performance plan is in place business intelligence and analytics technology will provide the insights into the performance of the business processes − Business intelligence technology is an enabler and powerful mechanism in the hands of a process manager − Effective decision support can save the process manager a lot of time in detecting process performance issues July 3, 2010 290
  • 291. Considerations for Success • Important part of any BPM effort is the skills needed to manage the people impacted by the business process change • Always underestimated and is usually in the top three culprits when the effort fails • Process designs which change organisational culture and human behaviour need to be aligned to the desired outcomes and working methods of the future business process • Not as easy as it sounds July 3, 2010 291
  • 292. Considerations for Success • Competency Matching - making sure that the people who will be performing the actual work in the new process actually have the competencies and skill sets to do the work effectively to achieve the desired outcomes • Roles and Responsibilities - making sure that these are clear to people, otherwise there will be tremendous confusion accompanied by process deterioration • Organisational Structure - structure the new organisation to take advantage of the new process, but also to manage it effectively • Empowerment with Accountability - this goes double for the process managers who will own the enterprise level process performance • Performance Measures and Objectives -– these should be tied to roles along with the corresponding compensation and incentives to drive the desired behaviours • Personal Growth Opportunities - people don’t want to feel like they’ve been pigeon-holed into one role with the new process but want to see how they can grow within the new roles July 3, 2010 292
  • 293. Considerations for Success • Some critical success factors − Focus on people as much as the process − Education – make sure everyone knows the entire process and not just their part of it − Everyone has the same understanding of what a process is − Everyone understands why process is important – tie it to operational performance metrics for the company and align compensation to it − People who design and approve the activities are the same people who do the activities − Attempt to over communicate the goals and objectives (performance metrics) of the process July 3, 2010 293
  • 294. Considerations for Success • Important to assign a Process Manager who − Manages process performance − Ensures the process is documented and reflects actual practice − Defines performance measures and targets − Monitors process performance − Takes action to address process performance • Process Manager is an individual with accountability and authority for the end-to-end performance of a process • Never-ending responsibility and the Process Manager helps create the new process and lives with the results July 3, 2010 294
  • 296. Process Transformation Topic Scope Process Transformation Process Improvement Implementation Sustaining the Redesign Reengineering Implementation Transformation Methodologies Roles BPM Lifecycle Implementation Six Sigma Phase Implementation Lean Activities TQM (Total Quality Evaluation Management) ABC (Activity Quality Control Based Costing) Performance Improvement Model July 3, 2010 296
  • 297. Process Transformation • Planned evolution of a business process using a clearly defined methodology and disciplined approach to ensure that the business process continues to meet business objectives • Business processes are affected by many factors both in and out of the organisation’s control • Process transformation is enabled by Business Process Management principles and governances adopted by the organisation • Depending on the process maturity level of the organisation, it will adopt various methods to monitor and respond to these factors in the appropriate manner and timeline to meet each individual situation • May be achieved through a strategy of continuous improvement or by initiating projects as needed July 3, 2010 297
  • 298. Process Transformation - Improvement Methodologies • Improvement Methodologies − Six Sigma − Lean − TQM (Total Quality Management) − ABC (Activity Based Costing) − Performance Improvement Model July 3, 2010 298
  • 299. Six Sigma • Originated in Motorola in the mid-1980’s • Popularised by GE in the mid-1990’s when Jack Welch praised the cost savings that the company was able to achieve • Measure of quality that strives for near perfection • Disciplined, data-driven approach and methodology for eliminating defects based on statistical data in any process from manufacturing to transactional and from product to service • To achieve Six Sigma, a process must not produce more than 3.4 defects per million opportunities - six standard deviations between the mean • Six Sigma does not represent a means of realigning enterprise processes for market differentiation as much as a proven means of driving out costs from existing processes July 3, 2010 299
  • 300. Lean • Originated by Toyota - Toyota Production System • Popularised by Daniel Jones and James Womack • Management philosophy focusing on reduction of seven wastes − Over-production − Waiting time − Transportation − Processing − Inventory − Motion − Scrap • Set of disciplines which can be very powerful in the realm of operations analysis • More an operations process improvement instrument rather than a means of reengineering or designing new processes • Develop and review checklists to review product designs • About getting the right things, to the right place, at the right time, in the right quantity while minimising waste and being flexible and open to change July 3, 2010 300
  • 301. Lean • Lean principles − Perfect first-time quality - quest for zero defects, revealing & solving problems at the source − Waste minimisation - eliminating all activities that do not add value and safety nets, maximise use of scarce resources (capital, people and land) − Continuous improvement - reducing costs, improving quality, increasing productivity and information sharing − Pull processing - products/services are pulled from the consumer end, not pushed from the production end − Flexibility - producing different mixes or greater diversity of products quickly, without sacrificing efficiency at lower volumes of production − Building and maintaining a long term relationship with suppliers through collaborative risk sharing, cost sharing and information sharing arrangements July 3, 2010 301
  • 302. TQM (Total Quality Management) • Set of management practices throughout the organisation geared to ensure the organisation consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements • Focus on process measurement and controls as a means of continuous improvement • Statistical analysis is used to monitor process behaviour and identify defects and opportunities for improvement • Forerunner of Six Sigma July 3, 2010 302
  • 303. ABC (Activity Based Costing) • Methodology that measures the cost and performance of cost objects, activities and resources • Cost objects consume activities and activities consume resources • Resource costs are assigned to activities based on their use of those resources • Activity costs are reassigned to cost objects (outputs) based on the cost objects proportional use of those activities • Incorporates causal relationships between cost objects and activities and between activities and resources July 3, 2010 303
  • 304. Performance Improvement Model • Developed by Geary Rummler and Alan Brache in the early 1990s • Framework aligns processes at three distinct three levels of performance: − Organisational level − Process level − Job or performer level • Seeks to align the processes behind the strategy of the organisation and the customer's requirements • Can be used to understand the alignment of the human resources central to the performance of one or more value chains July 3, 2010 304
  • 305. Performance Improvement Model • Matrix to provide the means of alignment within the enterprise • Matrix addresses the nine concerns that anyone trying to change processes in an organisation must consider Goals and Design and Management Measures Implementation Organisational Organisational goals Organisational design Organisational Level and measures of and implementation management organisational success Process Level Process goals and Process design and Process management measures of process implementation success Activity or Activity goals and Activity design and Activity management Performance Level measures of activity implementation success July 3, 2010 305
  • 306. Redesign • End-to-end rethinking of what the process is currently doing • Different from process improvement because it takes a holistic approach to the process rather than identifying and implementing incremental changes • Although it may lead to significant changes, these changes continue to be based on the fundamental concepts of the existing process • Different from process reengineering which begins with a “blank slate” and is based on radical change to the process July 3, 2010 306
  • 307. Reengineering • Mike Hammer’s 1993 book Reengineering the Corporation • Premise is one of radical change of process throughout the organisation to bring about performance improvements − Fundamental rethinking and radical redesign of business processes to achieve dramatic improvements in critical, contemporary measures of performance, such as cost, quality, service and speed July 3, 2010 307
  • 308. Reengineering • Seven rules or principles of reengineering − Organise around outcomes not tasks - helps eliminate the need for handoffs and provides a single point of contact for the customer − Have those who use the output of the process perform the process - those who are closest to the work should do the work − Merge information - processing work into the real work that produces the information - People collecting the work should be responsible for processing the work instead of handing over to some other individual or system − Treat geographically dispersed resources as though they were centralised - technology advancements make this a reality through combining dispersed systems and teams as though they were a single team − Link parallel activities instead of integration their results - helps reduce errors at the end of the process − Put the decision point where the work is performed and build control into the process - empowers the performer of the work to get the resources he needs to get the job done most efficiently − Capture information once - at the source - eliminates costly mistakes of information not being passed effectively from one handoff to another July 3, 2010 308
  • 309. Implementation • Realisation of an approved business process design into documented, tested and operational procedures and workflows • Includes new and revised business process policies and procedures • Assumed that the analysis, modelling and design stages have created an approved, comprehensive set of specifications so only minor adjustments should occur during implementation • Scope of implementation activities − Executable primary and support processes − Oversight management processes − Business rules related to all three types of processes − Relevant and controllable Business Process Management components in the organisation’s internal environment, e.g., policies, incentives, governance and leadership style July 3, 2010 309
  • 310. Scale of Change in Implementation • Scale of implementation varies from limited procedural changes in business processes, business rules and process management to the transformation of entire enterprise business processes and its BPM governance High Transformational Change Impact of Change Procedural Change Low Low Scale of Change High July 3, 2010 310
  • 311. Scale of Change in Implementation • Procedural Type Changes − BPM scenario: a business manager may not retain the role of the same process ownership for more than two years, rather than three years. This is a change to how the business process is managed − Process scenario: a market research study launch requires authorisation by both the Marketing Manager and also now the Sales Manager for that market territory. This is a change to the business process • Transformational Type Changes − BPM scenario: an Enterprise Business Process Council comprised of all process owners, the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Financial Officer will be created and meet quarterly to evaluate the Business Process Portfolio performance and proposed major business process improvement projects − Process scenario: the current evaluation of life insurance applications by a fixed sequence of professional staff groups will be replaced by an application coordinator who will select which professional staff groups need to be involved with a particular application July 3, 2010 311
  • 312. Scale of Change in Implementation • Procedural changes may need less formal (project) management controls • Need the approval of small number of personnel depending upon the nature and scope of the change • Transformational changes might require senior management or Process Council approval and a formal program or project management team • Criteria for determining what type of approval and oversight are necessary are part of the BPM governance policy July 3, 2010 312
  • 313. Implementation • Difference between implementing a business process and implementing BPM • Implementation of BPM involves − Setting up the infrastructure for an organisation to manage their business processes − Defining how they will be managed − Governance − Tools to develop, maintain and monitor business processes − Methodology to determine when new processes are required and when − changes to existing processes are needed − Identifying when a process should be retired − Detailing the steps involved in achieving each scenario July 3, 2010 313
  • 314. Business Process Implementation • Focus primarily on Business Process implementation rather than Business Process Management implementation July 3, 2010 314
  • 315. Business Process Implementation Topic Scope Implementation Implementation Implementation Evaluation Quality Control Phase Activities Implementation Risk and Issue Implementation Orchestrating Installation Training Planning Management Construction Change July 3, 2010 315
  • 316. Implementation Phase • Business Process Implementation is transforming an approved business process design into operational enterprise (or lesser scope) processes and revised BPM policies and procedures that are accepted by the appropriately trained stakeholders • Success of the implementation effort is dependent significantly on the buy-in and continued visible support by senior management sponsors, process owners, process champions and process performers (who are responsible for the most critical tasks) July 3, 2010 316
  • 317. Implementation Phase • Deliverables − Manual and automated new or revised executable business processes decomposed into detailed workflow scripts including associated business rules and management controls − BPM metrics and tools to evaluate the performance of the new or revised business processes − A new or revised Process Management organisation and set of processes for monitoring, controlling, tracking and assessing process performance and a means to align process performance to strategic goals • Complete and accurate business process and business rules documentation integrated into a business process rules repository − As appropriate, installed and tested BPM software and manual activities with related business applications, data sources and hardware − Trained workflow performers and process management support staff − Users’ acceptance of new or revised business tasks through successful change management − A plan for the evaluation of the implemented new or modified business processes and continued assessment for improvement July 3, 2010 317
  • 318. Implementation Phase • As the scale and complexity of new or revised workflows, tasks, procedures, business rules and policies increases, more formal project management and change management oversight will be required • Metrics needed for business process performers, managers and support staff to evaluate the development progress and the post-implementation benefits related to these deliverables • No universal set of metrics July 3, 2010 318
  • 319. Suggested Metrics Description Metrics 1 Compare activities to be constructed or modified Number of matched activities from the Design Phase with the most recent Number of activities specified requirements specification. Are all the requested features addressed? Assessed before Implementation activities are planned. 2 Obtain a measure of the magnitude of the scope of Number of (sub)processes to alter process changes. Review previous phase metric or Number of (sub)processes in relevant domain develop 3 Assessment of readiness to begin near-term Number of resources committed implementation activities Number of resources needed 4 RFP/Q progress by RFP/Q domain, if applicable Number of RFP/Q returned Number of RFP/Q issued 5 Testing Progress (manual and automated Number of tests passed components) Number of tests executed and Number of remediations done Number of tests failed 6 Completion progress by stage or cumulative: items Number of components finished Number of components to be built July 3, 2010 319
  • 320. Suggested Metrics Description Metrics 7 Completion progress by stage or cumulative: budget Amount expended Amount budgeted 8 Completion progress by stage or cumulative: time # of hours incurred # of hours budgeted 9 Completion progress by stage or cumulative: on time # of activities done on time # of activities 10 Training performance Average, median and range of training test scores compared to benchmark 11 Business process effectiveness improvement Actual outcome improvement (by sub process) Expected improvement 12 Business process efficiency improvement (by sub Actual cycle time reduction process) Expected cycle time reduction July 3, 2010 320
  • 321. Implementation Phase • Business Process Implementation is the link between planned process performance, process execution and business benefit realisation • Activities may vary from a simple, straightforward process-rules change to a major, complex process transformation • Technological, behavioural, policy and workflow implementation tasks must be managed carefully • Human and software process components must execute within acceptable tolerances to achieve performance targets • A well-designed process that is poorly implemented will be a failure with both short-term and longer-term consequences • Process redesign or improvement effort, regardless of scale, that is well executed will generate expected benefits and sustain the trust of decision makers related to future business process improvement proposals • Implementation effort includes risk management and consensus-building tasks that could impact the Business Process implementation success or failure July 3, 2010 321
  • 322. Implementation Activities • Business Process Implementation tasks in the approximate sequence of execution • Review project objectives, deliverables, metrics and timeline • BPM and Senior Business Management decide whether or not to outsource this business process • If outsourcing is selected, a set of RFP’s are prepared and issued, responses evaluated and a vendor selected (assuming at least one qualifying response) − The contract is negotiated and a transfer of assets occurs − A Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) Relationship Manager reviews installation; test results and evaluates security at the business process site (including communications channels) • A decision to purchase or build BPM software is made by the Process Owner, BPM Project Manager and Application Development Manager • An implementation project plan and leadership group July 3, 2010 322
  • 323. Implementation Plan and Leadership Group • Tasks in sequence with milestones • Assessing and managing project risk • Staff resource time and cost requirements estimated • Obtaining necessary staff resources—perhaps modifying schedule • Revisiting project costs, if revision from Master Budget is required • Specify all the relevant BPM components impacted • Prepare all the Change Requests for work to be performed and obtain approval • Develop, send and evaluate all RFP’s and RFQ’s for appropriate items in identified in the prior step • Develop the test plans listed in the prior section • Develop the preliminary Business Process documentation and training material • Continue Change Management activities to maintain Business Process owners and performers’ buy-in • Install any scheduled software and hardware; complete any data conversion. Maintain versioning logs • Perform tests of the Business Process and any related new software and hardware as noted the prior section. Resolve exceptions quickly • If outsourcing is selected, perform Acceptance Tests for outsourced business processes; remediate problems • Provide training to Business Process owners, performers and support staff • Launch the new or revised Business Processes as executable processes • Evaluate performance metrics expected v. actual results (assuming performer learning curve has been satisfied) July 3, 2010 323
  • 324. Implementation Planning • Prior to performing any of the Implementation tasks of larger-scale efforts, the Business Process project manager should re-confirm the commitments from the project sponsors and process owners • Review with the BPM Implementation team leaders the previous progress, updated plans and prepare or review the Implementation Schedule and required resources July 3, 2010 324
  • 325. Implementation Planning – Project Review • Review project requirements and history − Business Process project objectives, scope, benefits and related performance metrics − BPM project timeline, rationale for major changes and deviations and expectations for this Implementation phase − Business process outsourcing considerations − BPM project budget history and financial targets for the Implementation phase − BPM project risks: past, current and anticipated; how these were or could be addressed − BPM project change management progress including past successes, failures and next challenges − BPM introduction/modification rollout scenarios by (1) project objectives’ priority and (2) early, visible benefits July 3, 2010 325
  • 326. Implementation Planning – Activity Specification • After review, a complete set of BPM Implementation activities can be specified • Activities may have been done during initial business process project planning, but should be reviewed and potentially modified due to actual changes during prior project phases • Each implementation activity specification should include: − Objectives, performance metrics and list of deliverables—all related to delivering improved customer value − Risks for completion and how to be minimised − Accountability for completion − Financial, personnel, any IT support and other resources required − Length of time for completion − Any implementation task cross-functional interdependencies July 3, 2010 326
  • 327. Implementation Planning - Staffing • Specification, review and possible revision of personnel needs (e.g., BPM, IT, business process performers and any outside consultants) to complete the defined tasks may require revision of the implementation schedule • Internal staff availability and commitments need to be negotiated within the business process group and other relevant company groups • Gaps in availability and expertise may require contracting with external parties July 3, 2010 327
  • 328. Implementation Planning – Budgeting • Review the most recent version of the BPM Implementation budget for consistency with revised planned activities and their related costs • Requests for additional funds may require the development and presentation of a well documented justification • Depending upon the amount of funding received, the BPM Implementation plan may require modification July 3, 2010 328
  • 329. Implementation Planning – Risk Analysis and Management • Throughout the Business Process Project, risk analysis and management are performed to improve the chance for a successful outcome • Concerns focus on project cost, schedule and performance • Risks − Requirements scope creep can occur if Project Change Requests are not scrutinised carefully (some may be deferred to post-implementation) − Completion of scheduled activities can be delayed without interim reviews of activity progress and actions to reduce further delay—possibly accelerate appropriate remaining activities − Intended project outcomes may not fulfill process owner’s and performers’ expectations if the developed BPM components deviate from the design requirements—incrementally compare requirements to developed manual and automated procedures − Test procedures may not be consistent with test requirements creating an opportunity for unrecognised defects in manual and automated process activities July 3, 2010 329
  • 330. Implementation Planning – Risk Analysis and Management • Risks − Modifications to Business Process procedures are not updated in the business process and rules repositories − Cross-functional business process performer harmony may not be stressed during training − Training programs may not be reinforced with appropriate changes in incentives, culture and leadership style − RFP/Q may not have balanced team composition from the performer and supporter/technical groups that could result in purchasing quality BPM technology that does not align with the business objectives − Contingency plans and walkthroughs for business or IT interruption have not been documented and tested completely − Incomplete stress testing of manual and automated business processes may result in an inability to meet increasing business process workflow intensity − Inadequately prepared Business Process and IT Help Centre staff can result in process outcome defects and loss of customer satisfaction, loyalty and revenue July 3, 2010 330
  • 331. Implementation Planning – Risk Analysis and Management • For any identified risks that have quantifiable threat probabilities and consequences (financial and operational), perform quantitative risk analysis with accompanying sensitivity analysis • For identified risks that have insufficient quantifiable threat probabilities and consequences, qualitative scenario analyses can be performed to produce some useful insights and risk-reduction planning • Risk analysis is equally important for efforts that address primary and support (operational) processes as well as management processes • Generation of value to the organisation is dependent upon all three of these business process classes to be performing appropriately July 3, 2010 331
  • 332. Risk and Issue Management Risk Factor Problem Business Process Implementation Relevance Unwilling user No commitment to change Obtain successful Business Process performer and owner buy-in Multiple users Creating a common appeal to Need strong leadership to create buy-in overcome individual differences, especially cross-functional Unclear objective(s) Over promising expected results to Create a clear statement of users Business Process project objectives and benefits Unclear link between task change Less commitment to adopt change Communicate an explicit link and benefits between Business Process change, benefits and rewards Loss of budget support Adoption fails; benefits unrealised Deliver early benefits to sustain BPM project support Unfamiliarity with proposed Unrealised expected benefits; loss Obtain consultative help to assure changes of support Business Process success July 3, 2010 332
  • 333. Risk and Issue Management • Factors for successful implementation of larger-scale efforts − Develop a clear stakeholder cross-functional consensus re: BPM effort objectives and success metrics − Obtain senior business management visible support initially and continuously throughout the program or project − Obtain and maintain BPM cross-functional stakeholder support to improve successful adoption and performance enhancement − Identify and manage BPM project risks − Protect against project scope creep − Manage Business Process owners’, managers’ and performer’ expectations carefully to assure that delivered Business Process modifications align with promised deliverables July 3, 2010 333
  • 334. Risk and Issue Management • Factors for successful implementation of larger-scale efforts − Assure that BPM changes are consistent with organisation culture, rewards’ expectations and leadership values • If not, seek appropriate resources to modify these elements to maintain BPM-enterprise management alignment − Conform to project budget and schedule. Alterations require stakeholder buy-in − Deliver demonstrated staged BPM benefits quickly to sustain BPM stakeholder buy-in − Provide adequate process performer training and assistance during initial experience with BPM modifications − Completion of the BPM effort is not the end - just continuing the journey for continuous BPM improvement July 3, 2010 334
  • 335. Implementation Construction • After preparing the scheduled activities and securing required resources, the construction phase may include both external-oriented and internal activities construction phase may include both external-oriented and internal activities • External-oriented activities address procurement of third party resources using Requests for Proposals (RFP’s) and Requests for Quotes (RFQ’s) • IT support resources, e.g., application and system software, hardware, operations personnel may need procurement, upgrading or reconfiguring depending upon the type and extent of the business process changes • Typically, those components of business processes that are well defined, structured and repetitive can be performed more efficiently by automated means • Internal activities include the operational documentation of business processes, business rules, BPM governance and policies and, as appropriate, interfaces with IT applications, data resources and networks July 3, 2010 335
  • 336. Implementation Construction • Business Process creation or modification includes − Specification of activities’ procedures − Activity task sequence − Decisions with criteria − Input content and sources, − Output content and destinations − Activity performer (human or IT application) − Time for completion − Frequency − Triggering event for initiation • Manual document • Entry in the business process repository • Input to a BPM suite tool component • Decision to automate any of the business processes or any components is based upon task complexity, degree of structure and repetitiveness July 3, 2010 336
  • 337. Implementation Construction • Business Rule creation or modification includes − Specification of the related business process activity − Triggering event − Rule content − Decision criteria − Outcome alternatives, − Source of the rule − Reference to any enterprise legal or regulatory requirements July 3, 2010 337
  • 338. Installation • Conversion and installation of the new or revised business process tasks, BPM activities (including performance sensors) and changes to the business process repository and related business rules may be completed all at once or in stages • Greater resistance to change, project scope and project complexity all suggest a phased approach • If manual BPM tasks have been automated, both manual and automated components may be executed in parallel for a specified time to check for consistent results • Applications, middleware and database software plus any relevant hardware are placed into production • If the business process is outsourced, all the appropriate digital and physical assets should be transferred to the business process outsourcer per the contract July 3, 2010 338
  • 339. Training • Business process training program content, schedule and facilities must be planned • Trainers should observe the usability tests for guidance in training material preparation • Process performers should experience the relevant task walkthroughs with training to a defined performance criterion • Process owners also should complete much of the training to understand the tasks being performed and measured within each process July 3, 2010 339
  • 340. Orchestrating Change • Typically the most challenging aspect to a Business Process Implementation is reinforcing and finalising business process performer and process owner buy-in or acceptance of the changes • Major challenge within a BPM project is motivating relevant BPM participants to adopt new behaviours • Intensity of a Change Management activity is dependent upon the complexity and extent of the new or revised business processes • Change Management of BPM participants’ behaviour is one of the most critical and difficult challenges for achieving BPM project success July 3, 2010 340
  • 341. Orchestrating Change • Business drivers for change management • Dominance of Improve Service Quality is consistent with the major objective of BPM to facilitate an organisation’s quest to provide superior products and services to customers Improve Service 67% Quality Cost Reduction 40% Process Efficiency 34% Risk Reduction 32% It-Business 30% Alignment Regulatory 28% Compliance July 3, 2010 341
  • 342. Orchestrating Change • Effective change management activities begin with the project launch and are sustained throughout a project • To be successful, change management needs to address a group of interrelated organisational factors − Strategy - assure business processes contribute to customer value − Structure - enables cross-functionality − Systems - formal processes and procedures including: planning, budgeting, resource allocation, controls and rewards, information and distribution systems − Leadership style - promotes a collaborative culture − Staffing - team oriented, open to change − Personnel skills - cross-activity trained − Shared values - promoted through culture and performance incentives July 3, 2010 342
  • 343. Orchestrating Change • Change management for BPM should directly address the these aligned with organisation strategy, structure and environment • To improve organisation performance, trained BPM performers and managers must adopt modified tasks in new or revised business processes within shared values nurtured by the leadership • Approach should produce intended, functional consequences and minimise unintended, dysfunctional consequences July 3, 2010 343
  • 344. Framework for Change Management • Three-stage approach − Activate the process owners and performers for change − Provide clear training for new behaviour − Support the new behaviour until it becomes learned or habitual Stage Name Content 1 Unfreezing Creating motivation and readiness to change (or unlearning current task behaviour) by: 1. Communication and acceptance of disconfirming information - admission that something is not working properly—a “burning bridge” 2. Connecting disconfirming information with a committed personal goal to reduce anxiety or guilt 3. Create a feeling of “psychological safety” to minimise loss of face or self-esteem 2 Change Through cognitive restructuring and training, perceive things, judge things, feel things and do things differently based upon a new perspective by: 1. identification with a role model, boss, mentor, trainer or consultant to see things from another’s perspective 2. Scanning one’s personal environment for information that validates the proposed change(s) 3 Refreezing Helping to integrate the new point of view and behaviours by: 1. New perspective and behaviour fits with an individual’s self-concept and incentives 2. Consistency with relevant others’ new behaviour and potentially new organisation July 3, 2010 culture 344
  • 345. Orchestrating Change • Specific tactics and guidelines for consideration − Instill a sense of urgency for change − Select a good change management team − Leadership communicates an enterprise vision of change outcome − Leadership communicates frequently to as many relevant people as possible to sustain change momentum − Remove obstacles to change − Plan for early benefits − Sustain a benefit stream to maintain commitment to change − Institutionalise changes within the organisation culture and rewards July 3, 2010 345
  • 346. Orchestrating Change • Change management is not episodic • Agile organisation reacts quickly to changes originating from customer demands, competitor strategies and regulatory agencies • Some changes are transformational • Some changes are of lesser magnitude, but nonetheless provide additional value to customers • Change management should be viewed as a portfolio of tools to be used flexibly for efforts of varying degree July 3, 2010 346
  • 347. Change Management • During the Implementation Phase, change requests for business process and business process management activity specifications (e.g.; personnel, IT and financial resources; as well as BPM and Rules repositories) may arise • These should be prepared, reviewed and approved/denied consistent with the organisation’s standard Project Change Management policy and procedures • Sufficient justification for the change request must be included • Even smaller-scale efforts should submit a short-form request for review to gain some level of oversight for undertaking any changes to business processes July 3, 2010 347
  • 348. Evaluation • Business process post-installation realised benefits (contrasted to expected benefits) are evaluated from − Assessing the financial and operational performance statistics collected by the BPM performance systems data collection (manual or automated) − Business Process performer interviews • Analysis should include a time series of statistics that has allowed Business Process performers to have mastered the task learning curve • Evaluate the financial and operational performance of the Business Process Implementation phase and the entire Business Process development or improvement project July 3, 2010 348
  • 349. Quality Control • Quality Control or test plans for new and revised business process components are executed to evaluate the completeness, correctness, consistency, robustness and usability of both manual and automated tasks • First set of tests addresses workflow function – each manual and automated related new or revised task is independently evaluated − Do the outputs satisfy the requirements? − Is expected cycle-time achieved? • Next integration tests evaluate interoperability between related BPM, especially cross-functional processes’ components − Internal automated and manual business process modules − External components July 3, 2010 349
  • 350. Quality Control • Stress Tests are run to assess either persons’ or the software’s and hardware’s ability to complete “transactions” under high volume demands with a typical mix of concurrently executing tasks • Usability tests are completed by a sample of representative Business Process performers to identify improvements prioritised for the current release and a next release • Acceptance test evaluates the operation of all the manual and automated components with typical Business Process user participation • If this business process is outsourced, some representative from the Business Process Implementation team should observe these tests run at the outsourcer’s site July 3, 2010 350
  • 351. Implementation Roles • Business Process (possibly IT) Test Specialists to design, execute and assess various testing protocols, e.g., process walkthroughs, simulations and controls, software verification as appropriate and acceptance testing • BPM Trainers who develop and provide training to business process owners, managers, performers and support staff for both manual and automated components • For business processes that include automated components, Application Maintenance, Database, Data Centre and Networking management to assure end-to-end Business Process interoperability • Organisation Development (internal) consultants to continue and accelerate Change Management tasks • Business Process Repository Manager to implement required business process and business rules modifications • Technical writers to create or modify user, Business Process and IT manuals July 3, 2010 351
  • 352. Sustaining the BPM Lifecycle Culture and Strategy Process Process Methodology Refinement Planning and Strategy Information Technology Process Alignment Process Process Awareness Monitoring Analysis of Business and Process Measures Processes Controlling Process Sponsorship Process Responsibility Process Design and Process Definition Implementation Modelling of Business Organisation Processes July 3, 2010 352
  • 353. Sustaining the BPM Lifecycle • BPM Lifecycle is applicable to projects of varying scale from limited procedural changes to large-scale process transformation − Some Life Cycle phases will have more detail and some less - depending upon project complexity and scale • Ongoing monitoring of new or revised Business Processes continues to identify − problems to be resolved − further process improvement opportunities to be evaluated • BPM help desk personnel also may uncover or learn about additional Business Process problems and opportunities July 3, 2010 353
  • 354. Process Maintenance Activities • Business Process enhancements provide new functionality to deliver additional value to business process owners and enterprise customers • Business Process project implementation may have requested changes that had to be postponed until post-implementation stability was achieved • Current performers and process owners also may suggest changes for consideration • Potential changes may include: − Modification Business Process functionality − Adding or modifying business process and rule elements or meta-data − Modifying the composition of the BPM Governance Council July 3, 2010 354
  • 355. Process Maintenance Activities • Experience with Business Process execution may suggest efficiency or productivity opportunities to reduce manual and automated process cycle time as well as operating costs • In turn, this should increase customer satisfaction, loyalty and revenue • In contrast to discretionary changes, regulations and legislation may mandate Business Process changes • Other changes in the external environment may also drive business process modifications July 3, 2010 355
  • 356. Summary • Business Process implementation must be considered as a critical set of activities even though all the analysis and design has been completed − Execution is the key to successful strategy • Perform risk analysis and management to reduce unpleasant surprises and provide business executives and process owners some degree of comfort • Continue vigorous change management activities—people, in cross-functional relations, are the weakest link in People, Process and Technology − Use multiple channels to communicate frequently with senior management, process owners and process performers − Reinforce process/management changes with appropriate modifications to incentives and organisational culture • Business process outsourcing is a challenging process to manage − Appoint trained relationship managers to improve the chance for success • Business Process design changes must be minimised during implementation − Business environmental factors merit continued scanning for changes that could impact the current Business Process implementation actions July 3, 2010 356
  • 357. Summary • Senior management and business process owners and business process management must remain active and visible to lead successful change • Business Process conversion is meticulous, but an easy trap for implementation failure • The scope and rate of Business Process change should not exceed the capacity of business process owners and performers to absorb change • Evaluate realised vs. expected benefits − Share the wins − Learn from the losses • Inadequate training will lead to business process/management loss of productivity and probable project failure • Choose Business Process implementation techniques to match the scope and complexity of the project requirements July 3, 2010 357
  • 358. Process Management Organisation July 3, 2010 358
  • 359. Process Management Organisation Topic Scope Process Management Organisation Process Management Process Management Roles Organisational Structures Team Based Performance Organisation Process Owner Process Governance Project Manager Process Council BPM Office/BPM Centre of Process Analyst Excellence Functional Centres of Process Designer Excellence Process Architects Other Key Roles July 3, 2010 359
  • 360. Process Management Organisation • Organisational changes to consider as businesses introduce and mature in the discipline of managing their business processes • Changes may be challenging − Include changes in work performance processes, organisational structure, roles and responsibilities, performance measures, values and culture • As institutions reach new levels of process maturity, new skills, management structures and ways to align, motivate and reward employees may be introduced • Anticipate, plan, prepare and guide the business through the transition to a process enterprise July 3, 2010 360
  • 361. The Process Enterprise • A process centric organisation is structured, organised, managed and measured around its primary business processes • Companies discover that to be effective in managing their primary business processes, they must assign clearly defined accountability for the design, documentation, maintenance, upkeep and long term health of these processes • New roles, responsibilities, relationships and organisational structures may be contemplated • Often results in a significant change in management focus and the way work is performed, evolving from − A more traditional structure, focused on a particular resource or business function − To the cross-functional performance of the end-to-end process which delivers value to customers July 3, 2010 361
  • 362. The Process Enterprise • Traditional management structures involve hierarchical delegation of responsibility, from one level of management to the next, with ultimate accountability to the organisation’s shareholders • Delegation is expressed as downward managerial focus on command and control of individual workers with responsibility for a specific set of tasks • Process organisations include horizontal accountability to the customer for delivery of value across all functions • Process focus involves process design, documentation, measurement and improvement • Process centric enterprise does not mean that process is the only dimension of management, performance measurement or organisational structure − Financial, market and other performance measures remain important, as do functional and product skills July 3, 2010 362
  • 363. Process Culture • A process culture is a concept in which the business’ processes are known, agreed on, communicated and visible to all employees • Characteristics of a process culture include − General agreement on what are the business processes − Understanding how business processes interact and affect each other − Clear definition of what value each process produces − Documentation of how each process produces its results − Understanding of what skills are required for each process − Understanding of how well each process performs − Ongoing measurement of process performance − Management decisions based on process performance knowledge − Owners of each process having responsibility and accountability for process performance July 3, 2010 363
  • 364. The Process Enterprise Cross-Functional Processes • The organisation chart by its nature emphasises vertical functions, seniority, vertical reporting lines • Creates local domains of influence and vested interests • An organisation chart view inhibits cross-functional process view • Everyone is partially responsible so no-one has Organisation overall responsibility Operational Functions July 3, 2010 364
  • 365. Cross Functional Processes – Crossing “Vertical” Operational Organisational Units July 3, 2010 365
  • 366. Process Management Roles • Managerial structure in a functionally oriented company is typically based on a departmental hierarchy, where managers are responsible for workers performing tasks related to a particular resource or function • Personnel are combined into divisions or departments, each adding additional layers of management and control July 3, 2010 366
  • 367. The Process Enterprise • Management of a company’s core business processes is likely to involve a new, horizontal dimension to the organisation structure Order Fulfilment Customer Service Product/ Development July 3, 2010 367
  • 368. Key Roles for The Process Enterprise • Process Owner • Process Project Manager • Process Analyst • Process Designer • Process Architects • Business Analyst • Subject Matter Experts • Executive Management and Leadership • IT Organisation July 3, 2010 368
  • 369. Process Owner • An individual or group of individuals with an ongoing responsibility and accountability for the successful design, development, execution and performance of a complete end-to-end business process • Titles such as process leader, process coordinator, process manager and process steward are often used • Scope of responsibility may vary − May have direct or indirect authority over strategy, budgets and resources − May be business process owners, i.e., those concerned with end-to-end business processes which directly deliver value to the customers of the organisation − May be support process owners who may be concerned with those processes which support the organisation’s business processes such as human resources, financial or information technology processes July 3, 2010 369
  • 370. Process Owner • May involve other duties such as − Chairing transformation efforts − Integrating process results with those of other process owners − Advocating for process priorities − Benchmarking process performance − Coaching process performers July 3, 2010 370
  • 371. Process Owner • Responsibility for process design − Accountable for the overall integrity and integration of the process design − May share decision rights relating to the process design with other managers or participants • Accountability for process performance − May manage the process, i.e., how work gets done, but not necessarily the people who perform the work − Managing process performance involves developing a strategy for the process, setting performance goals and objectives − Includes insuring that resources and skills are in place, measuring and communicating actual performance against targets and using this feedback to continuously reset goals and objectives − Initiate process transformation efforts and define incentives which insure that the process continues to deliver value to its customers • Advocacy and support − Need to manage communications and advocate for the processes under their care with executive management, customers, suppliers, participants and other internal and external stakeholders − Process managers continuously monitor results so they must also investigate and resolve problems July 3, 2010 371
  • 372. Process Project Manager • Often, the first version of a process owner is a project manager responsible for a process improvement effort • Typically have responsibility for a project outcome, i.e., improvement to a business process, but lack direct control over resources, policies, budgets, etc. • Project manager is responsible for − Conjoining many disparate groups within the organisation − Adhering to the definition of project delivery methodology − Designing and implementing the processes − Managing change in order to achieve an overall process improvement • Throughout the project delivery process, project managers may monitor and control process operations in order to ensure that the scope of the project confirms to the project objectives July 3, 2010 372
  • 373. Process Analyst • Manage process transformation projects, lead process discovery and design workshops, coach process owners and measure and report on process performance • Typically have a great deal of skill in documenting and understanding process design and performance patterns • Provide analysis and assessment of current processes, evaluate alternate process design options and make recommendations for change based on various frameworks July 3, 2010 373
  • 374. Process Designer • Significant process knowledge who design new business processes, transform existing business processes and implement plans • Possess analytical and creative skills • Use visual and mathematical models to describe each step in a process and the organisation of work • Ensures that the process design is in alignment and compliance with the overall business’ goals and policies July 3, 2010 374
  • 375. Process Architects • May function in a business or technology role • May be focused on managing business performance or on mapping technology to business operations • Responsible for developing and maintaining a repository of reference models and standards with regard to a company’s products and services, business processes, performance measures and organisation • Engaged in business process analysis and transformation initiatives • Involvement may be from a standards and compliance perspective or as they may serve as subject matter experts to advise the team on the company’s process methodology • Through the analysis of business process architecture, companies identify opportunities for market advantage, business integration and various internal process initiatives July 3, 2010 375
  • 376. Business Analyst • Responsible for analysing the information and technology needs of their business clients to help propose information and technology solutions • Facilitate meetings to assist the project team in analysing current technology mapping • Involved with business operations and designing new information and technology functions • Performs a liaison function between the business side of an enterprise and the information technology department or external service providers July 3, 2010 376
  • 377. Subject Matter Experts • Deep understanding of the certain business functions or operations, often possessing years of experience as a participant in business operations • Provide input on the current process and assist in designing new processes • May have institutional knowledge about the rules governing the organisation’s processes, customer requirements or the organisation’s culture • Validate models and assumptions and are members of implementation teams providing change leadership as trusted stakeholders July 3, 2010 377
  • 378. Executive Management and Leadership • Role of executive leadership is critical to business process management • Set the vision, tone and pace of business process improvement • Determine the direction and strategy of business process management, focusing the enterprise on its larger objectives • Allocate resources and reward success • Unify the various missions and groups throughout the enterprise and appoint and empower process owners or other individuals playing key roles in the management of business processes • Act as champions inspiring the enterprise to change, sometimes by creating a sense of urgency to overcome skepticism and resistance • Communicate the case for process management and remove obstacles which may impede progress toward the goal • Responsible for creating the environment for success, sometimes through influence and persuasion, other times by resolving conflict and removing roadblocks July 3, 2010 378
  • 379. IT Organisation • roles within Information Technology groups who may play an important part in business process management including − Solution architects − System analysts − BPMS configuration specialists − Developers − Database administrators • Experts help define supporting technology solutions and may assist in defining new capabilities for business processes based on enabling technology • Assist in process transformation initiatives through the implementation of new technology while ensuring that the company’s technical standards are enforced July 3, 2010 379
  • 380. Organisational Structures • Organisations have identified the need for new mechanisms for planning, budgeting and allocating resources in order to ensure that their processes are properly resourced, integrated and aligned with their strategic objectives • Important that organisations have a clear governance structure to provide leadership and clarify decision rights to enable cross- functional and departmental process improvement or management programs to succeed • Changes in the organisational governance structure that can be the root of resistance to business process management initiatives, sometimes causing them to fail • Individuals who may have had a great deal of power and control over resources based upon organisational functions, product lines or geographic boundaries may find that their performance measures, authority and span of control must change in order to successfully implement business process management July 3, 2010 380
  • 381. Organisational Structures • Business process management provides an end-to-end perspective of how work is done • End-to-end perspective crosses traditional organisational boundaries and requires that the mechanisms by which decisions are made and resources are allocated must also be aligned with the end-to-end business process • Sound governance provides a structure of authority and a framework for collaboration • Structure and framework enable proper allocation of resources and efficient coordination of activity control throughout the organisation July 3, 2010 381
  • 382. Organisational Structures • Process Governance • Process Council • BPM Office/BPM Centre of Excellence • Functional Centres of Excellence July 3, 2010 382
  • 383. Process Governance • No single standard governance structure which is widely in use • Issues such as organisational strategy, culture and process maturity, business process outsourcing and even the nature of individual leaders can cause a significant deviation from any given governance framework July 3, 2010 383
  • 384. Process Governance Options Change Project Based Continuous Chief Information Officer Chief Information Officer High Lead Lead Degree Project Manager Process Owner of Process Enabled by IT Chief Operations Officer Chief Information Officer Low Lead Lead Project Manager Process Owner July 3, 2010 384
  • 385. Process Council • Organisations undertaking the process journey may want to consider instituting a process council to address these issues • Process council may be made up of a combination of executive leaders, functional or departmental heads and the process owners of the core cross-functional enterprise processes • Mission may include − The identification and resolution of any cross-process integration issues, conflicts between process and functional (or departmental) ownership − Resource allocation − The development and alignment of the organisation’s business objectives, goals and strategy July 3, 2010 385
  • 386. Process Council Executive Leadership Process Council Executive Leaders, Process Owners, Functional Leaders, Support Areas Sales Marketing Manufacturing Procurement Finance Process Owner Order Fulfilment Process Owner Product Development Process Owner Customer Service Process Owner Capacity Management Process Owner Supporting Processes Human Resources Management, Information Technology Management, Facility Management July 3, 2010 386
  • 387. BPM Office/BPM Centre of Excellence • Business Process Management Office (BPMO) / BPM Centre of Excellence (BPMCOE) • BPMO acts in a manner similar to that of a project management office, identifying, consolidating and reporting status on various process improvement projects across the enterprise • BPMCOE charters include setting standards, providing common tool and methods, training and education on business process management principles and practices, providing governance on overall process design and integrating business processes at the enterprise level • Play an integral role in prioritising and allocating scarce resources to business process improvement efforts, as well as tracking and reporting process performance metrics to the respective process owners and executive management • Responsible for maintaining the repository of process models, identifying opportunities for improvement and working with various stakeholders in the development of business cases for process improvement and transformation efforts July 3, 2010 387
  • 388. Functional Centres of Excellence • Rather than command and control the performance of individual tasks, process owners find that they need to be supported by cross-functional teams who are also focused on the performance of the overall process • Instead of command and control oversight, these teams may work relatively independently with guidance and support from management • Encounter a need for change in the required skills and culture of their organisation as they gain experience in process management • Need to maintain and integrate new skills and professional expertise across all business processes • Specialised skills may have previously resided in a functional group of the enterprise • Best practices groups, sometimes called centres of excellence, provide knowledge, standards, best practices, training and education • Responsible for ensuring the proper resources with proper skills are placed and allocated properly throughout the company’s business processes July 3, 2010 388
  • 389. Functional Centres of Excellence Executive Leadership Process Council Executive Leaders, Process Owners, Functional Leaders, Support Areas Centres of Production Human Capital Information Order Acquisition Engineering Excellence Technology Development Technology Process Owner Order Fulfilment Process Owner Product Development Process Owner Customer Service Process Owner Capacity Management Process Owner Supporting Processes Human Resources Management, Information Technology Management, Facility Management July 3, 2010 389
  • 390. Functional Centres of Excellence • Centres of excellence may be virtual organisations (known as a Community of Interest or COIN) • Many centres of excellence are organised around a particular skill or profession: sales, marketing, finance, information technology, etc. • Coaches may be assigned to business processes from the centres of excellence with a responsibility for supporting and developing members in order to ensure that the caliber of localised skills are maintained and enhanced • Centres offer training and education programs as well as professional networking for sharing experiences July 3, 2010 390
  • 391. Team Based Performance • Organisations that manage by business processes recognise that changes must be made in the way performance is measured and how employee performance is recognised and rewarded • Consideration may be given to connecting employee compensation to the performance of the process, to the results of the workgroup and to their individual performance within that group • Measures may be associated more closely to customer satisfaction and the process results such as cycle time, service levels, quality and value delivered • Changes may also result in a change in culture, with increased individual accountability to the outcome of a process and ultimately the customer July 3, 2010 391
  • 392. Process Management Organisation • Every enterprise is unique, with its own unique culture, values, incentive systems, business processes and structure • Today many companies are still structured around a functional hierarchy, with little or no accountability for the end-to-end business processes which deliver customer value across functional silos • As the power and benefit of managing business process becomes more prevalent, organisational focus and structure is likely to evolve to include a process dimension • Evolution may lead to significant change in how work is performed and managed • Process ownership is critical to the successful management of their core business processes July 3, 2010 392
  • 393. Summary • An enterprise fosters a process culture when the business’ processes are known, agreed upon, communicated and visible to all employees • As an enterprise matures in managing their business processes, their organisational structure will naturally tend toward change which comprehends a process dimension − Management of work from a downward managerial command and control approach adapts to include a horizontal dimension reflective of end-to-end processes, driving accountability to the customer for delivery of value across functions • An individual or group is assigned the role of process owner for a complete end- to-end business process − Process owner has an ongoing responsibility and accountability for the successful design, development, execution and performance of this process • Successful process management within an enterprise will involve numerous roles in addition to process owner − Some individuals will have responsibility for more than one role − More common roles include process manager, process analyst, process designer and process architect, along with business analyst, subject matter expert and executive management and leadership − Several supporting roles which play an important July 3, 2010 393
  • 394. Summary • It is critical that organisations have a clear governance structure to provide leadership and clarify decision rights to enable cross-functional and departmental process improvement or management programs to succeed • While there are many governance structures being proposed and implemented, there is currently no single standard for comprehending an organisational focus on process within an organisational structure • A process council, made up of executive leaders, functional or department heads and process owners, is one common approach to governance − Ensures alignment of business processes with enterprise strategies, goals and objectives and may have responsibility to identify and resolve cross-process integration issues, conflicts between process and functional ownership − May have responsibility for the allocation of business process management resources • Other organisational approaches to process management include the establishment of a Business Process Management Office (BPMO), a BPM Centre of Excellence (BPMCOE) or a functional centre of excellence (often known as a Community of Interest or COIN) • The Business Process Management professional must understand the myriad of potential organisational changes which may be brought about through increasing process maturity, so that they can guide the enterprise through the transition July 3, 2010 394
  • 395. Enterprise Process Management July 3, 2010 395
  • 396. Enterprise Process Management Topic Scope Enterprise Process Management Process Process Requirements of Process EPM Best From Planning to Benefits of EPM Repository Management EPM Frameworks Practices Action Management Maturity MIT Process Customer Centric Handbook Measurement Business Activity Framework Model American Process Portfolio Productivity and Management Quality Council (APQC) Enterprise Process Value Chain Improvement and Group - Value Management Chain Reference Planning Model (VRM) SCOR (Supply Chain Operations Reference) July 3, 2010 396
  • 397. Enterprise Process Management • Process management involves the transition from expressing strategy in general terms or in financial terms to expressing strategy in terms of observable cross-functional activity • Requires both careful thought, a shift in mindset and a new set of leadership behaviours • Shift in mindset involves a deep appreciation that the financial goals are simply the cumulative outcomes of the activities that the organisation executes − A shared understanding of the definition of each enterprise level business process, including details on where the process starts, where it ends, the key steps and the departments involved − Clarity and agreement on the critical few measures of performance for each process − Acceptance of the estimates of current performance for each process − Agreement on the size of the performance gap that needs to be bridged − Agreement on the top priorities for improvement, allocation of resources and deep dedication to taking action − A shared understanding of accountability assignments July 3, 2010 397
  • 398. Enterprise Process Management • Plans cannot be translated into action without a clear, shared understanding of the accountability for improving and managing the firm’s major enterprise level business processes • In most organisations, no one person has authority or control over the entire set of activities in an end-to-end business process − Process management does not dominate or replace a business unit focus or the need for a functional focus − Instead, it represents an additional and valuable management practice that emphasises the way in which a company creates value for customers • Establishment of process governance is important to drive customer centricity and collaboration at all management levels • Final component in this planning stage is a solid communication plan that clearly communicates the enterprise process view, key accountability assignments and the high level goals and so engages people in the organisation July 3, 2010 398
  • 399. Enterprise Process Management • Assures alignment of the portfolio of end-to-end business processes and process architecture with the organisation’s business strategy and resource allocation • Provides a governance model for the management and evaluation of initiatives • Involves the deliberate, collaborative and increasingly technology-aided definition, improvement, innovation and management of end-to-end business processes that drives business agility July 3, 2010 399
  • 400. Benefits of Enterprise Process Management • An organisation creates value for its customers via the performance of its large cross-functional business processes • These processes determine the way in which a firm designs, makes, sells, delivers, services its products and performs its services • Enterprise Process Management is the means for the firm’s leaders to consciously and collaboratively improve and manage the flow of work in performing for customers • EPM is an essential management practice for the leaders of those firms who wish to satisfy customers and improve performance • Provides the means for a firm to better engage its people, shift the organisation culture towards more of a performance based model, enables leadership and facilitates growth July 3, 2010 400
  • 401. Enterprise Process Management and Operational Processes • You have to have them, manage them, monitor them, update them • You cannot ignore them or do without them • They define day-to-day specific activities and associated controls • But you need to ensure that operational processes exist with a larger enterprise ecosystem • Process management does not dominate or replace a business unit focus or the need for a functional focus − It represents an additional and valuable management practice that emphasises the way in which a company creates value for customers July 3, 2010 401
  • 402. Benefits of Enterprise Process Management • EPM involves a high level, strategic assessment of the organisational process view and a high level process analysis and performance evaluation • Should not be confused with more detailed process analysis and modelling • Essence of EPM is customer centricity and accountability for the performance of the organisations critical cross- functional processes • EPM offers benefits in terms of managing the organisation’s value chain − Other benefits in terms of engagement, leadership and growth July 3, 2010 402
  • 403. Benefits of Enterprise Process Management • Process thinking can provide the needed context to engage the entire organisation in executing on strategy • By articulating strategic objectives in terms of the specific improvement needed for these cross-functional activities, organisations can better engage and even inspire employees to action July 3, 2010 403
  • 404. Enterprise Process Management and Leadership Behaviours • Knowing the business involves understanding in detail the work and the roles of key departments and key people across the whole workflow as it crosses traditional organisational boundaries − Only then can executives have sufficient knowledge to deliver best value to customers and shareholders − Many executives do not appreciate the workflow at a sufficient level of detail − Lack of understanding can detract from how value is created for customers • Insist on realism • Set clear and realistic goals and priorities • Reward the doers July 3, 2010 404
  • 405. Benefits of Enterprise Process Management • Process thinking is also essential to growth • Firms often lack the tools and management disciplines to tackle growth in a structured, systematic way • Rapid, sustainable growth requires not just a systematic approach but also a systemic view and broad cross-functional collaboration • A process focus on items such as flawless delivery and “first time right” responsiveness are essential in providing existing products or services to either existing or new markets • In order to achieve flawless delivery and service, organisations must measure and manage the performance of the large cross-functional processes that deliver value to customers − Involves the definition, improvement and management of the product or service fulfillment process July 3, 2010 405
  • 406. Requirements of Enterprise Process Management • EPM requires that the entire value chain involved in providing customers with products and services be defined, improved and managed in an integrated way • Requires a shift in the traditional functional mindset which dominates management thinking in many organisations and the so-called “silo effect” in which each functional unit is only concerned with its processes and coordination is lacking July 3, 2010 406
  • 407. Requirements of Enterprise Process Management • Role of measurement is indispensable to maintaining a customer centric focus and assuring accountability for the performance of the organisation’s large cross functional business processes • In EPM the focus is on measuring what counts to customers - from the customers’ point of view • For most organisations this will include metrics of quality, timeliness, completeness, accuracy and responsiveness for the product and services provided − For example, the Supply Chain Council has defined the concept of ‘perfect orders’ as performance • “in delivering: the correct product, to the correct place, at the correct time, in the correct condition and packaging, in the correct quantity, with the correct documentation, to the correct customer.” July 3, 2010 407
  • 408. Functional and Process Product/ Service Design Functional Product/ Service Design Marketing Finance Sales Engineering Manufacturing Distribution Design Market Deliver Build Product/ Product/ Product/ Product/ Service Service Service Service Process Product/ Service Design July 3, 2010 408
  • 409. Objectives of Enterprise Process Management • Fundamental objectives of developing an enterprise view of process management − Define the large cross-functional business processes which deliver customer value − Articulate the organisation’s strategy in terms of its cross-functional business processes − Assign accountability for the improvement and management of the organisation’s cross-functional processes − Define the performance measures which matter to customers − Define the organisation’s level of performance in terms of these customer centric measures • In order to implement the above there are three essential deliverables − A customer centric measurement framework − An enterprise level process schematic − An enterprise level process improvement and management plan July 3, 2010 409
  • 410. Customer Centric Measurement Framework Process Output Metrics Indicators Develop New Product Product or service Time to market or Service introduction Variance to promise date Deliver Product or Product or service to The correct Service customer product/service, to the correct place, at the correct time, in the correct condition and Indicators that contain packaging, in the correct measures of specified quantity, with the metrics correct documentation, to the correct customer Respond to Customer Response with correct First time right Inquiry solution Responsiveness Variance to promise date July 3, 2010 410
  • 411. Process Portfolio Management • Important component of governance • Recognises that the establishment of improvement priorities needs to be viewed on a portfolio basis • Ties the enterprise together from a funding priority and integration perspective • Provides a method to evaluate and manage all enterprise processes in a consolidated view • Provides the framework for process governance with respect to the management and evaluation of initiatives July 3, 2010 411
  • 412. Enterprise Process Improvement and Management Planning Strategy Execution • Which is more important: strategy or execution? • You cannot execute flawlessly in the absence of clear strategy • Also need a process view of the business on an end-to-end basis • The creation of process governance at the enterprise level view of business processes is therefore vital July 3, 2010 412
  • 413. Enterprise Process Improvement and Management Planning • Define and executing strategy in a process context • It is the set of enterprise business processes which defines how work is done and creates value for customers and shareholders • Combination of − A customer centric enterprise level measurement framework − An enterprise level process schematic • Permits the leadership of organisations to define the size of the gap between current performance and desired performance for its large cross functional processes • Then it is possible to answer the question “Which of our core processes need to be improved by how much in order to achieve strategic goals?” • It is the answer to this question that pays significant dividends in terms of linking strategy to execution July 3, 2010 413
  • 414. Enterprise Process Improvement and Management Planning • Aligning processes with business strategies implies that adequate definitions of the organisation’s strategies have been developed − Not always the case • For an organisation to take action on the improvement and management of its enterprise level processes it is essential to assign accountability for the performance of these processes • common methods of establishing process governance via the assignment of accountability for process ownership − Assigning accountability for the ownership of the process as an additional responsibility to a senior functional manager − Creating a staff position as a process owner or process steward July 3, 2010 414
  • 415. Enterprise Process Improvement and Management Planning • Role of the process owner is to monitor the performance of the enterprise level process and lead efforts in improving and managing the process to deliver value to customers • Key cross-functional processes may be so large that no one executive can have control over all the resources involved in delivering value to customers • Establishment of a process governance structure, often involving a panel or council of executive process owners, tasked with the measurement, improvement and management of the organisation’s processes is an effective approach July 3, 2010 415
  • 416. Assessment of a Process Step Activity Description 1 Define the critical few measures of performance from a customer’s point of view 2 Define the triggering events, inputs, key steps, results and critical metrics for the process 3 Assess the firm’s current performance for the process which directly creates value for customers 4 Determine the level of desired performance for the process by expressing strategic and operating goals in process terms 5 Assess the size of the performance gap between the firm’s current and desired performance for this large cross-functional business process 6 Develop an improvement and management plan which clearly indicates the desired scope of process improvement, the relative priority and accountability for action 7 Communicate the plan, engage and inspire people to take action and conduct training on a common approach July 3, 2010 416
  • 417. Enterprise Process Improvement and Management Planning • Process owners or stewards require some leverage in order to carry out their assignments • Some organisations have assigned the IT budget for the introduction of new technology to the process owner as one means of providing this leverage • In other instances, the discretionary component of executives’ and managers’ bonuses has been modified in order to allocate 20-30% of that bonus to measurable success in improving the company’s business processes July 3, 2010 417
  • 418. Enterprise Process Improvement and Management Planning • One of the impacts of globalisation has been an increase in the incidence of outsourcing • In some instances, organisations may decide to outsource or offshore an entire business process • In other cases, a set of activities or a group of people might be outsourced or taken offshore July 3, 2010 418
  • 419. Sample Enterprise Business Process Models • The following sample organisational models illustrate implementations of aligned cross-functional business processes and have the following core characteristics: − Enterprise-level process definition − Focus on end-to-end cross-functional business processes that deliver value to customers − Designed for simplified communication − Common understanding of processes among process owners and users − Simple structures and frameworks − Appropriate use of external reference models and standards July 3, 2010 419
  • 420. Sample Enterprise Business Process Models - 1 Business Environment Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics Customer’s Process Needs Business Core Processes Business Processes That Create Value for the Customer Controlling Measurement Process Process Customer Product Order Customer Processes That Acquisition Delivery Fulfilment Support Processes That Direct and Tune Monitor and Other Processes Report the Results of Other Enabling Processes Processes Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes Channel Supply Human Information Business Management Management Resources Technology Acquisition Supplier’s Processes July 3, 2010 420
  • 421. Sample Enterprise Business Process Models - 2 Align Supply Chain Innovate Plan Source Make Fulfil Customers Sell Build People Finance Information Environment Governance July 3, 2010 421
  • 422. Sample Enterprise Business Process Models – Common Structure • Sample business process models have a common structure • Generic structure that forms a template for specific actualisations Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages Vision, Strategy, Leadership, Business Management Management and Support Processes July 3, 2010 422
  • 423. Sample Enterprise Business Process Models – Common Structure Vision, Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages Strategy, Business Develop and Market and Deliver Manage Manage Management Products and Sell Products Products and Customer and Services Services Service Services Vision and Strategy Management and Support Processes Business Planning, Human Information Financial Facilities Merger, Resource Technology Management Management Acquisition Management Management Legal, Governance Regulatory, Knowledge, External and Environment, Improvement Relationship Compliance Health and and Change Management Safety Management Management July 3, 2010 423
  • 424. Define Measures Linked to Key Processes Number of Profitability Customer New Per Inventory Turnover Customers Customer Business Environment Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics Customer Customer’s Process Needs Acquisition Cost Core Processes Business Business Processes That Create Value for the Customer Controlling Measurement Number of Process Process Customer Product Order Customer Customers Acquisition Delivery Fulfilment Support Processes That Processes That Complaints Direct and Tune Monitor and Other Processes Report the Time to Fulfil Results of Other Order Enabling Processes Processes Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes Time to Channel Supply Human Information Business Management Management Resources Technology Acquisition Resolve Complaints Forecast Accuracy Supplier’s Processes Number of Delivery Payment Time Invoice Returns Accuracy Times Accuracy July 3, 2010 424
  • 425. Actions to Achieve Enterprise Business Process Approach • Identify and understand the cross-functional, enterprise- level business process that create and add value • Understand and define the metrics that measure cross- functional, enterprise-level business process performance • Define a plan for managing and improving cross-functional, enterprise-level business processes identifying priorities and resources • Ensure there is sponsorship, ownership, accountability for results and recognition of achievements • Communicate the vision to the organisation July 3, 2010 425
  • 426. Enterprise Business Process Models vs. Organisation Chart • How do the two compare? • Organisation Chart • Enterprise Business Process Models − Top-down structure focussing on − Functional areas that traverse operational areas operational boundaries − Focussed on internal organisation and − Focussed on end-to-end structure accomplishments − Compartmentalised − Joined-up Vision, Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages Strategy, Business Develop and Market and Deliver Manage Manage Management Products and Sell Products Products and Customer and Services Services Service Services Vision and Strategy Management and Support Processes Business Planning, Human Information Financial Facilities Merger, Resource Technology Management Management Acquisition Management Management Legal, Governance Regulatory, Knowledge, External and Environment, Improvement Relationship Compliance Health and and Change Management Safety Management Management July 3, 2010 426
  • 427. Baldrige Criteria Framework • The Baldrige criteria framework focuses on continuous improvement that is concentrated on the customer, led by management, based on facts and data and directed toward results Organisational Profile: Environment, Relationship, Challenges Workforce and Strategic Human Planning Resources Business Leadership Results Customers and Process Markets Management Information, Measurement, Analysis and Knowledge Management July 3, 2010 427
  • 428. Baldrige Criteria Framework • Baldrige criteria framework is a superset of the cross- functional business process management view of an organisation in order to deliver improved customer satisfaction • Included here for the sake of completeness • We are concerned specifically with cross-functional business processes relating to customer service and customer relationship management • Baldrige criteria framework can provide a proven framework for this July 3, 2010 428
  • 429. Mapping Sample Business Process Model - 1 Vision, Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages Strategy, Business Develop and Market and Deliver Manage Manage Management Products and Sell Products Products and Customer and Services Services Service Services Vision and Strategy Management and Support Processes Business Planning, Human Information Financial Facilities Merger, Resource Technology Management Management Acquisition Management Management Legal, Governance Regulatory, Knowledge, External and Environment, Improvement Compliance Health and Relationship Management and Change Business Environment Safety Management Management Competitors, Governments Regulations and Requirements, Standards, Economics Customer’s Process Needs Business Core Processes Business Processes That Create Value for the Customer Controlling Measurement Process Process Customer Product Order Customer Processes That Acquisition Delivery Fulfilment Support Processes That Direct and Tune Monitor and Other Processes Report the Results of Other Enabling Processes Processes Processes That Supply Resources to Other Processes Channel Supply Human Information Business Management Management Resources Technology Acquisition Supplier’s Processes July 3, 2010 429
  • 430. Mapping Sample Business Process Model - 2 Vision, Operational Processes With Cross Functional Linkages Strategy, Business Develop and Market and Deliver Manage Manage Management Products and Sell Products Products and Customer and Services Services Service Services Vision and Strategy Management and Support Processes Business Planning, Human Information Financial Facilities Merger, Resource Technology Management Management Acquisition Management Management Legal, Governance Regulatory, Knowledge, External and Environment, Improvement Relationship Compliance Health and and Change Management Safety Management Management Align Supply Chain Innovate Plan Source Make Fulfil Customers Sell Build People Finance Information Environment Governance July 3, 2010 430
  • 431. Process Management Model Business Strategy, Business Models, Business Plans, Change Management Process Leadership Design and Implement Processes Process Performance Measure Actual vs. Target Performance Process Design Cause Analysis Create and Implement Solutions Process Knowledge Execution Continuous Process Redesign Management Improvement Improvement Improvement Gap Success Share Best Practices July 3, 2010 431
  • 432. Process Frameworks • Standards based frameworks used to facilitate process analysis • Generally used to provide a “best practice how-to” view • Frameworks can be adapted by a number of vertical industries − MIT Process Handbook − American Productivity and Quality Council’s (APQC) process classification framework (PCF) − Value Chain Group’s Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) − Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR) • Others − ACORD - Insurance − eTOM (Enhanced Telecom Operations Map) – Telecommunications − HL7 – Clinical data − Microsoft Customer Care Framework − Baldrige Criteria Framework • Models are an good source of information to stimulate thought, most organisations will find it necessary to customise such models to their own organisation for optimum use and relevance July 3, 2010 432
  • 433. MIT Process Handbook Business Activity Model (BAM) • Generic business model included in the Process Handbook • Attempts to represent a high-level model of everything that goes on in a business • Top level of the model includes five basic activities that occur - in some form - in most businesses: Buy, Make, Sell, Design and Manage Design Supplier Buy Make Sell Customer Manage July 3, 2010 433
  • 434. MIT Process Handbook Business Activity Model (BAM) • Further breaks down each of these top-level activities, as subparts − Buy • Identify own needs • Identify potential sources • Select supplier • Place order • Receive • Pay • Manage suppliers July 3, 2010 434
  • 435. American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC) • APQC Process Classification Framework (PCF) • High-level, industry-neutral enterprise model that allows organisations to see their activities from a cross-industry process viewpoint • PCF is meant to represent a series of interrelated processes that are considered to be business critical • Used to enable organisations to understand their inner workings from a horizontal process viewpoint, rather than a vertical functional viewpoint • APQC is an international benchmarking clearinghouse who has collaborated with 80 organisations in developing framework for process evaluation • The purpose of the model is to provide a framework for identifying “high-level, generic enterprise model that encourages businesses and other organisations to see their activities from a cross-industry process viewpoint instead of from a narrow functional viewpoint” July 3, 2010 435
  • 436. American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC) Operating Processes 2 Develop and 3 Market and Sell 4 Deliver 1 Develop Vision 5 Manage Manage Products Products and Products and and Strategy Customer Service and Services Services Services Management and Support Processes 6 Develop and Manage Human Capital 7 Manage Information Technology 8 Manage Financial Resources 9 Acquire, Construct and Manage Property 10 Manage Environmental Health and Safety 11 Manage External Relationships 12 Manage Knowledge, Improvement and Change July 3, 2010 436
  • 437. American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC) PCF • The Process Classification Framework provides four phases: Prepare, Plan, Implement and Transition • Prepare − Comprehensive assessment that focuses on the core processes − During this phase, a business case is identified with opportunities and determines the expected business results • Plan − A time-phased approach to implement the changes identified during the assessment is developed − The process analyst and the analysis team refines, redesigns or reengineers core business processes • Implement − Changes are implemented • Transition − Both tactical and strategic − Tactically, employee teams develop process operating procedures and oversee the transition to the new process − Strategically, the organisation will repeat the model with other processes based on their business needs and priorities July 3, 2010 437
  • 438. American Productivity and Quality Council (APQC) PCF • 1.0 Develop Vision and Strategy (10002) − 1.2 Develop business strategy (10015) • 1.2.1 Develop overall mission statement (10037) Category − 1.2.1.1 Define current business (10044) − 1.2.1.2 Formulate mission (10045) − 1.2.1.3 Communicate mission (10046) • 1.2.2 Evaluate strategic options to achieve the objectives (10038) − 1.2.2.1 Define strategic options (10047) − 1.2.2.2 Assess and analyse impact of each option (10048) • 1.2.3 Select long-term business strategy (10039) Process • 1.2.4 Coordinate and align functional and process strategies (10040) Group • 1.2.5 Create organisational design (structure, governance, reporting, etc.) (10041) − 1.2.5.1 Evaluate breadth and depth of organisational structure (10049) − 1.2.5.2 Perform job specific roles mapping and value add analyses (10050) − 1.2.5.3 Develop role activity diagrams to assess handoff activity (10051) Process − 1.2.5.4 Perform organisation redesign workshops (10052) − 1.2.5.5 Design the relationships between organisational units (10053) − 1.2.5.6 Develop role analysis and activity diagrams for key processes (10054) − 1.2.5.7 Assess organisational implication of feasible alternatives (10055) − 1.2.5.8 Migrate to new organisation (10056) • 1.2.6 Develop and set organisational goals (10042) Activity • 1.2.7 Formulate business unit strategies (10043) July 3, 2010 438
  • 439. Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) • VRM attempts to integrate the three domains of a Value Chain; product, operations and customer Value Chain Group describes VRM: as a model that provides “a common terminology and standard process descriptions to order and understand the activities that make up the value chain.” • VRM model supports the key issues and the meshing of processes within and between the units of chains (networks) for the benefit of Planning, Governing and Execution (information, financial, physical flows) • Objective to increase the performance of the total chain and support the continuous evolution July 3, 2010 439
  • 440. Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) Plan Govern Execute Plan Value Chain Govern Value Chain Market Plan Product Development Govern Product Development Research Plan Supply Chain Govern Supply Chain Develop Plan Customer Relations Govern Customer Relations Acquire Build Fulfill Brand Sell Support July 3, 2010 440
  • 441. Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) Plan Govern Execute Plan Product Plan Customer Plan Value Chain Plan Supply Chain Development Relations Gather Product Gather Customer Gather Value Chain Gather Supply Chain Development Relations Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Assess Product Assess Supply Chain Assess Customer Assess Value Chain Development Resources Relations Resources Resources Resources Align Product Align Customer Align Value Chain Align Supply Chain Development Relations Resources Resources Resources Resources Create Customer Create Value Chain Create Product Create Supply Chain Relations Plan Development Plan Plan Plan July 3, 2010 441
  • 442. Value Chain Group – Value Chain Reference Model (VRM) • VRM framework organises processes through five levels representing the various layers of the organisation • As the processes work the way from the bottom (actions) through the top to the strategic processes they become more complex and are closer to the realisation of the strategic goals − Strategic Processes • Strategic processes are the top level processes in the value chain • Specifically designed around the customer needs and the business strategy − Tactical Processes • Decomposed from strategic processes, tactical processes outline how the goals of the strategic processes will be met − Operational Processes • Tactical processes are made up from operational processes which are where the work gets done − Activities • Activities are groups of actions that make up the operational processes − Actions • Actions are the last group of processes and represent individual items of work that cannot be broken down further July 3, 2010 442
  • 443. Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR) • SCOR Model represents a framework which offers a means of facilitating the identification of process models for nearly any and all types of enterprises − End-to-end process inclusive of the supply chain ecosystem − Valuable for enhancing enterprise and stakeholder (internal and external) communication for building and sustaining process-centricity into the enterprise • Process reference model containing over 200 process elements, 550 metrics and 500 best practices including risk and environmental management − Five levels of decomposition • Organised around the five primary management processes of Plan, Source, Make, Deliver and Return • Developed by the industry for use as an industry open standard July 3, 2010 443
  • 444. Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR) Level 1 Differentiates Business Scope Defines Scope, Enterprise Strategy Level 2 Differentiates Capabilities Configuration Differentiates Supply-chain Strategies Level 3 Names Tasks Activity Links Metrics, Tasks and Practices Level 4 Sequences Steps Workflow Job Details Level 5 Links Transactions Transactions Details of Automation July 3, 2010 444
  • 445. Process Repository Management • Central location for storing information about how an enterprise operates • Information may be contained in various media including paper, film or electronic form with a storage mechanism appropriate to the medium • Electronic repositories range from passive containers which store process artifacts (also referred to as process objects) to sophisticated tools that serve as active participants in monitoring, executing, managing and reporting on business processes − In the form of Document Management Systems, Process Modelling Tools and Business Process Management Systems • Process Repository administration activities includes storing, managing and changing process knowledge (objects, relationships, enablers, attributes, business rules, performance measures and models) for an enterprise July 3, 2010 445
  • 446. Process Repository Management and Enterprise Process Management • Common repository of business processes provides a central reference location to ensure consistent communication of − What the process is − How it should be applied − Who is responsible for its successful execution − A clear understanding of the inputs or triggers and expected results upon process completion • Maintains information needed to adequately define measure, analyse, improve and control business processes • Helps to promote and support the understanding and acceptance of the cross-functional nature of many of the enterprise’s business processes • Facilitates collaboration across functional business units by enabling and enforcing a methodology that focuses on the end-to-end process July 3, 2010 446
  • 447. Process Repository Management and Enterprise Process Management • Central process repository contributes to the success of the enterprise’s business process strategy by providing a blueprint to manage and control how process change is introduced and implemented into the enterprise • Becomes the system of record for information on process ownership, technological enablers, business rules and controls, both financial and operational • May serve primarily as documentation about the enterprise’s business processes or may be used to simulate various scenarios to − Evaluate process improvements − Detect and analyse problems • Used to identify and validate the appropriate solution • Sophisticated repositories can be interfaced with the enterprise’s applications to enforce defined business rules July 3, 2010 447
  • 448. Process Management Maturity Levels • Process Maturity Models define levels of awareness for business process best practices and automation with some assessing the management of operational processes • In addition to optimising operational processes, BPM needs to be aligned with the management and stewardship of the process − Results in distinct but integrated process maturity and process management maturity − Where management maturity must precede process operational maturity at each level in order to be successful and sustainable July 3, 2010 448
  • 449. Process Management Maturity Process Management Maturity Process Maturity 6 Co-operative Integrated Needs 6 Process Process Enterprise Steward/ Collaboration Lead Continuously 5 Improving Optimised Needs Quality 5 Process Process Management Manage/ Plan Programme 4 Predictable Managed 4 Process Process Needs Participate/ Management Control Regulation 3 Disciplined Defined 3 Procedures Process Support/ Direct 2 Consistent Repeatable 2 Process Process Recognise/ Organise 1 Initial State 1 Ignored July 3, 2010 449
  • 450. Process Management Maturity Models • Hammer’s Process and Enterprise Maturity Model • Object Management Group Business Process Maturity Model (BPMM) • The Deming Prize of the Union of Japanese Scientists and Engineers • The Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award from the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology • The European Foundation for Quality Management Excellence Model • The International Organisation for Standardisation 9000 family of standards • The Process Based Management Assessment Framework of the Consortium for Advanced Management - International (CAM-I) • The 8 Omega Framework of the BPM Group • The Business Process Management Maturity and Adoption Model of the Gartner Group • The Capability Maturity Model Integration from the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute • The Business Process Management Maturity Model of John Alden and Bill Curtis • Gartner Group BPM maturity model • ARIS/IDS Scheer/Software AG • SAP • … July 3, 2010 450
  • 451. BPM Maturity Model (BPMMM) – Some Key Issues • What is the value of increasing BPM maturity? • BPM is a capability and not a program or project or an end state • How many maturity measurement dimensions should be used: single dimension, multiple dimensions such as BPM implementation/reach, BPM process maturity, BPM goal achievement? • Provides a capability model with maturity levels for any organisation to achieve desired level of organisational maturity and its associated value • Increasing maturity involves broadening reach of BPM and improving constituent business processes • What are realistic examples of key BPM practices (and possibly case studies) at each level of maturity? • What actions are required to increase maturity? • How much can BPM technology be separated from BPM implementation: from content management tools such as SharePoint to BPM suites such as ARIS from IDS Scheer? July 3, 2010 451
  • 452. BPMMM – High Level Capabilities • Link BPMMM High Level Capabilities to BPM implementation and operation framework: − Strategy, Management and Governance − Design and Implementation − Operation and Measurement − Optimisation − Technology Infrastructure July 3, 2010 452
  • 453. BPM Management, Governance, Implementation and Operational Framework and BPMMM – High Level Capabilities Process KPI Definition Process Strategy Design and Development Operational Process Library Process Usage Data IC CMF Critical Process 1 Process Templates Process Publication IC CMF Critical Business Process Process 2 Design and Development IC CMF Critical Process 3 Process Business Process Usage Modification Analysis July 3, 2010 453
  • 454. BPM Management, Governance, Implementation and Operational Framework Process KPI Process Strategy Definition Design and Development Operational Process Library Process Usage Data IC CMF Critical Process 1 Process Templates Process Publication IC CMF Critical Business Process Process 2 Design and Development IC CMF Critical Process 3 Process Business Process Usage Modification Analysis July 3, 2010 454
  • 455. BPM Management, Governance, Implementation and Operational Framework Optimisation Strategy, Management and Governance Operation and Measurement Design and Implementation Technology Infrastructure July 3, 2010 455
  • 456. BPMMM Maturity Dimensions Reach Process Extended enterprise Beyond Optimised Flexible, adaptable, 5 (suppliers, partners, optimised processes Enterprise customers) Processes Across the organisation, Complete set of processes Across Managed 4 including business and IT with continuous Enterprise functions Processes improvement Across the IT organisation Repeatable Consistent use across 3 Across IT (centralised or distributed teams, projects and IT CMF IT) Processes critical process Within IT One or more IT domains or Defined Basic processes and 2 IT CMF critical process artifacts in place Domain Processes Within With individual project or IT Ad-hoc Defined and driven by 1 CMF critical process individuals Projects Processes July 3, 2010 456
  • 457. BPM Maturity Model Strategy, Technology and Design and Operation and Management and Optimisation Operational Implementation Measurement Governance Infrastructure Service Operation Capability and Ability to Meet Management Process Creation and Work Performance Operational Knowledge of BPM Management Management Requirements Continuous Management Process Resource Configuration and Capability Commitment to BPM Management Management Asset Management Improvement Governance and Monitoring and Defect and Problem Integration and Service Deployment Change Management Control Identification Information Access Quality of the Personnel Metrics Set Planning and Use of the Metrics Commitment Set Service Process Performance Integration Benchmarking Competency Development July 3, 2010 457
  • 458. Process Management Maturity • Examination of maturity levels in these models includes the identification of a number of known success factors • Within each of these factors are suggested questions organisations should examine in order to assess their level of business process management maturity • Sample set of questions organisations may use to begin assessing their business process management maturity • Answers to these questions (and those similar to them) provide some guidance on an organisation’s BPM maturity level • Provides the organisation the knowledge of their current business process management maturity and in addition helps in assessing which factors may need improvement or which factors can be leveraged, helping them advance to a higher business process management maturity level July 3, 2010 458
  • 459. Process Management Maturity Questions • Organisation − Does your organisation have a Process-Centric Approach? Is it customer focused? − What is the level of process awareness and emphasis; among management?; among stakeholders?; among staff/employees? − What is your level of process management success? • Process Definition (Organisational Scope) − Are processes defined? Documented? To what extent? − Is process success dependent on individuals or teams? − Are defined processes standardised across the organisation? • Process Responsibility (Accountability) − Have process responsibilities been defined? Who is accountable? • Process Sponsorship − Who is (are) the primary sponsors of defined processes? Top Management? − Middle management? Departmental? IT? • Process Measures − Have process measures been defined? Used? Planned? July 3, 2010 459
  • 460. Process Management Maturity Questions • Process Awareness (People Involvement) − Do your employees, management think in processes? − What is the level of people involvement in process definition? Analysis? Process improvement? − What level of change management methods has been deployed? − Has continuous training been aligned with processes? • Process Alignment − Are process goals aligned with defined business strategies? − Are processes aligned with organisational goals? − Are job descriptions aligned with process definitions? − Are employee evaluations linked to processes? • Information Technology − Does IT management use BPM for its processes? − Are BPM support applications defined and employed in key processes? − Does management use BPM applications to support performance monitoring? • Methodology − Are BPM tools, process methodologies or process frameworks used? Successful? July 3, 2010 460
  • 461. EPM Best Practices • Look at the business from the customer’s point of view − Help change the typical inside-out view of the business that the traditional, functional paradigm promotes − Seeing from the customer’s point of view will help you identify the critical measures of performance that reflect the customer’s particular requirements • Try not to call the end-to-end processes by the same name that you use in describing internal departments − Will assist in shifting the mindset to a process oriented view - new names for seeing things in new ways • Be clear on the definition of each end-to-end process − Clarify where the process starts, the key steps in the process, the departments involved, the output and the major measures of process performance − Assign a group of internal experts to prepare a “draft” schematic for review and refinement by the top team − Assure a high degree of buy-in and ownership at the top team level • Do it quickly − Don’t take weeks or months, hoping to get it perfect - will never be perfect − A few weeks of data gathering and a couple of days off-site is all that is needed to develop a workable model that will serve as a basis for next steps July 3, 2010 461
  • 462. EPM Best Practices • Once the top team has reached a shared understanding on the components of its own enterprise level process model, the next step is to do the same for the firm’s current level of performance on a few critical metrics − Typically involves getting real data on a set of measures around the timeliness, quality and cost of product or service delivery and other key aspects of the firm, such as developing new products or services − Can be quite problematic − Data on qualitative factors such as on-time delivery, accuracy, responsiveness and completeness are sometimes difficult to assemble • Value in assembling and assessing this type of current performance data − Facilitates an objective and shared view of how the firm is performing when set against customer requirements − Sets the baseline for the subsequent assessment of the size of the gap between current level of performance and desiredlevel of performance July 3, 2010 462
  • 463. EPM Best Practices • Several major pitfalls to avoid in reaching a shared understanding of how the firm is performing against customer requirements − Lack of candor in measuring what customers really want − Subtler and, therefore, more problematic issue - often starts when one or several members of the leadership team vehemently challenge the validity of the data on current performance • Lack of buy-in is difficult to assess and even more complex to address • To mitigate this, it is useful for the leader to ask each member of the top team to articulate his or her acceptance of the data on current performance − Working at the wrong level of detail • Can occur when some leaders wish to dive into discussion of the as-is conditions vs. optimised/improved processes • Can deter and defer the high level strategic discussions which are vital at this stage July 3, 2010 463
  • 464. EPM Best Practices • Once a shared understanding of the definition of the firm’s enterprise level business processes and its current performance has been achieved, management team can then proceed to build a plan that will improve and manage the organisation’s large, cross-functional business processes • Such a plan needs to answer two fundamental questions − Which business processes need to be improved and by how much, in order to achieve strategic objectives? − Who will be held accountable for this planned improvement and management? July 3, 2010 464
  • 465. From Planning to Action • Role of process owners or stewards extends far beyond the simple monitoring of business process performance • To convert plans into action, process owners need to collaborate on critical process improvement projects • close collaboration of the members of the process council or panel is a critical success factor in the success of large, cross-functional process improvement efforts July 3, 2010 465
  • 466. From Planning to Action - Principal Leadership Behaviours Definition Analysis Design Implementation Agree on process Understand the flow of Probe to test the vision for Process owners chair boundaries work in a cross functional the new design meetings with process Set clear improvement context Understand the cross- management teams goals Agree on the size of the functional Implications of throughout performance gap how business should be implementation Appoint the best people Identify realistic Gain clarity on key issues, conducted in the future There is increasing constraints disconnects, opportunities Gain clarity on the matrix conversation and Insist on the prioritisation of performance measures awareness of cross- Set a clear schedule process dependencies of issues based on impact Constructively challenge Charter to implement, not Refine working team the recommendations for People begin to assign just to design change their loyalty as much to membership if needed process as to function or Assess the business Case business Inspect the high level implementation plan People are aware of the progress in closing the gap between current and desired performance There is a visible improvement in cross- department collaboration July 3, 2010 466
  • 467. Challenges and Lessons Learned from Cross- Functional BPM Implementation Aligned Processes Aligned Measures Resources, Skills and Enabling Technology Knowledge Sharing Credibility and Simplicity in Communication Process Improvement Tools July 3, 2010 467
  • 468. Aligned Processes • Understanding, defining and aligning business processes are key to success • Aligned processes increase return • Individual operational processes need to be connected to larger cross-functional processes July 3, 2010 468
  • 469. Aligned Measures • Appropriate performance measurement available to all is important • Need to measure results of cross-functional processes and constituent operational processes • Ensures focus is maintained on what is important July 3, 2010 469
  • 470. Resources, Skills and Enabling Technology • Dedicated, trained and skilled resources are important • Need usable, functional technology providing process design, mapping features • Ensure full-time responsibility July 3, 2010 470
  • 471. Knowledge Sharing • Acquire and share internal and external expert knowledge • Implement knowledge sharing technology • Learn from others’ mistakes • Use appropriate external expertise July 3, 2010 471
  • 472. Credibility and Simplicity in Communication • Need to communicate the need to operate in a business process oriented manner • Need to sell the concept to personnel • Showing results is necessary to get buy-in and sustain BPM initiatives July 3, 2010 472
  • 473. Process Improvement Tools • Process improvement is core to BPM • Toolset is important July 3, 2010 473
  • 474. Summary • Enterprise Process Management [EPM] assures alignment of the portfolio of end- to-end business processes and process architecture with the organisation’s business strategy and resource allocation − Provides a governance model for the management and evaluation of initiatives • EPM is an essential management practice that provides the means for a company to create value for its customers • The role of measurement is indispensable to maintaining a customer centric focus and assuring accountability for the performance of the firm’s large cross functional business processes • EPM has three essential requirements: a customer centric measurement framework, an enterprise level process schematic and an enterprise level process improvement and management plan • Business processes must be associated to a clear strategy • Successful process governance requires clear ownership and accountability assigned for each process • The role of the Process Owner is to monitor performance and lead the improvement and management of the processes July 3, 2010 474
  • 475. Summary • Process Owners must be given the means necessary to successfully manage the process • EPM can engage the entire organisation in executing on strategy by clearly defining and communicating the means to accomplish it • Process principles and practices positively influence leadership behaviours such as knowing the business, insisting on realism, setting clear and realistic goals and priorities and rewarding the doers • Process thinking is essential to business growth • Each end to end process must be clearly and uniquely defined • Avoid these three pitfalls: − A lack of candor in measuring what customers really want − Members of the leadership team challenging the validity of the data on current performance − Working at the wrong level of detail • Enterprise Process Management involves the transition from expressing strategy in general terms or in financial terms to expressing strategy in terms of observable cross-functional activity and requires a shift in mindset and a new set of leadership behaviours July 3, 2010 475
  • 476. BPM Technology July 3, 2010 476
  • 477. BPM Technology • Increasing use of computer applications to assist with the analysis, design, implementation, execution, management and monitoring of business processes • Business Process Management Systems (BPMS) include a large number of computer applications that continue to evolve as our understanding of business processes matures and requirements for handling complex issues and large volumes of information increase • The life cycle of developing, implementing, measuring and monitoring processes can • involve a number of complicated activities • Computer systems to support these activities have matured in sophistication • All studies of successful BPM programs have found that BPM Systems are important and necessary components of any BPM effort July 3, 2010 477
  • 478. BPM Technology • BPM technology can encompass some or Process Strategy all of BPM lifecycle Process Control − Process modelling and design − Simulation Management − Implementation – of Change and publish designed Innovation processes to controlling platform − Management and Process Design control – operational Process process platform Implementation • Very wide range of software July 3, 2010 478
  • 479. BPM Technology • Experience shows that the application of technology is effective when the complexity of the process or the amount of information to be processed is too great to manage with manual methods • Automation of processes is increasingly important for medium to large- scale enterprises, especially in attempts to coordinate efforts among members of geographically disperse work groups • Automation of workflow can create remarkable increases in efficiency by reducing the time and costs associated with process activities and the lag times involved between the steps in a process, particularly when compared to paper based methods • As an assistant to human efforts, technology can help people become more efficient by providing memory aids, balancing work loads and making more information available in decision processes • Can establish performance measures to help us optimise the value of processes and we can access data from process results that support management decisions • When these business performance measures grow in complexity and rely on large amounts of information from a number of sources, then computer support systems are essential • Technologies applied to the tasks performed by business process management professionals make their efforts more efficient and effective July 3, 2010 479
  • 480. Elements of BPM Technology • BPM tools support or automate all or part of − Modelling, analysis and design of processes − Implementation and execution of processes − Management decisions, business performance measures and administrative activities • Software applications may address specific tasks supporting BPM or software vendors may offer a set of applications covering a number of BPM activities July 3, 2010 480
  • 481. Software Components Supporting BPM Activities BPMS Application Business Process Knowledge Frameworks Process Measures Software User Application Rules for Specific Models for for Specific Components/ Interface Processes Specific Processes Processes Modules BPMS Application BPM Tools/Utilities Software User Interface Process Modelling Process Requirements Tools Tools Monitoring Tools Tools BPM Server Engines and Components Enterprise Business Rules Content Manager Architecture Data Workflow Engine Engine and Repository Integration Management Engine Language Platform J2EE BPEL XML .NET July 3, 2010 481
  • 482. Modelling, Analysis, Design • Business Process Modelling and Analysis (BPMA) starts with the initial conception and description of a process • Models of processes are created and various scenarios or alternate processes are constructed in order to analyse the behaviour of processes and optimise performance • Technologies available for BPMA start with applications that support graphical representations of the process and detailed descriptions of the goals and requirements for the process • Drawing a flowchart or map of the activities involved in a process based on the requirements for the process is one of the early steps in process development • Mapping of business processes is an extremely important stage necessary for designing and communicating processes that meet business requirements and are realistic in terms of their use in detailing implementation requirements July 3, 2010 482
  • 483. Modelling, Analysis, Design • Efforts to standardise methods for describing processes have resulted in a standard graphical notation called Business Process Management Notation (BPMN) • BPMN is particularly useful as a formal system for the precise description of classes, methods and properties of process activities • BPMN is important for the technical design, coding and implementation of business processes using BPMS • Once the process is adequately described, other useful technologies for BPMA may involve process modelling and simulations • Simulation programs will simulate the behaviours of people (or machines) carrying out the activities of a process • Simulators will simulate the actions taken at each step, • Simulate the flow of data and other information through the process and execute rules that may change the process flow and dictate additional processes to be initiated such as a process of approvals by a manager when the invoice amount exceeds a certain value July 3, 2010 483
  • 484. Modelling, Analysis, Design • Metrics developed to measure performance such as the time required to complete a step, the lag time between actions and the cost of resources used will be included in a simulation exercise to measure the effectiveness of the process • Simulations and modelling are iterative activities in that a simulation of a number of incidents will be run by a software program based on a set of assumptions about how the tasks in steps are carried out • During the simulation measures such as total time for completion and costs are recorded to determine points for improvements • Assumptions may be changed and another set of incidents will be simulated to compare the results July 3, 2010 484
  • 485. Modelling, Analysis, Design • Features of a typical modelling and simulation application are: − The ability to graphically represent the process as a map of the steps to be taken − Methods to define the flow of information between steps and conditions under which the flow may change • If the flow of the process can be changed based on events, simulators provide the ability to define the probability distribution of the likelihood of one or more routes through the process − Methods to state assumptions about measurable behaviours in process steps such as the time to complete a task • Such behaviours may be based on a probability distribution • For example, the distribution of task completion times may be defined and each simulation of an incident will use a completion time from that distribution July 3, 2010 485
  • 486. Technologies that Support Implementation • Once a process has been designed, putting that process into operation may involve a number of information technology support applications • Some of the most important applications may be considered in the following categories − Electronic Document Management Systems that capture, organise and provide information required for the execution of steps in a process − Electronic forms for information capture and distribution − Workflow routing and management − Workgroup collaboration July 3, 2010 486
  • 487. Electronic Document Management • Virtually all business processes involve the use of information in documents and data repositories • Fundamental computer support systems are those applications that help us collect and manage this information in electronic formats • Electronic information in support of processes may be used by people by “pushing” or “pulling” information to support the tasks that are part of the process − “Push” methods involve sending information to a person for initiating and/or accomplishing a task • A very basic form of an information push is sending an email to a person with information for attention − “Pull” methods rely on people finding and pulling information from an information repository in order to accomplish a task July 3, 2010 487
  • 488. Electronic Forms • A great deal of information useful for a business process will be gathered through the use of forms • Electronic forms provide a structured method for capturing and presenting information • Most computer applications use forms in one way or another • A significant trend in the development of electronic forms that has a great impact on BPM is the standardisation of the format of forms and embedded information fields July 3, 2010 488
  • 489. Workflow Automation • Once the information involved in a process is captured and stored electronically, the opportunity is presented for using the information with other applications such as workflow automation • Workflow automation involves systems that provide necessary information to each activity in a process and manage the flow of actions and information based on a set of rules • Many workflow automation applications have been built on top of or are embedded in content and document management systems as a means to push information organised by these systems to workers involved in implementing the actions in a process • Some of the available BPM systems allow users to graphically map out a process, define the flow and simulate the process, define the metrics and rules that will be used to control the flow at the design phase − Once the process definition is finalised, the design can be implemented as the production workflow by assigning user roles, responsibilities and authorities • Workflow Management Coalition (WFMC - www.wfmc.org) has developed a framework for the establishment of workflow standards July 3, 2010 489
  • 490. Business Process Execution Language (BPEL) • Technical trend is the use of the Business Process Execution Language (BPEL), a programming language optimised for executing process activities • Using BPEL, a programmer formally describes a business process, executes the steps in the process and coordinates information from a variety of sources • BPEL fits into the framework of service oriented architectures and optimises the use of Web services July 3, 2010 490
  • 491. Workgroup Collaboration • Experience gained from BPM successes and failures shows that one of the most important success factors is the involvement and interaction of management, process designers, people who perform the tasks within processes and representatives of information technology in the analysis, design and implementation of BPM initiatives • Applying BPM systems to poorly designed processes is a sure formula for disappointing results • Efforts to analyse and improve complex and sometimes cross- functional processes will often involve the cooperation and collaboration of groups of individuals starting with the analysis, design and modelling of processes and continuing with the implementation and management of process executions July 3, 2010 491
  • 492. Advantages and Risks of Process Automation • BPMS can produce significant increases in efficiency through support of activities such as − Managing large amounts of documents and data − The geographic distribution of information to workgroup members − Reducing the lag time in taking critical actions through workflow and reallocating repetitive, manual processes from people to machines − Many of the efficiency gains provided by BPMS will also reduce operating costs • Help in the assurance of compliance for policies necessary for critical legal and regulatory compliance − Track and audit actions that indicate compliance with controls designed to insure quality in production processes and the veracity of information supplied to regulatory bodies • Supply timely information needed for management to measure the performance of business processes and look for areas to improve − Management can develop and access reports summarising data from many sources to gain new conceptual understanding of interrelated processes across the enterprise − Can provide critical points of control to insure that processes are working as intended and exceptions or even dangerous conditions are detected and addressed through intervention July 3, 2010 492
  • 493. Advantages and Risks of Process Automation • Most significant risk is that we develop a false sense of security that just because we can automate a process − Automating poor processes will not gain better business practices • Take care to ensure that automated processes work properly − Sophistication of some BPMS applications may mask process errors or inefficiencies and careful, detailed understanding of implementations is important − Use of BPMS can increase exposures to information security risks • Important to understand the technical working of BPMS to ensure that vital data is not exposed to individuals that should not see it July 3, 2010 493
  • 494. BPM Standards • Number of technology trends emerging in BPM that suggest standard methods and practices − To claim that there are true standards for BPM technologies is premature − However, methods to design, automate, coordinate and simplify the execution of BPM activities have involved common practices and frameworks for a number of BPM activities and related technologies • Some of these emerging methods include technologies such as − Business Process Modelling Notation (BPMN) used for graphical design of processes − Business Process Execution Language (BPEL) for coding executable process activities − eXtensible Markup Language (XML) for sharing data and documents − eXtensible Process Definition Language (XPDL) is a file format specification compatible with BPMN notation standards and provides a common format for sharing process models between tools July 3, 2010 494
  • 495. Trends and Convergence of Systems • History of the development of systems that support BPM activities started with applications designed to handle specific tasks − Need to convert large amounts of paper documents into electronic forms spawned scanning and imaging applications • Requirements to track financial transactions led to the development of accounting and ERP systems • Efforts to gather information from disparate sources for the purpose of analysing business performance launched EAI systems • Problems associated with managing large repositories of documents led to the development of document management systems • As the concepts of BPM emerged with the emphasis on analysing, improving and managing processes, existing application sets were employed and new applications such as workflow, rules engines and design and simulation tools were added to the systems options • With a growing recognition of the important elements of the BPM lifecycle from analysis and design to implementation and management, there has been a significant movement among systems vendors to create sets of tools (applications) that address the most important BPM requirements and interoperate with each other July 3, 2010 495
  • 496. Trends and Convergence of Systems • A family of applications or tools whose goal is to achieve loose coupling among interacting software agents is an architectural style known as a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) • Each application in the family of applications is viewed as a specific service that may be implemented within a common hardware and software architecture • A full suite of applications following a SOA for BPM may include − Process mapping, analysis and design tools − Content management applications − Workflow execution − EAI services − Business Intelligence − Rules description and execution capabilities − Process monitoring and control − Performance management July 3, 2010 496
  • 497. Implications of BPM Technology • Information systems are an integral part of business processes • Development and deployment of most systems has been based on meeting specific operational requirements and have been deployed by technical IT experts • Typical problem in many organisations that has been recognised for years is the lack of adequate communication and planning between executive management responsible for the strategic and tactical direction of the organisation and the IT management • BPM professionals need to understand existing information systems and their functions within business processes • Enhanced ease of use of BPMS means that BPM professionals will become more involved in configuring these systems to support business needs • With systems that support the design and automation of execution code, the business analyst and BP designer is less dependent on IT technical professionals • The role of IT professionals is also changing because the technical requirements for application development coding are decreasing • The implication is that IT professionals need to become more involved in understanding business strategies and supporting business processes as a part of the BPM team July 3, 2010 497
  • 498. Implications of BPM Technology • Legal and regulatory requirements are forcing executives to pay more attention to internal processes and competitive pressures add to the motivation of executives and board members to understand and improve important processes • Advantages that may accrue from process improvement activities can be substantial and BPM professionals will be at the centre of critical changes July 3, 2010 498
  • 499. Summary • Information systems are an integral part of business processes − BPM professionals need to understand existing information systems and their functions within business processes • BPM Technologies address the full process management life cycle: process modelling and design, process implementation and execution, process monitoring and control, process performance analysis and assessment • BPM systems and suites (BPMS) may include several of the capabilities of technologies previously designed for specific capabilities such as: imaging, document and content management, collaboration, workflow, work routing and assignment, rules management and execution, metadata management, data warehousing, business intelligence, application integration, communications management and more • Process Repositories are essential components of a full BPMS solution − Central Process Repository helps to ensure consistent communication about a process including what it is, how it should be applied, who is responsible for its successful execution and expected results upon process completion • Effective and sustainable business process management cannot be achieved without the integration and deployment of appropriate technologies to support operations and management decision making July 3, 2010 499
  • 500. Business Process Management and Business Analysis July 3, 2010 500
  • 501. Business Process Management and Business Analysis • Significant overlap between Business Process Management and Business Analysis • Business Analysts often perform Business Process Management analysis and design • Business analysis skills of requirements elicitation and process documentation are important to effective Business Process Management implementation July 3, 2010 501
  • 502. Business Analysis • Business Analysis − Set of tasks, knowledge and techniques required to identify business needs and determine solutions to business problems − Business analysis is the connecting layer between strategy and systems/technology • Solutions − Include a systems development component, but may also consist of process development or improvement or organisational change • Business Analyst − Works as a liaison among stakeholders in order to elicit, analyse, communicate and validate requirements for changes to business processes, policies and information systems − Understands business problems and opportunities in the context of the requirements and recommends solutions that enable the organisation to achieve its goals July 3, 2010 502
  • 503. Business Analysis Skills • Ability to develop a clear and detailed understanding of: − The requirements to solve a business problem, often with a system implementation/solution selection − How the proposed system or solution will interoperate or integrate with the existing systems and technology in which the new system will operate − How the proposed system or solution fits the existing enterprise architecture and business strategy − The business problem from multiple perspectives: business, user, functional, quality of service, implementation, etc. July 3, 2010 503
  • 504. Roles of the Business Analyst • Gather requirements • Document processes • Identify improvement opportunities • Document business requirements • Act as the liaison between users and system/solution/technical architects July 3, 2010 504
  • 505. Roles of the Business Analyst • Gathers data that is unstructured – comments/information/discussions/interviews from/with users) • Converts that data into information in a structured format • Converts that information into knowledge that is structured and usable • Develop requirements for change to: − Business processes − Information systems • Understand business problems and opportunities • Provide recommendations for solutions • Be an advocate for the business user • Work as a liaison among stakeholders July 3, 2010 505
  • 506. Importance of Business Analysis • A factor present in every successful project and absent in every unsuccessful project is sufficient attention to requirements • Half of all bugs can be traced to requirement errors • Fixing these errors consumes 75% of project rework costs • 25%- 40% percent of all spending on projects is wasted as a result of re-work • 66% of software projects do not finish on time or on budget • 56% of project defects originate in the requirements phase of the project • Completed projects have only 52% of proposed functionality • 75-80% of IT project failures are the result of requirements problems • The average project exceeds its planned schedule by 120% • 53% of projects will cost 189% of their original estimate • 30% of projects are cancelled before completion • 50% of projects are rolled back out of production • The typical project expends least effort on analysis where most errors originate and whose errors cost most to fix • Requirements errors cost the most and that poor requirements are the main cause of software failure July 3, 2010 506
  • 507. Factors for Project Success • Effective and targeted project management and systems engineering processes, tools and techniques • Appropriate executive decision making • Effective project leadership • High-performing teams • Collaboration and respect between the business and IT communities • Business analysis processes that ensure the development team will have a clear understanding of the customer’s overall business and information needs July 3, 2010 507
  • 508. IT and Business Analysis • IT need to possess expertise in multiple domains • IT must prove it can understand business realities- industry, core processes, customer bases, regulatory environment • Contribute real business value to their enterprise July 3, 2010 508
  • 509. Align Business Analysis to Solution Lifecycles • Business Analysis exists in wider context Strategy, Business Planning and Business Analysis Business Initial Requirements Decision to Requirements Management and Change Operations and Concept Discovery Elicitation Proceed Management Use Solution Architecture and Design Solution Solution Solution Specification and Architecture Design Change Management Project Management Cycle Initiate Execute and Control Plan Close Solution Delivery - Implementation and Deployment Lifecycle Setup and Implement Manage Evolve Prepare Develop Test Deploy July 3, 2010 509
  • 510. Business Analysis Challenges • Lack of advance planning for projects and initiatives • Lack of formal training for Business Analysts • Inconsistent approach to business analysis • Outsourcing and relying on external contractors to perform major roles in system development • Impatience with the analysis/design/planning process • Gap between what Business Analysts are assigned to do and what they should be assigned to do July 3, 2010 510
  • 511. Why Projects Fail • Very significant Business/IT pain point − All too frequent implementation of IT solutions that fail to meet business requirements • Look at the general causes of those failures − Look for solutions whose implementation will address those causes • Projects fail to deliver solutions that meet requirements because of some combination of some or all of the following conditions − Poor understanding of the business need or problem − Poorly defined and/or stated requirements − Inadequately explored solution options − Poor solution design − Misalignment between requirements and project scope − Poor project planning/execution − Poor change management • Many of these are related to business analysis and related activities • Cannot separate project management, project portfolio management, business analysis and solution architecture July 3, 2010 511
  • 512. Avoiding Project Failures • Poor understanding of the business need or problem − Implement effective requirements elicitation processes − Implement business analysis processes and governance • Poorly defined and/or stated requirements − Gather requirements effectively − Communicate requirements clearly to stakeholders − Involve all relevant stakeholders appropriately • Inadequately explored solution options − Implement solution architecture standards and governance − Conduct format cost/benefit analyses − Reuse existing components • Poor solution design − Translate requirements into design − Validate design − Implement solution design standards and governance July 3, 2010 512
  • 513. Avoiding Project Failures • Misalignment between requirements and project scope − Requirements drive scope of project, transition and operational aspects of the proposed solution − Translate requirements into IT language • Poor project planning/execution − Monitor deliverables − Ensure quality − Implement effective project management and governance • Poor change management − Implement effective change management and governance − Effective change analysis − Communicate to the solution team of changes in business requirements − Communication to the business stakeholders of variations from the project charter, reflected in an updated business case July 3, 2010 513
  • 514. Avoiding Project Failures Strategy, Business Planning and Business Analysis Business Initial Requirements Decision to Requirements Management and Change Operations and Concept Discovery Elicitation Proceed Management Use Solution Architecture and Design Solution Solution Solution Specification and Architecture Design Change Management Project Management Cycle Initiate Execute and Control Plan Close Solution Delivery - Implementation and Deployment Lifecycle Setup and Implement Manage Evolve Prepare Develop Test Deploy Poor Misalignment Inadequately Understanding Poorly Defined Between Poor Project Explored Poor Solution Poor Change Of The And/Or Stated Requirements Planning/ Solution Design Management Business Need Requirements And Project Execution Options Or Problem Scope Business Solution Project Business Analysis Architecture Management Analysis • Ensure adequate and appropriate resources and involvement during project lifecycle July 3, 2010 514
  • 515. Requirements • A condition or capability needed by a stakeholder to solve a problem or achieve an objective • A condition or capability that must be met or possessed by a system or system component to satisfy a contract, standard, specification or other formally imposed documents • A documented representation of a condition or capability • Focus on a particular business process or processes • Describe the business need or problem and address all the functions associated with their delivery • In project terms, requirements are the detailed items necessary to achieve the goals of the project • Requirements analysis is key to successful project July 3, 2010 515
  • 516. Requirements • Objective is to define and describe the characteristics of an acceptable solution to a business problem, so that the project team has a clear understanding of how to design and implement it • It is all about requirements July 3, 2010 516
  • 517. Requirements Planning and Management • Identify team roles: project manager, business analysts, developers, quality assurance analysts, trainers, application architects, data modeler, database analyst, infrastructure analyst, information architect, subject matter (functional) experts, etc. • Identify stakeholders (who will provide requirements information): executive sponsor, solution owner (client), end users, functional managers, investors, etc. • Distribute responsibilities amongst business analysts and other team members and define coordination, team communication and knowledge sharing mechanisms and processes • Define risk monitoring and management approach for each identified risk • Define the requirements and system development method • Define the requirements and system development process • Manage requirements change and scope: requirements creep is a big problem • Define and collect project metrics and reporting mechanisms • Other project planning and project management activities July 3, 2010 517
  • 518. Hierarchy of Requirements – from Enterprise to Project/Initiative Solutions delivered by Business Vision and Re programmes and projects qu Goal ire cascade from business vision me nts to ultimate operation and Hie service delivery Strategy rar ch y –f rom Bu Business Plan s in ess to De Sp liv eci ery Programmes for fic an Ini dO Strategic Objectives tia tiv pe es Solutions delivered by rat programmes and projects ion Systems and need to be aligned to the Solutions overarching business vision and goal Operation of Solution July 3, 2010 518
  • 519. Relative Cost of Fixing Errors During Project Lifecycle 1000 • Errors/gaps/omissions become significantly (Logarithmic Scale) 100 more expensive to fix at later stages of project lifecycle 10 1 t n n g g ts en tio sig tin in en st m es ta De m Te oy en rT ire pl em em e qu De Us st Re pl Sy Im t/ en pm lo ve De Low Cost Estimate High Cost Estimate July 3, 2010 519
  • 520. Complete View of Requirements Process Requirements Requirements Enterprise Analysis Planning and Elicitation Management Define the problem Plan the requirements capture and management Gather the requirements Define the solution scope process Requirements Solution Requirements Analysis and Assessment and Communication Documentation Validation Present requirements Analyse requirements Define solution Agree requirements Identify gaps Ensure the solution meets the requirements Refine requirements Refine requirements July 3, 2010 520
  • 521. Business Analysis Body of Knowledge (BABOK) • Developed by the IIBA (International Institute of Business Analysis) - http://www.theiiba.org/ • BABOK is the collection of knowledge within the profession of Business Analysis and reflects generally accepted practice • Describes business analysis areas of knowledge, their associated activities and tasks and the skills necessary to be effective in their execution • Identifies currently accepted practices • Recognises business analysis is not the same as software requirements • Defined and enhanced by the professionals who apply it • Captures the knowledge required for the practice of business analysis as a profession July 3, 2010 521
  • 522. Business Analysis Body of Knowledge (BABOK) • Describes in idealised approach to performing the complete range of business analysis activities • Can be customised to suit the needs of an organisation and initiative July 3, 2010 522
  • 523. BABOK Knowledge Areas and Activity Flow Business Analysis Planning and Monitoring Solution Enterprise Assessment and Analysis Requirements Validation Management Elicitation and Communication Requirements Analysis Underlying Competencies July 3, 2010 523
  • 524. BABOK Knowledge Areas • Business Analysis Planning and Monitoring − Determine which activities are necessary in order to complete a business analysis effort − Identification of stakeholders, selection of business analysis techniques, the process that will be used to manage requirements and how to assess the progress of the work • Elicitation − Work with stakeholders to identify and understand their needs and concerns and the environment in which they work − Ensure that a stakeholder’s actual underlying needs are understood • Requirements Management and Communication − Manage conflicts, issues and changes in order to ensure that stakeholders and the project team remain in agreement on the solution scope − Communicate requirements to stakeholders − Knowledge gained by the business analyst is maintained for future use • Enterprise Analysis − Identify a business need, refine and clarify the definition of that need and define a solution scope that can feasibly be implemented by the business • Requirements Analysis − Prioritise and progressively elaborate stakeholder and solution requirements in order to enable the project team to implement a solution that will meet the needs of the sponsoring organisation and stakeholders July 3, 2010 524
  • 525. BABOK Knowledge Areas and Constituent Tasks BABOK Knowledge Areas Business Analysis Requirements Solution Enterprise Requirements Underlying Planning and Elicitation Management and Assessment and Analysis Analysis Competencies Monitoring Communication Validation Manage Solution Analytical Plan Business Prepare for Define Business Prioritise Assess Proposed Scope and Thinking and Analysis Elicitation Need Requirements Solution Requirements Problem Solving Approach Conduct Manage Conduct Assess Capability Organise Allocate Behavioural Elicitation Requirements Stakeholder Gaps Requirements Requirements Characteristics Activity Traceability Analysis Maintain Determine Specify and Assess Plan Business Document Business Requirements for Solution Model Organisational Analysis Elicitation Results Knowledge Re-use Approach Requirements Readiness Activities Prepare Define Plan Business Confirm Define Solution Define Transition Communication Requirements Assumptions and Analysis Elicitation Results Scope Requirements Skills Package Constraints Communication Plan Requirements Communicate Define Business Verify Validate Solution Interaction Skills Management Requirements Case Requirements Process Manage Business Validate Evaluate Solution Software Analysis Requirements Performance Applications Performance July 3, 2010 525
  • 526. Business Process Management Technology Review July 3, 2010 526
  • 527. Business Process Management Technology Review • Very wide range of business process software tools available • Purposes of this section are: − Provide information on range of products available − Provide details on ratings of software by analyst organisations − Provide details on some free BPM software tools July 3, 2010 527
  • 528. BPA/BPM Vendors ActionBase http://www.actionbase.com/ ActiveVos http://www.activevos.com/ Adobe Livecycle ES2 Suite http://www.adobe.com/products/livecycle/ Agilepoint http://www.agilepoint.com/ Appian http://www.appian.com/ Appway http://www.numcom.com/ AuraPortal http://www.auraportal.com/ BizAgi http://www.bizagi.com/ BOC http://www.boc-group.com/ Bonitasoft http://www.bonitasoft.com/ BP Logix http://www.bplogix.com/ Business Genetics http://www.businessgenetics.com/ BusinessPort http://www.businessport.net/ Casewise http://www.casewise.com/ Comarch SA http://bpm.comarch.com/ Cordys http://www.cordys.com/ Corporate Modelling http://www.corporatemodelling.com/ Cryo Technologies http://www.cryo.com.br/Inicio.aspx eKuar http://www.ekuar.com/ EMC Documentum http://www.emc.com/products/category/subcategory/business-process-management.htm Exomin http://www.exomin.com/ July 3, 2010 528
  • 529. BPA/BPM Vendors Flexite http://flexite.com/start/start.asp FlowCentric http://www.flowcentric.com/ Fujitsu Interstage http://www.fujitsu.com/global/services/software/interstage/ GBTEC AG http://www.gbtec.de/ GetIceberg http://www.geticeberg.com/ Global 360 http://www.global360.com/ HandySoft http://www.handysoft.com/ IBM Websphere Modeler http://www.ibm.com/ ARIS http://www.ids-scheer.com/ ARIS Express http://www.ariscommunity.com/aris-express iGrafx http://www.igrafx.com/ Intalio http://www.intalioworks.com Integrify http://www.integrify.com/ Interfacing http://www.interfacing.com/ Interneer http://www.interneer.com/ ISIS Papyrus http://www.isis-papyrus.com/ jBPM http://www.jboss.org/jbpm Karomi http://www.karomi.com/ K2 http://www.k2.com/ Lombardi http://www.lombardisoftware.com/ Mega http://www.mega.com/ July 3, 2010 529
  • 530. BPA/BPM Vendors Metastorm http://www.metastorm.com/ Method Park http://www.methodpark.com/en/home/ Microsoft Visio 2010 Beta http://www.microsoft.com/office/2010/en/visio/default.aspx NGC e-POWER http://www.is.northropgrumman.com/products/epower/index.html Nimbus Partners http://www.nimbuspartners.com/ Oracle http://www.oracle.com/us/technologies/bpm/index.htm Orbis Software http://www.orbis-software.com/ Orbus http://www.orbussoftware.com/home Orchestra http://orchestra.ow2.org/xwiki/bin/view/Main/WebHome Outsystems http://www.outsystems.com/ Pallas Athena http://www.pallas-athena.com/ Panviva http://www.panviva.com/ Pega http://www.pega.com/ Pnmsoft http://www.pnmsoft.com/ Polymita http://www.polymita.com/ Process Maker http://www.processmaker.com/ Process Master http://www.processmaster.com/ proKosha http://www.prokosha.com/ QPR http://www.qpr.com/ Questetra http://www.questetra.com/en/about.html July 3, 2010 530
  • 531. BPA/BPM Vendors RunMyProcess http://www.runmyprocess.com/ Salamander http://www.mood.co.uk/index.htm Salesforce.com http://www.salesforce.com/platform/process/ Visual Process Manager SAP Netweaver http://www.sap.com/platform/netweaver/index.epx Savvion http://www.savvion.com/ Serena http://www.serena.com/ Skelta http://www.skelta.com/ Signavio http://www.signavio.com/en.html Singularity http://www.singularity.co.uk/ Software AG http://www.softwareag.com/corporate/default.asp Tibco http://www.tibco.com/ Triaster http://www.triaster.com/ uEngine http://www.uengine.org/web/guest/home Ultimus http://www.ultimus.com/ Vicon http://www.vicon.biz/ Vitria http://www.vitria.com/ W4 http://www.w4.eu/indexen.html Workpoint http://www.workpoint.com/ XSOL http://www.xsol.com/ July 3, 2010 531
  • 532. BPM Product Reviews by Analysts • Two sets of product reviews • Business Process Analysis (BPA) tools − Business architects, who require robust solutions aligned with enterprise architecture − Business process (BP) architects, who redesign BPs at a conceptual level, regardless of whether there would be a business process management suite (BPMS) implementation − BP analysts, who redesign processes at a more detailed level, often using a BPMS • Business Process Management Suites (BPMS) − Support BPM throughout the business process life cycle − Optimizing the performance of end-to-end business processes that span functions, as well as processes that might extend beyond the enterprise to include partners, suppliers and customers − Making the business process visible (and thus explicit) to business and IT constituents through business process modeling, monitoring and optimization − Keeping the business process model synchronised with process execution − Empowering business users and analysts to manipulate a business process model to modify instances of the process − Enabling rapid iteration of processes and underlying systems for continuous process improvement and optimization July 3, 2010 532
  • 533. BPM Product Reviews by Analysts • BPA tools encompass Process Strategy Process Control Management of Change and • BPMS tools encompass Innovation Process Design Process Implementation July 3, 2010 533
  • 534. Gartner Magic Quadrant for Business Process Analysis Tools – Feb 2010 • Ability to Execute Evaluation Criteria − Product/Service − Overall Viability (Business Unit, Financial, Strategy, Organization) − Sales Execution/Pricing − Market Responsiveness and Track Record − Marketing Execution − Customer Experience − Operations • Completeness of Vision Evaluation Criteria − Market Understanding − Marketing Strategy − Sales Strategy − Offering (Product) Strategy − Business Model − Vertical/Industry Strategy − Innovation − Geographic July 3, 2010 534
  • 535. Sample Review - IDS Scheer/ARIS (Software AG) • Strengths − IDS Scheer has a Gartner-estimated 18% revenue share of the BPA tools market. − Gartner customers report that ARIS has robust reporting and dashboard features across strategic, tactical and operational levels. − ARIS is one of the most comprehensive enterprise and BP architecture toolsets on the market, with strong support for a wide variety of standards, methods and frameworks. − ARIS is OEMed as Oracle's EA and BPA modeling tool of choice for its development environment, packages and BPMS. − IDS Scheer has enhanced the process discovery features to allow dynamic analysis of current physical process, roles and tasks. − ARIS is also OEMed as SAP's EA and BPA modeling tool of choice for its development environment and packages. − The new ARIS Express product is a free, lightweight BPA product for low maturity or occasional use. It can be used for commercial use and has an upgrade path to ARIS professional products. − ARIS includes features such as ABC, balanced scorecard, key indicator management and business rule design, while BAM capabilities are offered in IDS Scheer's Process Performance Manager, and simulation in ARIS Business Simulator. − Buyers focused on the BP analyst and BPMS category of tools will find that ARIS provides added value to them in the form of extensive, predefined, industry-specific content and horizontal reference models to jump-start BP modeling efforts. − ARIS includes bridges to the leading BPMSs. − IDS Scheer has a workflow solution (engine) to automate its own governance process, which can be extended to third- party products. • Cautions − Those with a business process analysis focus who are not interested in architecture or methodological rigor tend to find ARIS overly sophisticated for their needs — although it is possible to deploy ARIS in a manner where less-sophisticated modelers can be productive. − Those with a BPMS focus should consider augmenting the modeling tools of their BPM vendors with ARIS for the architects in their organizations. − IDS Scheer's acquisition by Software AG will introduce a period of organization and product integration. Current and potential ARIS users need to monitor the situation carefully July 3, 2010 535
  • 536. Gartner Magic Quadrant for Business Process Management Suites – Feb 2009 • Ability to Execute Evaluation Criteria − Product/Service − Overall Viability (Business Unit, Financial, Strategy, Organization) − Sales Execution/Pricing − Market Responsiveness and Track Record − Marketing Execution − Customer Experience − Operations • Completeness of Vision Evaluation Criteria − Market Understanding − Marketing Strategy − Sales Strategy − Offering (Product) Strategy − Business Model − Vertical/Industry Strategy − Innovation − Geographic Strategy July 3, 2010 536
  • 537. Forrester Business Process Analysis, EA Tools, And IT Planning 2009 • Current Offering − Modeling − Analysis and simulation − Life-cycle management − Publishing and reporting − Templates − Product architecture • Strategy − Product strategy − Solution cost − Strategic alliances − Corporate strategy • Market Presence − Installed base − Customer references − Revenues − License versus service − Revenue growth − Delivery footprint July 3, 2010 537
  • 538. Forrester Integration-Centric Business Process Management Suites 2008 • Current Offering − Integration − Business-to-business (B2B) − Business process management (BPM) − Service-oriented architecture (SOA) • Strategy − Product strategy − Solution cost − Strategic alliances − Customer references • Market Presence − Installed base − New customers − Delivery footprint July 3, 2010 538
  • 539. Free BPM Software • Review of limited range of BPM software to demonstrate facilities available − ARIS Express − BonitaSoft − BizAgi − Intalio − ProcessMaker July 3, 2010 539
  • 540. ARIS Express • Available from http://www.ariscommunity.com/aris-express • Free software developed by IDS Scheer to promote interest in and sales of their full ARIS software • Registration required • Software run directly from the Web site – cannot be installed locally • Really just a diagramming tool July 3, 2010 540
  • 541. ARIS Express • Can generate a number of chart types: − Organisation − Process landscape – overview − Business process – EPC format − Data model – ERD − IT infrastructure − System landscape − BPMN process − Whiteboard − General diagram July 3, 2010 541
  • 542. ARIS Express • Main screen • Select a model type • Open an existing model July 3, 2010 542
  • 543. ARIS Express • Sample process – EPC format July 3, 2010 543
  • 544. ARIS Express • Sample process – BPMN July 3, 2010 544
  • 545. BizAgi • Free fully-functional BPMN compliant process modeller and simulation suite • Three editions − Xpress - .NET/SQL – Free edition − Standard - .NET/SQL or Oracle − Enterprise – J2EE/SQL or Oracle • Very sophisticated and easy to use • Model documentation can be published to SharePoint or exported to Word or Visio or XPDL (XML) • Can import from Visio or XPDL (XML) • Good product to start your BPM activities July 3, 2010 545
  • 546. BizAgi July 3, 2010 546
  • 547. BizAgi • Export functionality July 3, 2010 547
  • 548. BizAgi July 3, 2010 548
  • 549. BonitaSoft July 3, 2010 549
  • 550. Summary • Free tools are a good place to start with BPM • You need to move yourself up the maturity level hierarchy • You will not achieve this in one go • Start with simple objectives such as formally documenting processes, storing the information in a shared repository and publishing the information to a commonly accessible facility (such as SharePoint) • Look to perform process simulation as an aid to process design and optimisation • Then look at full BPMS implementation and process automation July 3, 2010 550
  • 551. More Information Alan McSweeney alan@alanmcsweeney.com July 3, 2010 551